You are on page 1of 625

# 7.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.1

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy Ay w0 L

MA

Ay

w0 L

MA

w0 L

MA
Section a-a:
Fy w0 L

L
2
w0 L2
2

w0 x V

Ma

w0 L

0
w0 x

w0 ( L

x)

x
2

w0 L2
2

w0 Lx

w0 x

w0 L2
2

w0 x 2
2

w0 L x

0
w0 2
(L
2

x 2 ) w0 Lx

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.2 For the simply supported beam shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.2

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy Ay C y P
MA

Pa C y (a b)
Cy

Pa
a b

and

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < a:
Pb
Fy Ay V
V
a b
Ma

Ay x M

Pb
a b

Pb
x M
a b

Section b-b:
For the interval a x < b:
Pb
Fy Ay P V
a b
Pa
V
a b
Mb

Ay

P V

Ay x

P( x a) M

Pb
x
a b

Pb
a b
Pb
x
a b

Pb
x
a b

P( x a) M

P( x a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.3

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy
wa a wbb C y
Cy
MC

wa a wbb

wa a b
MC

a
2

b
2

wbb

MC

a
2

wa a b

wbb

0
b
2

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < a:
Fy
wa x V 0

Ma

x
wa x
2

Section b-b:
For the interval a x < b:
Fy
wa a wb x a
V
Mb

wa a x
M

wa a

wa x
wa x 2
2

wb x a

a
2
wa a x

wb x a
a
2

x a
2

wb x a
2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.4 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.4

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MC

a
2

wa a b

b
2

Ay (a b)

## wa a(a 2b) wbb 2

2(a b)

Ay
MA

wbb

a
2

wa a

wa a 2

Cy

b
2

wbb a

C y (a b)

wbb(2a b)
2(a b)

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < a:
Fy
Ma

Ay

wa x V

Ay x

x
2

wa x
wa x 2
2

V
M
Ay x

Section b-b:
For the interval a x < b:
Fy Ay wa a wb ( x a ) V
V

Ay

wa a

wb ( x

wa a (a 2b)
2(a b)
Mb
M

Ay x

Ay x

Ay

wa a (a 2b) wbb 2
2(a b)

wa x

0
wa x 2
2

wa a (a 2b) wbb 2
x
2(a b)

a)

wbb 2
2(a b)

wa a x

wa a x

wa x

a
2

a
2

wa a

wb ( x a )

wb x a
x a
wb
2

x a
2

wa a(a 2b)
2(a b)

0
wbb 2
x
2(a b)

wa a x

a
2

x a
wb
2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.5

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
w0 L
Fy
By 0
2
w0 L L
MB
MB
2 3

By
0

MB

w0 L
2
w0 L2
6

Section a-a:

w0 x x
L 2

Fy
Ma

w0 x x
L 2

V
x
3

V
M

w0 x 2
2L
w0 x3
6L

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.6 For the simply supported beam shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Determine the location and the magnitude of the
maximum bending moment.
Fig. P7.6

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB

w0 L L
2 3

Ay

w0 L
6

w0 L 2 L
2
3

By

w0 L
3

Ay L

MA

By L

Section a-a:
Fy

w0 x x
L 2

Ay
V

Ma

Ay x

w0 L
6

w0 L
6

w0 x 2
2L

w0 x 2
2L

w0 x x
L 2

x
3

w0 Lx
6

w0 x 3
6L

w0 x 3 w0 Lx
6L
6
(b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
M

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Location and magnitude of maximum bending moment:

The maximum bending moment is located at the location where V = 0. Therefore, the maximum
bending moment occurs at:
w0 L w0 x 2
V
0
6
2L
w0 x 2
2L

w0 L
6

L2
3

L
3

0.577350 L

Substitute this value of x into the bending moment equation to determine the moment magnitude:
w0 x3 w0 Lx
M
6L
6
w0 (0.577350 L)3 w0 L(0.577350 L)
M max
0.064150w0 L2
6L
6

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.7 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its
location.
Fig. P7.7

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(50 kN)(3 m) (75 kN)(6 m) Dy (10 m) 0
Dy
Fy

Ay

60 kN

Dy

50 kN 75 kN

Ay

65 kN

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 3 m:
Fy Ay V 65 kN V
Ma

Ay x M

(65 kN)x M

Section b-b:
For the interval 3 m x < 6 m:
Fy Ay 50 kN V 65 kN 50 kN V
V

Mb

65 kN

(65 kN) x

15 kN
Ay x (50 kN)(x 3 m) M

M

## (15 kN) x 150 kN-m

Section c-c:
For the interval 6 m x < 10 m:
Fy Ay 50 kN 75 kN V
65 kN 50 kN 75 kN V
V

Mc

60 kN

## Ay x (50 kN)(x 3 m) (75 kN)(x 6 m) M

(65 kN)x (50 kN)(x 3 m) (75 kN)(x 6 m) M
M

## (60 kN) x 600 kN-m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum bending moment

and its location
Mmax = 240 kN-m @ x = 6 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.8 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.8

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
M B (20 kN)(2 m) (60 kN)(6 m) Dy (8 m) 0
Dy
Fy

By

40 kN

Dy
By

20 kN 60 kN
40 kN

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 2 m:
Fy
20 kN V 0
Ma

(20 kN)x M

V
0

20 kN
(20 kN) x

Section b-b:
For the interval 2 m x < 8 m:
Fy
20 kN By V
20 kN 40 kN V
V
Mb

20 kN
(20 kN)x By ( x 2 m) M

M

## (20 kN) x 80 kN-m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section c-c:
For the interval 8 m x < 10 m:
Fy
20 kN By 60 kN V
20 kN 40 kN 60 kN V
V

Mc

40 kN

## (20 kN)x By ( x 2 m) (60 kN)(x 8 m) M

(20 kN)x (40 kN)( x 2 m) (60 kN)(x 8 m) M
M

## (c) Maximum bending moment

and its location
Mmax-positive = 80 kN-m @ x = 8 m
Mmax-negative = 40 kN-m @ x = 2 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.9 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.9

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
M C (7 kips/ft)(30 ft)(15 ft) By (21 ft) 0
By
Fy

By

150 kips

Cy
Cy

(7 kips/ft)(30 ft) 0
60 kips

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:
Fy
(7 kips/ft)x V 0
Ma

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x
2

Section b-b:
For the interval 9 ft x < 30 ft:
Fy
(7 kips/ft)x By V
V

Mb

(7 kips/ft) 2
x
2

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x
2

By ( x 9 ft) M

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x
2

(7 kips/ft) x

(7 kips/ft) 2
x
2

## (150 kips) x 1,350 kips

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum bending moment

and its location
Mmax-positive = 257.14 kip-ft @ x = 21.43 ft
Mmax-negative = 283.50 kip-ft @ x = 9 ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.10

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy (4 kips/ft)(8 ft) C y
Cy
MC

32 kips

## (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(12 ft) M C

MC

384 kip-ft

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:
Fy (4 kips/ft)x V 0
Ma

(4 kips/ft)(x)

x
2

V
M

(4 kips/ft) x
4 kips/ft 2
x
2

Section b-b:
For the interval 8 ft x < 16 ft:
Fy (4 kips/ft)(8 ft) V 0
V
Mb

32 kips

M

## (32 kips) x 128 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.11 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its
location.
Fig. P7.11

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(42 kips)(10 ft) (6 kips/ft)(20 ft)(20 ft)
C y (30 ft) 0
Cy

Fy

Ay

Cy
Ay

94 kips

## 42 kips (6 kips/ft)(20 ft) 0

68 kips

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 10 ft:
Fy Ay V 68 kips V
Ma

Ay x M

(68 kips) x M

V
0

68 kips
(68 kips) x

Section b-b:
For the interval 10 ft x < 30 ft:
Fy Ay 42 kips (6 kips/ft)(x 10 ft) V
68 kips 42 kips (6 kips/ft)(x 10 ft) V
V

Mb

(6 kips/ft) x 86 kips

## Ay x (42 kips)( x 10 ft) (6 kips/ft)(x 10 ft)

(68 kips) x (42 kips)( x 10 ft)
M

x 10 ft
2

6 kips/ft
(x 10 ft) 2
2

M
M

3x 2 86 x 120 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum bending moment

and its location
Mmax = 736.33 kip-ft @ x = 14.33 ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.12 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.12

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
M A 180 kN-m C y (9 m) (36 kN)(12 m) 0
Cy
Fy

Ay

28 kN

Cy
Ay

36 kN

8 kN

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 4 m:
Fy Ay V 8 kN V
Ma

Ay x M

(8 kN) x M

Section b-b:
For the interval 4 m x < 9 m:
Fy Ay V 8 kN V 0
Mx

8 kN
(8 kN) x

8 kN

Ay x 180 kN-m M
(8 kN) x 180 kN-m M
M

## (8 kN) x 180 kN-m

Section c-c:
For the interval 9 m x < 12 m:
Fy Ay C y V 8 kN 28 kN V
V

Mc

36 kN

Ay x C y ( x 9 m) 180 kN-m M

M

## (36 kN) x 432 kN-m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum bending moment

and its location
Mmax-positive = 32 kN-m @ x = 4 m
Mmax-negative = 148 kN-m @ x = 4 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.13

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Cy

5 kips/ft 6 ft
Cy

30 kips

M C 120 kip-ft

5 kips/ft 6 ft 3 ft

MC

MC

210 kip-ft

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:
Fy

M a -a

120 kip-ft M

0 kips
120 kip-ft

Section b-b:
For the interval 8 ft x < 14 ft:
Fy

5 kips/ft x 8 ft
V

M b -b

5 x 40 kips
120 kip-ft

2.5 x 2

5 kips/ft x 8 ft

x 8 ft
2

M =0

## 40x 280 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.14

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

1
2

Ay
Ay

MA

6 kips/ft 9 ft

1
2

MA

MA

6 kips/ft 9 ft 6 ft
0

400 kip-ft

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:
1 6x
Fy Ay
x V
2 9
V

x2
3

44 kips

MA

Ay x

1
2

44 kips

17 kips 14 ft

Ma

17 kips

400 kip-ft
x3
9

1
2

44 kips

6x
x
9

x
3
1
2

44 kips x

6x
x V
9

M
6x
x
9

x
3

## 44x 400 kip-ft

Section b-b:
For the interval 9 ft x < 14 ft:
Fy

1
6 kips/ft 9 ft
2

Ay

44 kips
V

1
6 kips/ft 9 ft
2

17 kips

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

M b -b

MA

Ay x

400 kip-ft
M

1
6 kips/ft 9 ft x 6 ft
2
44 kips x

1
6 kips/ft 9 ft x 6 ft
2

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.15 For the simply supported beam subjected to the

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.15

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA

250 kip-ft

7 kips/ft 25 ft 12.5 ft

C y 17 ft
Cy
Fy

Ay

113.97 kips

Cy

7 kips/ft 25 ft

Ay 113.97 kips
Ay

7 kips/ft 25 ft

61.03 kips

Section a-a:
For the interval 0 x < 13 ft:

Fy

Ay

7 kips/ft x V
V

Ma

7 kips/ft x

61.03 kips x
M

3.5 x 2

x
2

Mb

Ay x

7 kips/ft x

x
2

61.03 x kip-ft

7 kips/ft x V

7 x 61.03 kips
7 kips/ft x

61.03 kips x
M

Section b-b:
For the interval 13 ft x < 17 ft:
Fy Ay 7 kips/ft x V 61.03 kips

7 kips/ft x V

7 x 61.03 kips

Ay x

61.03 kips

3.5 x 2

x
2

250 kip-ft

7 kips/ft x

x
2

250 kip-ft

## 61.03x 250 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section c-c:
For the interval 17 ft x < 25 ft:
Fy Ay C y 7 kips/ft x V

## 61.03 kips 113.97 kips

V
Mc

7 x 175 kips

Ay x C y ( x 17 ft)
250 kip-ft
175 kips x

7 kips/ft x

x
2

250 kip-ft
M

7 kips/ft x V

7 kips/ft x

x
2

## (b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

(c) Maximum bending moment and its
location
Mmax-positive = 266.04 kip-ft
@ x = 8.72 ft
Mmax-nagative = 224.0 kip-ft
@ x = 17 ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.16 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.16

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA
Fy

28 kips 4 ft

42 kips 8 ft

Dy

32.00 kips

Ay

Dy

34 kips 56 kips

Ay

Ay

Dy 14 ft

38.00 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.17 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.17

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA

Fy

35 kN 4 m

45 kN 8 m

15 kN 14 m

Dy 10 m

Dy

71 kN

Ay

Dy

35 kN

Ay

71 kN 35 kN
Ay

45 kN 15 kN
45 kN 15 kN

24 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.18 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.18

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy

15 kips 25 kips C y
Cy

MC

10 kips

15 kips 9 ft
MC

25 kips 3 ft

MC

60 kip-ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.19 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.19

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

10 kips/ft 12 ft 6 ft
Cy

Fy

40 kips

Ay

Cy

Ay

40 kips
Ay

C y 18 ft

10 kips/ft 12 ft
10 kips/ft 12 ft

80 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.20 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.20

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

4.5 kips/ft 12 ft 9 ft
Cy

Fy

40.50 kips

Ay

Cy

Ay

40.50 kips
Ay

C y 12 ft

4.5 kips/ft 12 ft
4.5 kips/ft 12 ft

13.50 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.21 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.21

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Ay

40 kN/m 3 m
Ay

MA

MA

50 kN

70 kN
40 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m

MA
90 kN-m

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.22 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.22

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy

28 kips
Cy

MC

9 kips/ft 5 ft

17 kips

28 kips 8 ft
MC

Cy

9 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft

MC

111.5 kip-ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.23 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.23

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA
Fy

10 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft 6 ft
Ay

Dy

47.25 kips

Dy

10 kips/ft 9 ft

Ay

42.75 kips

Dy 20 ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.24 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.24

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft 7 ft
38 kips 14.5 ft

E y 18 ft

E y 18.36 kip
Fy

Ay

Ey

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft

Ay 18.36 kips
Ay

38 kips

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft

38 kips 0

11.86 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.25 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.25

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

60 kN 2.5 m
Dy 9 m
Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

45 kN/m 5 m 7.5 m

156.67 kN
60 kN

45 kN/m 4 m

Ay 156.67 kN 60 kN
Ay

45 kN/m 4 m

83.33 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.26 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.26

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

10 kips C y

C y 10 kips
MC

10 kips 10 ft
MC

60 kip-ft M C

40 kip-ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.27 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.27

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Ay

2 kN 11 kN
Ay

MA

13 kN

M A 50 kN-m
11 kN 6 m
MA

2 kN 3.5 m
0

23 kN-m

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.28 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.28

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

66 kN-m 96 kN-m Dy 12 m
Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

13.50 kN
Ay 13.50 kN

13.50 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.29 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.29

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

80 kN-m

25 kN/m 6 m 3 m

50 kN-m By 6 m
By
Fy

70 kN

Ay

By

Ay

70 kN
Ay

25 kN/m 6 m
25 kN/m 6 m

80 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.30 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.30

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

25 kN-m

15 kN 8 m

7 kN/m 3 m 13.5 m
Dy
Fy

Ay

31.54 kN

Dy 15 kN

7 kN/m 3 m

Ay 31.54 kN 15 kN
Ay

Dy 12 m

7 kN/m 3 m

4.46 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.31 Draw the shear-force and bending-moment

diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.31. Assume
the upward reaction provided by the ground to be
uniformly distributed. Label all significant points
on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of
(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal
bending moment.
Fig. P7.31

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

Fy

2 kips/ft 8 ft

25 kips 25 kips w 16 ft

w 4.125 kips/ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:
V = 16.50 kips @ x = 4 ft

Ans.

V = 16.50 kips @ x = 12 ft

Ans.

## (b) Maximum value of internal bending

moment:
M = 33 kip-ft @ x = 4 ft, 12 ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Ans.

## 7.32 Draw the shear-force and bending-moment

diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.32. Assume
the upward reaction provided by the ground to be
uniformly distributed. Label all significant points
on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of
(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal
bending moment.
Fig. P7.32

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy
40 kN/m 1 m

50 kN

40 kN/m 1 m

w 4m

w 32.5 kN/m

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:
V = 25 kN @ x = 2 m

Ans.

## (b) Maximum value of internal bending moment:

M = 4.62 kN-m @ x = 1.23 m
M = 4.62 kN-m @ x = 2.77 m
Mmax = 5.00 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.33 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.33

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

125 kN 3 m
C y 15 m
Cy

Fy

50 kN/m 12 m 9 m
0

385.00 kN

Ay

C y 125 kN

Ay

385.00 kN 125 kN
Ay

50 kN/m 12 m
50 kN/m 12 m

340.00 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 177.5 kN

Ans.

M = 1,167 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 13.75 m,
V = 323 kN

Ans.

M = 442 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.34 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.34

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

15 kN 3 m

40 kN/m 6 m 3 m

18 kN 10 m
Cy
Fy

By

Cy 6 m

142.50 kN

C y 15 kN

40 kN/m 6 m

By 142.5 kN 15 kN
By

0
18 kN

40 kN/m 6 m

18 kN

130.50 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 85.5 kN

Ans.

M = 30.4 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 7.75 m,
V = 74.5 kN

Ans.

M = 52.4 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.35 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.35

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

25 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m
65 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m
Cy

Fy

By C y

185.00 kN
25 kN/m 3 m

By 185.00 kN
65 kN/m 5 m
By

Cy 5 m

65 kN/m 5 m

25 kN/m 3 m
0

65.00 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 91.3 kN

Ans.

M = 199.2 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 6.75 m,
V = 103.8 kN

Ans.

M = 180.5 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.36 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.36

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy

75 kN 60 kN
Cy

MC

35 kN/m 6 m

75.00 kN

75 kN 6 m

60 kN 3.5 m

35 kN/m 6 m 3 m
MC

Cy

MC

120 kN-m
0

90.00 kN-m

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.25 m,
V = 21.3 kN

Ans.

M = 16.09 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 4.75 m,
V = 31.25 kN

Ans.

M = 23.6 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.37 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.37

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB

52 kN 3 m
150 kN-m
Dy

Fy

35 kN/m 9 m 4.5 m
36 kN 12 m

204.83 kN

By

Dy

By

204.83 kN 52 kN
By

Dy 9 m

52 kN

35 kN/m 9 m

36 kN

35 kN/m 9 m

36 kN

198.17 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 4.5 m,
V = 93.7 kN

Ans.

M = 23.9 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 10.75 m,
V = 125.1 kN

Ans.

M = 75.7 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.38 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.38

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

## 25 kN/m 3.5 m 1.75 m

25 kN/m 12.5 m 6.25 m

80 kN 5.5 m

20 kN 12.5 m

Dy
Fy

By

Dy

Dy 10 m

161.00 kN
25 kN/m 16 m

By 161.00 kN

80 kN 20 kN

25 kN/m 16 m

80 kN 20 kN

By 179.00 kN
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 5.0 m,
V = 54.0 kN

Ans.

M = 44.0 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 12.25 m,
V = 47.3 kN

Ans.

M = 49.5 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.39 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.39

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

160 kN 2 m

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m
120 kN/m 5 m 4.5 m
Dy
Fy

By

Dy 7 m

340 kN

Dy 160 kN

50 kN/m 4 m

120 kN/m 5 m
By 340 kN 160 kN
120 kN/m 5 m
By

50 kN/m 4 m

620 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.50 m,
V = 285 kN

Ans.

M = 63.8 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 7.75 m,
V = 190.0 kN

Ans.

M = 331 kN-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.40 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.40

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

225 kN-m

120 kN/m 4 m 2 m

Cy
Fy

Ay C y
Ay

273 kN
120 kN/m 4 m

273 kN

60 kN/m 2.5 m

120 kN/m 4 m

60 kN/m 2.5 m
Ay

C y 7.5 m

357 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.41 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.41

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

25 kip-ft

5 kips/ft 3 ft 1.5 ft

5 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft
E y 15 ft

25 kips 10 ft

E y 17.67 kips
Fy

By

Ey

5 kips/ft 8 ft

By 17.67 kips
By

25 kips

5 kips/ft 8 ft

25 kips 0

47.33 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.42 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.42

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB

35 kip-ft

8 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft

17 kips 12 ft
Cy
Fy

By C y
By

62.56 kips
8 kips/ft 9 ft

62.56 kips
By

C y 9 ft

17 kips

8 kips/ft 9 ft

17 kips 0

26.44 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.43 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.43

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

6 kips/ft 30 ft 15 ft
60 kips 20 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft 35 ft

90 kip-ft Dy 30 ft
Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy

60 kips 10 ft
0

62.00 kips
6 kips/ft 30 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft

60 kips 60 kips
Ay 62.00 kips

6 kips/ft 30 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft

60 kips 60 kips 0
Ay

28.00 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.44 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line
and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.44

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB

5 kips 5 ft
15 kips 8 ft
Dy

Fy

2 kips/ft 20 ft 10 ft
10 kips 23 ft

25 kip-ft

Dy 20 ft

23 kips

By

Dy 5 kips

2 kips/ft 20 ft

By

23 kips 5 kips

15 kips 10 kips

2 kips/ft 20 ft

15 kips 10 kips 0
By 17 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.45 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.45

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA

MA

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m

25 kN/m 3 m 3.5 m
MA
Fy

Ay

50 kN 5 m

47.50 kN-m

50 kN/m 2 m
25 kN/m 3 m
Ay

20 kN 2 m

20 kN

50 kN 0

55 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.46 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.46

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MC

20 kips 15 ft

6 kips/ft 8 ft 11 ft

12 kips/ft 7 ft 3.5 ft
70 kips 7 ft
MC
Fy

20 kips

MC

32.00 kip-ft
6 kips/ft 8 ft

12 kips/ft 7 ft
Cy

Cy

70 kips
0

42.00 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.47 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.47

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB
4,000 lb-ft
9,000 lb-ft

800 lb/ft 4 ft 2 ft
600 lb/ft 10 ft 10 ft

3,600 lb 10 ft
Ey

Fy

By

Ey

5,640 lb

800 lb/ft 4 ft

By 5,640 lb
By

E y 15 ft

600 lb/ft 10 ft

800 lb/ft 4 ft

3,600 lb

600 lb/ft 10 ft

3,600 lb 0

7,160 lb

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.48 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.48

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

60 kN 2 m 1 m

120 kN/m 4 m 4 m

60 kN/m 2 m 7 m
Ey
Fy

By

Ey

60 kN 2 m

530 kN

120 kN/m 4 m

150 kN

60 kN 2 m

60 kN 2 m
By

Ey 8 m

530 kN

60 kN 2 m
By

150 kN 6 m

120 kN/m 4 m

150 kN

340 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.49 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.49

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

## Consider free-body diagram of DE:

MD

55 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m
Ey

Fy

Dy

82.5 kN

Ey

55 kN/m 3 m

Dy 82.5 kN
Dy

Ey 3 m

55 kN/m 3 m

82.5 kN

## Consider free-body diagram of ABCD:

MA

60 kN-m

75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m

100 kN 2.5 m
60 kN-m

Fy

Ay C y
Ay

C y 3.5 m

75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m

100 kN 2.5 m
Cy

Dy 5 m

82.5 kN 5 m

C y 3.5 m

440 kN
75 kN/m 5 m

440 kN

100 kN Dy

75 kN/m 5 m

100 kN 82.5 kN 0

Ay 117.5 kN

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.50 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.50

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

## Consider free-body diagram of ABC:

MA
500 lb/ft 10 ft 5 ft C y 15 ft

C y 1,666.67 lb
Fy

Ay C y

500 lb/ft 10 ft

Ay 1,666.67 lb
Ay

500 lb/ft 10 ft

3,333.33 lb

## Consider free-body diagram of CDE:

Fy
C y E y 1, 200 lb

1, 666.67 lb
Ey
ME

E y 1, 200 lb 0

2,866.67 lb

C y 10 ft

1, 200 lb 8 ft

1, 666.67 lb 10 ft
ME

ME

1, 200 lb 8 ft

ME

## 26, 266.67 lb-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.51 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.51

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

70 kN/m 7 m (3.5 m)
1
2

70 kN/m 3 m 8 m

55 kN 10 m
By
Fy

Ay
Ay

443.57 kN

By
1
2

By 7 m

70 kN/m 7 m

70 kN/m 3 m

443.57 kN

55 kN

70 kN/m 7 m

1
2

70 kN/m 3 m

Ay

206.43 kN

55 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.52 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.52

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MB

1
2

8 ft
3

6 kips/ft 8 ft

Dy
Fy

By

Dy

47.41 kips
1
2

6 kips/ft 8 ft

4 kips/ft 15 ft
By

47.41 kips

1
2

6 kips/ft 8 ft

4 kips/ft 15 ft
By

36.59 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.53 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.53

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

(9 kips)(4 ft)
1
2

MA
Fy

270.00 kip-ft
1
2

Ay

(9 kips)

Ay

27.00 kips

4 kips/ft 9 ft

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.54 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.54

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MD

(25 kN)(6 m)
1
2

30 kN/m 3 m 3 m

MD
Fy

Dy

285.00 kN-m

25 kN
Dy

MD

1
2

30 kN/m 3 m

70 kN

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 7.55 Use the graphical method to construct the

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.55

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

## (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)(11 ft)

1
2

2(8 ft)
3

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft

By (22 ft) 0

By 110.73 kips
Fy

Ay

By (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

1
2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft)

## Ay (110.73 kips) (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

Ay

1
2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0

57.27 kips

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.56

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(180 lb)(2 ft) (450 lb)(6 ft)

Dy
Fy

Ay

340 lb

Dy 180 lb 450 lb
Ay

Dy (9 ft)

290 lb

w( x)

290 lb x 0 ft

180 lb x 2 ft

450 lb x 6 ft

340 lb x 9 ft

Ans.

V ( x)
M ( x)

290 lb x 0 ft
290 lb x 0 ft

0
1

180 lb x 2 ft
180 lb x 2 ft

0
1

450 lb x 6 ft
450 lb x 6 ft

0
1

340 lb x 9 ft
340 lb x 9 ft

0
1

Ans.
Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.57

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
M B (10 kN)(2.5 m) (35 kN)(3 m)

Dy
Fy

By

16 kN

Dy 10 kN 35 kN
By

Dy (5 m)

29 kN

w( x)

10 kN x 0 m

29 kN x 2.5 m

35 kN x 5.5 m

16 kN x 7.5 m

Ans.

V ( x)
M ( x)

10 kN x 0 m
10 kN x 0 m

0
1

29 kN x 2.5 m
29 kN x 2.5 m

0
1

35 kN x 5.5 m
35 kN x 5.5 m

0
1

16 kN x 7.5 m
16 kN x 7.5 m

0
1

Ans.
Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.58

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB
(30 kN)(3 m) (20 kN)(7 m)
(15 kN)(15 m)
Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

Dy (10 m)

45.5 kN
30 kN

20 kN 15 kN

19.5 kN

w( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m

30 kN x 3 m
1

45.5 kN x 10 m

20 kN x 7 m
1

15 kN x 15 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
0
V ( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m
30 kN x 3 m
20 kN x 7 m
0

45.5 kN x 10 m
M ( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m

45.5 kN x 10 m

15 kN x 15 m
30 kN x 3 m

15 kN x 15 m

Ans.

Ans.

20 kN x 7 m
1

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.59

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy C y 5 kN

Cy
MC

5 kN

(5 kN)(6 m) 20 kN-m M C
MC

10 kN-m

w( x)

5 kN x 0 m

20 kN-m x 3 m

5 kN x 6 m

10 kN-m x 6 m

Ans.

V ( x)
M ( x)

5 kN x 0 m
5 kN x 0 m

0
1

20 kN-m x 3 m
20 kN-m x 3 m

1
0

5 kN x 6 m
5 kN x 6 m

0
1

10 kN-m x 6 m
10 kN-m x 6 m

Ans.
Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.60

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy Ay (35 kN/m)(2 m)

Ay
MA

70 kN

MA

280 kN-m

w( x)

70 kN x 0 m

280 kN-m x 0 m

35 kN/m x 3 m

35 kN/m x 5 m

Ans.

V ( x)
M ( x)

70 kN x 0 m
70 kN x 0 m

280 kN-m x 0 m
280 kN-m x 0 m

35 kN/m x 3 m
35 kN/m
x 3m
2

35 kN/m x 5 m
35 kN/m
x 5m
2

Ans.
2

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.61

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(25 kN)(4 m)(2 m) (32 kN)(6 m)

Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

Dy (8 m)

49 kN
(25 kN)(4 m) 32 kN

83 kN

w( x) 83 kN x 0 m

1
1

32 kN x 6 m

25 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m x 4 m

49 kN x 8 m

Ans.

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 83 kN x 0 m
25 kN/m x 0 m
25 kN/m x 4 m

32 kN x 6 m
M ( x)

83 kN x 0 m
32 kN x 6 m

49 kN x 8 m
25 kN/m
x 0m
2
49 kN x 8 m

Ans.
2

25 kN/m
x 4m
2

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.62

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(3,000 lb)(5 ft) 8,000 lb-ft
(800 lb)(7 ft)(12.5 ft)
Ey
Fy

Ay

Ey
Ay

E y (20 ft)

3,850 lb
3,000 lb (800 lb)(7 ft)

4,750 lb

w( x) 4,750 lb x 0 ft

3,000 lb x 5 ft

8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft

800 lb/ft x 9 ft
800 lb/ft x 16 ft
3,850 lb x 20 ft
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
0
0
1
V ( x) 4,750 lb x 0 ft
3,000 lb x 5 ft
8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft
800 lb/ft x 9 ft
M ( x)

4,750 lb x 0 ft

800 lb/ft x 16 ft
3,000 lb x 5 ft

800 lb/ft
800 lb/ft
2
x 9 ft
x 16 ft
2
2
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

3,850 lb x 20 ft

8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft
2

Ans.

Ans.

3,850 lb x 20 ft

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.63

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy Ay (800 lb/ft)(12 ft) (800 lb)(6 ft)

Ay
MA

14, 400 lb

## (800 lb/ft)(12 ft)(6 ft)

(800 lb)(6 ft)(21 ft) M A
MA

## 158, 400 lb-ft

w( x) 14,400 lb x 0 ft

158,400 lb-ft x 0 ft
0

800 lb/ft x 18 ft

Ans.

800 lb/ft x 12 ft
800 lb/ft x 18 ft
800 lb/ft x 24 ft
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
0
1
V ( x) 14,400 lb x 0 ft
158,400 lb-ft x 0 ft
800 lb-ft x 0 ft
800 lb/ft x 12 ft

800 lb-ft x 0 ft

800 lb/ft x 24 ft
800 lb-ft
1
0
M ( x) 14, 400 lb x 0 ft
158, 400 lb-ft x 0 ft
x 0 ft
2
800 lb/ft
800 lb/ft
800 lb/ft
2
2
x 12 ft
x 18 ft
x 24 ft
2
2
2
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Ans.
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.64

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
12 kN-m (18 kN/m)(2 m)(2 m)

Dy
Fy

Ay

12 kN

Dy
Ay

Dy (5 m)

(18 kN/m)(2 m)

24 kN

w( x)
24 kN x 0 m

12 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m x 3 m
12 kN x 5 m
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
0
1
V ( x)
24 kN x 0 m
12 kN-m x 0 m
18 kN/m x 1 m
18 kN/m x 3 m
M ( x)

24 kN x 0 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

12 kN x 5 m

Ans.
1

Ans.

12 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m
2
x 3m
12 kN x 5 m
2
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

18 kN/m
x 1m
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.65

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

## (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)(11 ft)

1
2

2(8 ft)
3

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft

By (22 ft) 0

By 110.73 kips
Fy

Ay

1
2

By (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft)

## Ay (110.73 kips) (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

Ay

1
2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0

57.27 kips

w( x) 57.27 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft
x 22 ft
8 ft

6 kips/ft x 0 ft

9 kips/ft
x 30 ft
8 ft

9 kips/ft x 30 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 57.27 kips x 0 ft
6 kips/ft x 0 ft
110.73 kips x 22 ft
9 kips/ft
x 22 ft
2(8 ft)
M ( x)

57.27 kips x 0 ft
9 kips/ft
x 22 ft
6(8 ft)

110.73 kips x 22 ft

6 kips/ft x 22 ft

9 kips/ft
2
1
x 30 ft
9 kips/ft x 30 ft
2(8 ft)
6 kips/ft
2
1
x 0 ft
110.73 kips x 22 ft
2
9 kips/ft
9 kips/ft
3
2
x 30 ft
x 30 ft
6(8 ft)
2

Ans.

6 kips/ft x 22 ft

Ans.
6 kips/ft
x 22 ft
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and
bending-moment diagrams.
Fig. P7.66

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Fy C y (20 kN/m)(3 m)
Cy
MC

1
2

(30 kN/m)(3 m)

105 kN

1
2

## (30 kN/m)(3 m)(2 m)

MC

MC

240 kN-m

w( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m
x 0m
3m

20 kN/m x 3 m

30 kN/m x 3 m
105 kN x 4 m
240 kN-m x 4 m
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
30 kN/m
1
2
V ( x)
20 kN/m x 0 m
x 0m
20 kN/m x 3 m
2(3 m)
30 kN/m x 3 m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

Ans.
30 kN/m
x 3m
2(3 m)

20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
2
3
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
2
6(3 m)
2
30 kN/m
2
1
0
x 3m
105 kN x 4 m
240 kN-m x 4 m
2
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:
M ( x)

30 kN/m
x 3m
3m

Ans.
2

30 kN/m
x 3m
6(3 m)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.67

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
M B 9 kN-m 12 (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) C y (3 m)
Cy
Fy

By

6 kN

Cy
By

1
2

(18 kN/m)(3 m)

21 kN

w( x)
9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m
x 1m
3m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m
x 4m
3m

6 kN x 4 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

1
0
V ( x)
9 kN-m x 0 m
21 kN x 1 m
18 kN/m x 1 m
18 kN/m
x 1m
2(3 m)
M ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m
18 kN/m
x 1m
6(3 m)

18 kN/m
x 4m
2(3 m)

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m
x 4m
6(3 m)

6 kN x 4 m

18 kN/m
x 1m
2
3

6 kN x 4 m

Ans.

Ans.
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 5.66 kN-m at x = 2.59 m

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.68

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2

MA

## (5 kips/ft)(9 ft)(6 ft) C y (14 ft) 0

Cy
Fy

Ay

9.64 kips

Cy
Ay

1
2

(5 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0

12.86 kips

1

w( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft
5 kips/ft x 9 ft

5 kips/ft
x 0 ft
9 ft

5 kips/ft
x 9 ft
9 ft

9.64 kips x 14 ft

Ans.

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
0
2
V ( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
2(9 ft)
2(9 ft)
5 kips/ft x 9 ft

M ( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft
5 kips/ft
x 9 ft
2

5 kips/ft
x 0 ft
6(9 ft)

9.64 kips x 14 ft
1

Ans.

5 kips/ft
x 9 ft
6(9 ft)

9.64 kips x 14 ft

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 58.3 kip-ft at x = 6.80 ft

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.69

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MA

## (5 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft)

1
2

(9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 6 ft
Cy

Fy

C y (16 ft) 0

82.41 kips

Ay C y
Ay

21 ft
3
1
2

(5 kips/ft)(6 ft)

(9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 0

42.09 kips

w( x) 42.09 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft
x 6 ft
21 ft

5 kips/ft x 0 ft

82.41 kips x 16 ft

M ( x)

42.09 kips x 0 ft
9 kips/ft
x 6 ft
6(21 ft)

9 kips/ft x 6 ft

9 kips/ft
x 27 ft
21 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 42.09 kips x 0 ft
5 kips/ft x 0 ft
5 kips/ft x 6 ft
9 kips/ft
x 6 ft
2(21 ft)

5 kips/ft x 6 ft

9 kips/ft x 6 ft

Ans.

9 kips/ft
2
x 27 ft
2(21 ft)
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
9 kips/ft
2
2
x 0 ft
x 6 ft
x 6 ft
2
2
2
9 kips/ft
1
3
82.41 kips x 16 ft
x 27 ft
6(21 ft)
82.41 kips x 16 ft

Ans.
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 170.9 kip-ft at x = 7.39 ft

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.70

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MA
(25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(4.5 m)
1
2

Dy
Fy

Ay

2(4.0 m)
3

114.38 kN

Dy
Ay

Dy (8 m)

(25 kN/m)(4.0 m)

1
2

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

75.63 kN

w( x)

75.63 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
4.0 m

25 kN/m x 2.5 m
1

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

45 kN/m
x 2.5 m
4.0 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

114.38 kN x 8 m

Ans.

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

V ( x)

75.63 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
2(4.0 m)
M ( x)

25 kN/m x 2.5 m
2

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m
1

114.38 kN x 8 m

45 kN/m
x 2.5 m
2(4.0 m)
0

25 kN/m
25 kN/m
45 kN/m
2
2
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 2.5 m
2
2
6(4.0 m)
45 kN/m
45 kN/m
3
2
1
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
114.38 kN x 8 m
6(4.0 m)
2

75.63 kN x 0 m

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 275 kN-m at x = 4.57 m

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.71

Solution
Beam equilibrium:

MC

1
2

## (30 kN/m)(7.0 m)(3.5 m)

(50 kN/m)(2.0 m)(1.0 m)
By

Fy

By

(40 kN/m)(7.0 m)
By (5.5 m)

2(7.0 m)
3

234.24 kN

Cy

1
2

(30 kN/m)(7.0 m)

(50 kN/m)(2.0 m)
C y 215.76 kN

(40 kN/m)(7.0 m)

w( x)

30 kN/m x 0 m

40 kN/m
1
x 0m
7.0 m
40 kN/m
0
30 kN/m x 7 m
x 7m
7.0 m

40 kN/m x 0 m
1

234.24 kN x 1.5 m
1

215.76 kN x 7 m

50 kN/m x 7.0 m

50 kN/m x 9.0 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

40 kN/m
1
1
2
V ( x)
30 kN/m x 0 m
40 kN/m x 0 m
x 0m
2(7.0 m)
40 kN/m
0
1
234.24 kN x 1.5 m
30 kN/m x 7 m
x 7m
2(7.0 m)
0

M ( x)

215.76 kN x 7 m
30 kN/m
2
x 0m
2

Ans.

50 kN/m x 7.0 m
50 kN/m x 9.0 m
40 kN/m
40 kN/m
2
3
x 0m
x 0m
2
6(7.0 m)
30 kN/m
40 kN/m
1
2
3
234.24 kN x 1.5 m
x 7m
x 7m
2
6(7.0 m)
50 kN/m
50 kN/m
1
2
215.76 kN x 7 m
x 7.0 m
x 9.0 m
2
2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 86.6 kN-m at x = 4.00 m

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.72

Solution
Beam equilibrium:
MB

(60 kN)(1.5 m)
Dy (6.5 m)
Dy

Fy

By

Dy
By

1
2

(90 kN/m)(4.5 m)

1
2

(90 kN/m)(4.5 m)

2(4.5 m)
3

79.62 kN
60 kN

182.88 kN

w( x)

60 kN x 0 m

90 kN/m
x 6m
4.5 m

182.88 kN x 1.5 m
1

90 kN/m x 6 m

90 kN/m
x 1.5 m
4.5 m

79.62 kN x 8 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

90 kN/m
0
0
2
V ( x)
60 kN x 0 m
182.88 kN x 1.5 m
x 1.5 m
2(4.5 m)
90 kN/m
2
1
0
x 6m
90 kN/m x 6 m
79.62 kN x 8 m
2(4.5 m)
90 kN/m
1
1
3
M ( x)
60 kN x 0 m
182.88 kN x 1.5 m
x 1.5 m
6(4.5 m)
90 kN/m
90 kN/m
3
2
1
x 6m
x 6m
79.62 kN x 8 m
6(4.5 m)
2

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 197.2 kN-m at x = 5.01 m

Ans.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.1 During fabrication of a laminated timber arch, one of the 10 in. wide by 1 in. thick Douglas fir [E =
1,900 ksi] planks is bent to a radius of curvature of 40 ft. Determine the maximum bending stress
developed in the plank.

Solution
From Eq. (8.3):
E
1,900 ksi
x y
(0.5 in.) 1.979 ksi 1.979 ksi

## (40 ft)(12 in./ft)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.2 A high-strength steel [E = 200 GPa] tube having an outside diameter of 80 mm and a wall thickness
of 3 mm is bent into a circular curve having a 52-m radius of curvature. Determine the maximum
bending stress developed in the tube.

Solution
From Eq. (8.3):
E
200,000 MPa
x y
(80 mm / 2) 153.846 MPa 153.8 MPa

## (52 m)(1,000 mm/m)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.3 A high-strength steel [E = 200 GPa] band saw blade wraps around a pulley that has a diameter of
450 mm. Determine the maximum bending stress developed in the blade. The blade is 12-mm wide and
1-mm thick.

Solution
450 mm 1 mm

225.5 mm
2
2
From Eq. (8.3):
E
200,000 MPa
x y
(0.5 mm) 443.459 MPa 443 MPa

225.5 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.4 The boards for a concrete form are to be bent into a circular shape having an inside radius of 10 m.
What maximum thickness can be used for the boards if the normal stress is not to exceed 7 MPa?
Assume that the modulus of elasticity for the wood is 12 GPa.

Solution
The radius of curvature of the concrete form is dependent on the board thickness:
t
10,000 mm
2
From Eq. (8.3):
E
12,000 MPa t
x y
7 MPa
t 2

10,000 mm
2
Solve for t:
t
t

## 12,000 MPa 7 MPa 10,000 mm

2

2
6,000t 70,000 3.5t

5,996.5t 70,000
t 11.67 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.5 A beam having a tee-shaped cross section is subjected to equal 12 kN-m bending moments, as
shown in Fig. P8.5a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.5b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.5a

Fig. P8.5b

Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(mm )
(mm)
(mm3)
top flange
2,500.0
162.5
406,250.0
stem
3,750.0
75.0
281,250.0
2
6,250.0 mm
687,500.0 mm3

yi Ai
Ai

687,500.0 mm3
110.0 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of stem)
6,250.0 mm2

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
130,208.33
52.50
6,890,625.00
stem
7,031,250.00
35.00
4,593,750.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Ans.

IC + dA
(mm4)
7,020,833.33
11,625,000.00
18,645,833.33

I z 18,656,000 mm4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:
Iz
18,645,833.33 mm 4
S top

286,858.974 mm3
ctop (175 mm 110 mm)

Sbot

I z 18,645,833.33 mm 4

169,507.576 mm3
cbot
110 mm

S 169,500 mm3

Ans.

My
x
Iz

## (12 kN-m)(40 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

18,654,833.33 mm4

Ans.

## (c) Maximum bending stress:

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +65 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 110 mm. The larger
bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom
of the cross section.
My
x
Iz

## (12 kN-m)( 110 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

18,654,833.33 mm 4

## 70.793 MPa 70.8 MPa (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.6 A beam is subjected to equal 6.5 kip-ft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.6a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.6b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
(b) the bending stress at point H, which is located 2 in. below the z centroidal axis. State whether the
normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.6a

Fig. P8.6b

Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
(in.2)
(in.)
(in.3)
left side
8.0
4.0
32.0
top flange
4.0
7.5
30.0
right side
8.0
4.0
32.0
20.0 in.2
94.0 in.3

yi Ai
Ai

94.0 in.3
4.70 in. (measured upward from bottom edge of section)
20.0 in.2

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left side
42.667
0.700
3.920
top flange
0.333
2.800
31.360
right side
42.667
0.700
3.920
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

Ans.

IC + dA
(in.4)
46.587
31.693
46.587
124.867

I z 124.9 in.4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:
Iz
124.867 in.4
S top

37.8384 in.3
ctop (8 in. 4.7 in.)
S bot

I z 124.867 in.4

26.5674 in.3
cbot
4.7 in.

S 26.6 in.3

Ans.

My
x
Iz

124.867 in.4

Ans.

## (c) Maximum bending stress:

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +3.30 in., and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 4.7 in. The larger bending
stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom of the
cross section.
My
x
Iz

124.867 in.4

## 2,935.9 psi 2,940 psi (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.7 A beam is subjected to equal 470 N-m bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.7a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.7b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.7a

Fig. P8.7b

Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of U shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
(mm2)
(mm)
(mm3)
left side
400.0
25.0
10,000.0
bottom flange
272.0
4.0
1,088.0
right side
400.0
25.0
10,000.0
1,072.0 mm2
21,088.0 mm3

yi Ai

21,088.0 mm3
y

## 19.67 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of section)

Ai
1,072.0 mm2
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
left side
83,333.33
5.33
11,356.56
bottom flange
1,450.67
15.67
66,803.30
right side
83,333.33
5.33
11,356.56
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Ans.

IC + dA
(mm4)
94,689.89
68,253.96
94,689.89
257,633.75

I z 257,600 mm4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:
Iz
257,633.75 mm 4
S top

8,494.814 mm3
ctop (50 mm 19.672 mm)

Sbot

Iz
257,633.75 mm 4

13,096.708 mm3
cbot
19.672 mm

S 8,495 mm3

Ans.

My
x
Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

Ans.

## (c) Maximum bending stress:

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +30.328 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 19.672 mm. The larger
bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the top of
the cross section.
My
x
Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

## 55.328 MPa 55.3 MPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.8 A beam is subjected to equal 17.5 kip-ft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.8a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.8b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the bending stress at point K. State whether the normal stress at K is tension or compression.
(d) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.8a

Fig. P8.8b

Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
(in.2)
(in.)
(in.3)
top flange
12.0000
13.0000
156.0000
web
20.0000
7.0000
140.0000
bottom flange
20.0000
1.0000
20.0000
2
52.0000 in.
316.0000 in.3

yi Ai

316.0 in.3
y

Ai
52.0 in.2

## (measured upward from bottom edge of bottom

flange)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
4.000
6.923
575.148
web
166.667
0.923
17.041
bottom flange
6.667
-5.077
515.503
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

Ans.

IC + dA
(in.4)
579.148
183.708
522.170
1,285.026
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section Moduli
cbot 6.0769 in.

## ctop 14 in. 6.0769 in. 7.9231 in.

Sbot

I z 1, 285.026 in.4

211.460 in.3
cbot
6.0769 in.

Stop

I z 1, 285.026 in.4

162.188 in.3
ctop
7.9231 in.

The controlling section modulus is the smaller of the two values; therefore,
S 162.2 in.3
Bending stress at point H:
From the flexure formula:
My
( 17.5 kip-ft)(7.9231 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 967.9544 psi 968 psi (T)

Iz
1,285.0256 in.4
Bending stress at point K:
From the flexure formula:
My
( 17.5 kip-ft)( 6.0769 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

Iz
1,285.026 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

## Maximum bending stress

Since ctop > cbot, the maximum bending stress occurs at the top of the flanged shape. From the flexure
formula:
My
( 17.5 kip-ft)(7.9231 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 1, 294.8 psi 1, 295 psi (T)

Ans.
Iz
1,285.026 in.4
Also, note that the same maximum bending stress magnitude can be calculated with the section
modulus:
M (17.5 kip-ft)(12 in./ft)
x

## 1,294.8 psi 1,295 psi

Ans.
S
162.1877 in.3
The sense of the stress (either tension or compression) would be determined by inspection.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.9 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.9.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 43 MPa (C),
determine the internal bending moment Mz acting
about the z centroidal axis of the beam.
(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.9

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of double-tee shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(mm )
(mm)
(mm3)
top flange
375.0
47.5
17,812.5
left stem
225.0
22.5
5,062.5
right stem
225.0
22.5
5,062.5
2
825.0 mm
27,937.5 mm3
yi Ai 27,937.5 mm3
y

## 33.864 mm 33.9 mm (measured upward from bottom of section)

Ai
825.0 mm2
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
IC + dA
4
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
top flange
781.250
13.636
69,731.405
70,512.655
left stem
37,968.750
11.364
29,054.752
67,023.502
right stem
37,968.750
11.364
29,054.752
67,023.502
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =
204,559.659
(a) Determine bending moment:
At point K, y = 50 mm 5 mm 33.864 mm = 11.136 mm. The bending stress at K is x = 43 MPa;
therefore, the bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:
My
x
Iz

xIz

( 43 N/mm 2 )(204,559.659 mm 4 )
M

y
11.136 mm
789,850.765 N-mm 790 N-m
(b) Bending stress at point H:
At point H, y = 33.864 mm. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:
My
(789,850.765 N-mm)( 33.864 mm)
x

## 130.755 MPa 130.8 MPa (T)

Iz
204,559.659 mm 4

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.10 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.10.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 2,600 psi (T),
determine the internal bending moment Mz acting
about the z centroidal axis of the beam.
(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.

Fig. P8.10

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of inverted-tee shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(in. )
(in.)
(in.3)
bottom flange
0.56250
0.12500
0.07031
stem
0.56250
1.37500
0.77344
2
1.12500 in.
0.84375 in.3
yi Ai 0.84375 in.3
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
y

0.750 in.
Ai
1.1250 in.2
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
IC + dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
(in.4)
bottom flange
0.00293
0.62500
0.21973
0.22266
stem
0.23730
0.62500
0.21973
0.45703
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in. ) =
0.67969
(a) Determine bending moment:
At point K, y = 2.50 in. 0.75 in. = 1.750 in. The bending stress at K is x = +2,600 psi; therefore, the
bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:
My
x
Iz

xIz

## (2,600 psi)(0.67967 in.4 )

M

y
1.750 in.
1,009.820 lb-in. 1,010 lb-in. 84.2 lb-ft
(b) Bending stress at point H:
At point H, y = 0.75 in. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:
My
( 1,009.820 lb-in.)( 0.75 in.)
x

## 1,114.286 psi 1,114 psi (C)

Iz
0.67969 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.11 The cross-sectional dimensions of a boxshaped beam are shown in Fig. P8.11. If the
maximum allowable bending stress is b =
15,000 psi, determine the maximum internal
bending moment Mz magnitude that can be
applied to the beam.

Fig. P8.11

Solution
Moment of inertia about z axis:
(3 in.)(2 in.)3 (2.5 in.)(1 in.)3
Iz

1.791667 in.4
12
12
Maximum internal bending moment Mz:
Mc
x z
Iz

xIz
c

## (15,000 psi)(1.791667 in.4 )

26,875 lb-in. 2,240 lb-ft
1 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.12 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.12. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is Mz = +2.70 kip-ft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the
beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.
Fig. P8.12

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
yi
Shape
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(in. )
(in.)
(in.3)
left stem
2.000
2.000
4.000
top flange
2.500
3.750
9.375
right stem
2.000
2.000
4.000
2
6.500 in.
17.375 in.3
yi Ai 17.375 in.3
y

2.673 in.
Ai
6.500 in.2
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left stem
2.66667
0.67308
0.90607
top flange
0.05208
1.07692
2.89941
right stem
2.66667
0.67308
0.90607
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
3.57273
2.95149
3.57273
10.09696

## (a) Determine maximum tension bending stress:

For a positive bending moment, tension bending stresses will be created below the neutral axis.
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at point K (i.e., y = 2.673 in.):
My
(2.70 kip-ft)( 2.673 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 8.578 ksi 8.58 ksi (T)

Ans.
Iz
10.09696 in.4
(b) Determine maximum compression bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, compression bending stresses will be created above the neutral axis.
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress will occur at point H (i.e., y = 4 in. 2.673 in. =
1.327 in.):
My
(2.70 kip-ft)(1.327 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 4.258 ksi 4.26 ksi (C)

Ans.
Iz
10.09696 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.13 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.13.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 35.0 MPa (T),
determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is b = 165 MPa,
determine the magnitude of the maximum bending
moment Mz that can be supported by the beam.

Fig. P8.13

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
540,000.000
160.000
184,320,000.000
web
32,518,666.667
0.000
0.000
bottom flange
540,000.000
160.000
184,320,000.000
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
184,860,000.000
32,518,666.667
184,860,000.000
402,238,666.667

(a) At point K, y = 90 mm, and at point H, y = 175 mm. The bending stress at K is x = +35 MPa, and
the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending
stress at H can be found from the ratio:

H
yH

K
yK

H K

yH
175 mm
(35.0 MPa)
68.056 MPa 68.1 MPa (T)
yK
90 mm

Ans.

Mc
x z
Iz

xIz

Mz

## 379,253,600 N-mm 379 kN-m

c
175 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.14 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.14.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 9.0 MPa (T),
determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is b = 165 MPa,
determine the magnitude of the maximum bending
moment Mz that can be supported by the beam.
Fig. P8.14

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(mm )
(mm)
left flange
9,720,000
0
web
31,680
0
right flange
9,720,000
0
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

dA
(mm4)
0
0
0

IC + dA
(mm4)
9,720,000
31,680
9,720,000
19,471,680

(a) At point K, y = 60 mm, and at point H, y = +90 mm. The bending stress at K is x = +9.0 MPa, and
the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending
stress at H can be found from the ratio:

H
yH

K
yK

H K

yH
90 mm
(9.0 MPa)
13.50 MPa 13.50 MPa (C)
yK
60 mm

Ans.

Mc
x z
Iz

xIz

M

## 35,698,080 N-mm 35.7 kN-m

c
90 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.15 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.15. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is Mz = 1.55 kip-ft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.
Fig. P8.15

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
left web
left bottom flange
right web
right bottom flange

yi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
8.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
20.0 in.2

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
4.5
2.5
0.5
2.5
0.5

yi Ai
(in.3)
36.0
7.5
1.5
7.5
1.5
54.0 in.3

54.0 in.3
2.70 in. (measured upward from bottom edge of bottom flange)
20.0 in.2

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
0.6667
1.8000
25.9200
left web
2.2500
0.2000
0.1200
left bottom flange
0.2500
2.2000
14.5200
right web
2.2500
0.2000
0.1200
right bottom flange
0.2500
2.2000
14.5200
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
26.5867
2.3700
14.7700
2.3700
14.7700
60.8667

## (a) Maximum tension bending stress:

For a negative bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the top surface of the
cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top surface is:
My
( 1.55 kip-ft)(5.0 in. 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 0.7028 ksi 703 psi (T)

Ans.
Iz
60.8667 in.4
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of the cross section. From
the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom surface is:
My
( 1.55 kip-ft)( 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 0.8251 ksi 825 psi (C)

Ans.
Iz
60.8667 in.4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.16 The cross-sectional dimensions of a beam are

shown in Fig. P8.16. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is Mz = +270 lb-ft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.

Solution

Fig. P8.16

## Centroid location in y direction:

yi
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(in. )
(in.)
(in.3)
bottom flange
0.40625
0.06250
0.02539
left web
0.28125
1.25000
0.35156
left top flange
0.09375
2.43750
0.22852
right web
0.28125
1.25000
0.35156
right top flange
0.09375
2.43750
0.22852
2
1.15625 in.
1.18555 in.3
yi Ai 1.18555 in.3
y

Ai
1.15625 in.2
Shape

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
bottom flange
0.000529
0.962838
0.376617
left web
0.118652
0.224662
0.014196
left top flange
0.000122
1.412162
0.186956
right web
0.118652
0.224662
0.014196
right top flange
0.000122
1.412162
0.186956
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.377146
0.132848
0.187079
0.132848
0.187079
1.016999

## (a) Maximum tension bending stress:

For a positive bending moment of Mz = +270 lb-ft, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the
bottom surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 1.0253 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress
at the bottom of the cross section is:
My
(270 lb-ft)( 1.0253 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 3, 266.446 psi 3, 270 psi (T)

Ans.
Iz
1.016999 in.4
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 2.50
in. 1.0253 in. = 1.4747 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top of the cross
section is:
My
(270 lb-ft)(1.4747 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 4,698.164 psi 4,700 psi (C)

Ans.
Iz
1.016999 in.4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.17 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.17a) having the cross section
shown in Fig. P8.17b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in
segment BC of the beam.

Fig. P8.17a

Fig. P8.17b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(mm2)
3,000.0
1,440.0
4,440 mm2

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
167.5
80.0

yi Ai
(mm3)
502,500.0
115,200.0
617,700 mm3

## 617, 700 mm3

139.1216 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of stem)
4,440 mm2

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
56,250.00
28.38
2,415,997.08
stem
3,072,000.00
59.12
5,033,327.25
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
2,472,247.08
8,105,327.25
10,577,574.32

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 12 kN-m.
Maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of
this cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the tee stem is:
My
(12 kN-m)( 139.1216 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
x

## 157.8 MPa (T)

Ans.
Iz
10.5776 106 mm 4
Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the flange:
My
x
Iz

10.5776 106 mm 4

## 40.7 MPa 40.7 MPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.18 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.18a) having the cross section
shown in Fig. P8.18b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in
segment BC of the beam.

Fig. P8.18a

Fig. P8.18b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left stem
bottom flange
right stem

Area Ai
(in.2)
0.7500
0.5000
0.7500
2.000 in.2

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
1.5000
0.1250
1.5000

yi Ai
(in.3)
1.1250
0.0625
1.1250
2.3125 in.3

yi Ai

2.3125 in.3
y

## 1.1563 in. (measured upward from bottom edge of stem)

Ai
2.000 in.2
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left stem
0.56250
0.34375
0.08862
bottom flange
0.00260
1.03125
0.53174
right stem
0.56250
0.34375
0.08862
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.65112
0.53434
0.65112
1.83659

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 600 lb-ft.
Maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of
this cross section at y = 1.1563 in. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the U
shape is:
My
(600 lb-ft)( 1.1563 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 4,533.053 psi 4,530 psi (T)

Ans.
Iz
1.83659 in.4
Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the U shape, where y = 1.8438 in.:
My
(600 lb-ft)(1.8438 in.)(12 in./ft)
x

## 7, 228.265 psi 7, 230 psi (C)

Ans.
Iz
1.83659 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.19 A WT230 26 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.19a.
The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of
the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 4-m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.19a

Fig. P8.19b

Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:

Iz

16.7 106 mm 4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 13.61 kN-m
negative M = 20.00 kN-m
Bending stresses at max positive moment
(13.61 kN-m)(60.7 mm)(1,000) 2
x
16.7 106 mm 4
49.5 MPa (C)
x

16.7 106 mm 4
133.9 MPa (T)

## Bending stresses at max negative moment

( 20 kN-m)(60.7 mm)(1,000)2
x
16.7 106 mm 4
72.7 MPa (T)
x

## ( 20 kN-m)( 164.3 mm)(1,000) 2

16.7 106 mm 4
196.8 MPa (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.20 A WT305 41 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.20a.
The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of
the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 10-m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.20a

Fig. P8.20b

Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:

Iz

48.7 106 mm 4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 45.84 kN-m
negative M = 24.00 kN-m
Bending stresses at max positive moment
(45.84 kN-m)(88.9 mm)(1,000) 2
x
48.7 106 mm 4
83.7 MPa (C)
x

48.7 106 mm 4
198.7 MPa (T)

## Bending stresses at max negative moment

( 24 kN-m)(88.9 mm)(1,000) 2
x
48.7 106 mm 4
43.8 MPa (T)
x

## ( 24 kN-m)( 211.1 mm)(1,000) 2

48.7 106 mm 4
104.0 MPa (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.21 A steel tee shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.21a. The dimensions of
the shape are shown in Fig. P8.21b. Consider the entire 24-ft length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.21a

Fig. P8.21b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
24.0000
13.8750
37.875 in.2
590.3438 in.3
37.8750 in.2

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
19.2500
9.2500

yi Ai
(in.3)
462.0000
128.3438
590.3438 in.3

15.5866 in.

4.4134 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
4.5000
3.6634
322.0861
stem
395.7266
6.3366
557.1219
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
326.5861
952.8484
1,279.4345

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 100.75 kip-ft
negative M = 68.00 kip-ft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
(100.75 kip-ft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
1, 279.4345 in.4
4.17 ksi (C)
(100.75 kip-ft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
1, 279.4345 in.4
14.73 ksi (T)
Bending stresses at max negative moment
( 68 kip-ft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
1, 279.4345 in.4
2.81 ksi (T)
( 68 kip-ft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
1, 279.4345 in.4
9.94 ksi (C)

## 9.94 ksi (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.22 A flanged wooden shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.22a. The
dimensions of the shape are shown in Fig. P8.22b. Consider the entire 18-ft length of the beam and
determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.22a

Fig. P8.22b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
web
bottom flange

yi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
20.0
16.0
12.0
48.0 in.2
328.0 in.3
48.0 in.2

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
11.0
6.0
1.0

yi Ai
(in.3)
220.0
96.0
12.0
328.0 in.3

5.1667 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
6.667
4.167
347.222
web
85.333
0.833
11.111
bottom flange
4.000
5.833
408.333
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
353.889
96.444
412.333
862.667

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 10,580 lb-ft
negative M = 8,400 lb-ft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
(10,580 lb-ft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
862.667 in.4
760.4 psi (C)
x

862.667 in.4
1,005.6 psi (T)

## Bending stresses at max negative moment

( 8, 400 lb-ft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
862.667 in.4
603.7 psi (T)
x

## ( 8, 400 lb-ft)( 6.8333 in.)(12 in./ft)

862.667 in.4
798.5 psi (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.23 A channel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.23a. The dimensions of
the shape are shown in Fig. P8.23b. Consider the entire 12-ft length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.23a

Fig. P8.23b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left stem
top flange
right stem

yi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
3.000
5.500
3.000
11.500 in.2
49.625 in.3
11.500 in.2

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
3.000
5.750
3.000

4.3152 in.
1.6848 in.

yi Ai
(in.3)
9.000
31.625
9.000
49.625 in.3

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left stem
9.0000
1.3152
5.1894
top flange
0.1146
1.4348
11.3223
right stem
9.0000
1.3152
5.1894
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
14.1894
11.4369
14.1894
39.8157

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 8,850 lb-ft
negative M = 9,839 lb-ft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
(8,850 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
39.8157 in.4
4, 494 psi (C) 4.49 ksi (C)
x

## (8,850 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)

39.8157 in.4
11,510 psi (T) 11.51 ksi (T)

## Bending stresses at max negative moment

( 9,839 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
x
39.8157 in.4
4,996 psi (T) 5.00 ksi (T)
x

## ( 9,839 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)

39.8157 in.4
12, 796 psi (C) 12.80 ksi (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.24 A W360 72 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.24a.
The shape is oriented so that bending occurs about the weak axis as shown in Fig. P8.24b. Consider the
entire 6-m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.24a

Fig. P8.24b

Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:

Iz

bf

204 mm

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 31.50 kN-m
negative M = 25.87 kN-m
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur where the
moment magnitude is 31.50 kN-m.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(31.50 kN-m)( 204 mm/2)(1,000)2
x
21.4 106 mm4
150.1 MPa (T) and (C)

## 150.1 MPa (C)

Ans.
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.25 A 1.00-in.-diameter solid steel

shaft supports loads PA = 180 lb and PC
= 240 lb as shown in Fig. P8.25.
Assume L1 = 5 in., L2 = 16 in., and L3 =
8 in. The bearing at B can be idealized
as a roller support and the bearing at D
can be idealized as a pin support.
Determine the magnitude and location
of the maximum bending stress in the
shaft.
Fig. P8.25

Solution
Section properties
I

64

D4

64

(1.00 in.)4

0.049087 in.4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 980 lb-in.
negative M = 900 lb-in.
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
C, where the moment magnitude is 980 lb-in.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(980 lb-in.)( 1.00 in./2)
x
0.049087 in.4
9,980 psi
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.26 A 30-mm-diameter solid steel

shaft supports loads PA = 1,400 N and
PC = 2,600 N as shown in Fig. P8.26.
Assume L1 = 100 mm, L2 = 200 mm,
and L3 = 150 mm. The bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of the maximum bending stress
in the shaft.
Fig. P8.26

Solution
Section properties
I

64

D4

64

(30 mm)4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 162,857 N-mm
negative M = 140,000 N-mm
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur
where the moment magnitude is 162,857 Nmm.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(162,857 N-mm)( 30 mm/2)
x
39,760.8 mm 4

61.4 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.27 A 20-mm-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 500 N, PC = 1,750
N, and PE = 500 N as shown in Fig.
P8.27. Assume L1 = 90 mm, L2 = 260
mm, L3 = 140 mm, and L4 = 160 mm.
The bearing at B can be idealized as a
roller support and the bearing at D can
be idealized as a pin support. Determine
the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P8.27

Solution
Section properties
Iz

64

D4

64

(20 mm)4

7,853.9816 mm4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 91,500 N-mm
negative M = 80,000 N-mm
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
C, where the moment magnitude is 91,500 Nmm.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(91,500 N-mm)( 20 mm/2)
x
7,853.9816 mm 4

116.5 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.28 A 1.75-in.-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 250 lb, PC = 600 lb,
and PE = 250 lb as shown in Fig. P8.28.
Assume L1 = 9 in., L2 = 24 in., L3 = 12
in., and L4 = 15 in. The bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of the maximum bending stress
in the shaft.
Fig. P8.28

Solution
Section properties
I

64

D4

64

(1.75 in.)4

0.460386 in.4

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 1,550 lb-in.
negative M = 3,750 lb-in.
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
support D, where the moment magnitude is
3,750 lb-in.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
( 3,750 lb-in.)( 1.75 in./2)
x
0.460386 in.4
7,130 psi
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.29 A HSS12 8 1/2 standard steel shape

is used to support the loads shown on the
beam in Fig. P8.29. The shape is oriented so
that bending occurs about the strong axis.
Determine the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P8.29

Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:

Iz

333 in.4

12 in.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 124.59 kip-ft
negative M = 72.00 kip-ft
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur at C, where
the moment magnitude is 124.59 kip-ft.

## Bending stresses at max moment magnitude

(124.59 kip-ft)( 12 in./2)(12 in./ft)
x
333 in.4

26.9 ksi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.30 A W410 60 standard steel shape

is used to support the loads shown on
the beam in Fig. P8.30. The shape is
oriented so that bending occurs about
the strong axis. Determine the
magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P8.30

Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:

Iz

216 106 mm 4

406 mm

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moments
positive M = 50 kN-m
negative M = 70 kN-m
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur between B
and C, where the moment magnitude is 70 kNm.

## Bending stresses at max moment magnitude

(70 kN-m)( 406 mm/2)(1,000)2
65.8 MPa
x
216 106 mm 4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.31 A solid steel shaft supports loads

PA = 200 lb and PD = 300 lb as shown
in Fig. P8.31. Assume L1 = 6 in.,
L2 = 20 in., and L3 = 10 in. The bearing
at B can be idealized as a roller support
and the bearing at C can be idealized
as a pin support. If the allowable
bending stress is 8 ksi, determine the
minimum diameter that can be used for
the shaft.
Fig. P8.31

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 3,000 lb-in.
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

3, 000 lb-in.
0.375 in.3
8, 000 psi

## Section modulus for solid circular section

d3
S
32
Minimum shaft diameter
d 3
0.375 in.3
32

d 1.563 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.32 A solid steel shaft supports loads

PA = 500 N and PD = 400 N as shown
in Fig. P8.32. Assume L1 = 200 mm,
L2 = 660 mm, and L3 = 340 mm. The
bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at C can be
idealized as a pin support. If the
allowable bending stress is 25 MPa,
determine the minimum diameter that
can be used for the shaft.
Fig. P8.32

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 136,000 N-mm
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

5, 440 mm3
25 N/mm 2

## Section modulus for solid circular section

d3
S
32
Minimum shaft diameter
d 3
5,440 mm3
32

d 38.1 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.33 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.33a) with a span of L = 20 ft supports a uniformly
distributed load of w = 800 lb/ft. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 1,400 psi. If the aspect
ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5 (Fig. P8.33b), determine the minimum
width b that can be used for the beam.

Fig. P8.33a

Fig. P8.33b

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Also, see Example 7-3 for shear-force and bending-moment diagram development.
Maximum bending moment
wL2 (800 lb/ft)(20 ft) 2
M max

8
8
40, 000 lb-ft 480, 000 lb-in.
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

342.8571 in.3
1, 400 psi

## Section modulus for solid rectangular section

I bh3 /12 bh 2
S

c
h/2
6

The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5; therefore, the section
modulus can be expressed as:
bh 2 b(1.5b) 2 2.25b3
S

0.3750b3
6
6
6
Minimum allowable beam width
0.3750b3 342.8571 in.3
b 9.71 in.

Ans.

## The corresponding beam height h is

h / b 1.5
h 1.5b 1.5(9.71 in.) 14.57 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.34 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.34a) with a span of L = 14 ft supports a uniformly
distributed load of w. The beam width is b = 6 in. and the beam height is h = 10 in. (Fig. P8.34b). The
allowable bending stress of the wood is 900 psi. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that
may be carried by the beam.

Fig. P8.34a

Fig. P8.34b

Solution
Moment of inertia for rectangular cross section about horizontal centroidal axis
bh3 (6 in.)(10 in.)3
I

500 in.4
12
12
Maximum allowable moment
x I (900 psi)(500 in.4 )
Mc
x
M

## 90, 000 lb-in. 7,500 lb-ft

I
c
5 in.
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Also, see Example 7-3 for shear-force and bending-moment diagram development.
Equate the moment expression from the bendingmoment diagram to the maximum allowable moment
that can be applied to the rectangular cross section:
wL2
M max
7,500 lb-ft
8
Solve for the maximum distributed load w that can be
applied to the 14-ft simple span:
wL2 w(14 ft) 2

7,500 lb-ft
8
8
8(7,500 lb-ft)
Ans.
w
306 lb/ft
(14 ft) 2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.35 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.35a) with a span of L = 2.5 m supports a uniformly distributed
load of w = 4 kN/m. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 9 MPa. If the aspect ratio of the solid
rectangular timber is specified as h/b = 0.5 (Fig. P8.35b), determine the minimum width b that can be
used for the beam.

Fig. P8.35a

Fig. P8.35b

Solution
Maximum moment magnitude:
The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:
wL2 (4 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2
M max

## 12.5 kN-m 12.5 106 N-mm

2
2
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

1.3889 106 mm3
2
9 N/mm

## Section modulus for solid rectangular section

I bh3 /12 bh 2
S

c
h/2
6
The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 0.5; therefore, the section
modulus can be expressed as:
bh 2 b(0.5b) 2 0.25b3
S

0.0416667b3
6
6
6
Minimum allowable beam width
0.0416667b3 1.3889 106 mm3
b 321.83 mm 322 mm

Ans.

h / b 0.5

## h 0.5b 0.5(321.83 mm) 161 mm

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.36 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.36a) with a span of L = 3 m supports a uniformly distributed
load of w. The beam width is b = 300 mm and the beam height is h = 200 mm (Fig. P8.36b). The
allowable bending stress of the wood is 6 MPa. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that
may be carried by the beam.

Fig. P8.36a

Fig. P8.36b

Solution
Section modulus for solid rectangular section
I bh3 /12 bh 2 (300 mm)(200 mm) 2
S

2 106 mm3
c
h/2
6
6
Maximum allowable bending moment:
M
x
M allow x S (6 N/mm2 )(2 106 mm3 ) 12 106 N-mm
S
Maximum bending moment in cantilever span:
The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:
wL2
M max
2
wL2
M allow
2
2M allow
2(12 106 N-mm)
wallow

## 2.67 N/mm 2.67 kN/m

L2
[(3 m)(1,000 mm/m)]2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.37 The beam shown in Fig. P8.37 will be

constructed from a standard steel W-shape
using an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi.
(a) Develop a list of five acceptable shapes
that could be used for this beam. On this list,
include the most economical W10, W12,
W14, W16, and W18 shapes.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for
this beam.
Fig. P8.37

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 90 kip-ft
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

45 in.3
24 ksi

W10 45,
S 49.1 in.3
W12 40,

S 51.5 in.3

W14 34,

S 48.6 in.3

W16 31,

S 47.2 in.3

W18 35,

S 57.6 in.3

## (b) Most economical W-shape

W16 31

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.38 The beam shown in Fig. P8.38 will be

constructed from a standard steel W-shape using
an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. Include the most
economical W360, W410, W460, and W530
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.38

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 206.630 kN-m
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

(206.63 kN-m)(1,000) 2
1, 252 103 mm3
2
165 N/mm

W360 79,
S 1, 270 103 mm3

W410 75,

W460 74,

W530 66,

## (b) Most economical W-shape

W530 66

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.39 The beam shown in Fig. P8.39 will be

constructed from a standard steel W-shape using
an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. Include the most
economical W360, W410, W460, and W530
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.39

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 238.57 kN-m
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

(238.57 kN-m)(1,000)2
1, 446 103 mm3
2
165 N/mm

## (a) Acceptable steel W-shapes

W360 101, S 1, 690 103 mm3

W410 85,

W460 74,

W530 74,

## (b) Most economical W-shape

W460 74 or W530 74

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.40 The beam shown in Fig. P8.40 will be constructed from a standard
steel W-shape using an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that could be used for this
beam. Include the most economical W310, W360, W410, and W460
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this beam.

Fig. P8.40

Solution
Maximum moment magnitude:
The maximum bending moment magnitude occurs at the base of the cantilever beam:
1
1
M max (15 kN)(3.0 m) (40 kN/m)(3.0 m) (3.0 m)
2
3
6
105.0 kN-m 105.0 10 N-mm
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M (105.0 kN-m)(1,000) 2
S

## 636 103 mm3

2
x
165 N/mm
(a) Acceptable steel W-shapes
W310 60,
S 844 103 mm3

W360 44,

W460 52,

## (b) Most economical W-shape

W360 44

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.41 The beam shown in Fig. P8.41 will be

constructed from a standard steel HSS-shape
using an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi.
(a) Develop a list of three acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. On this list, include
the most economical HSS8, HSS10, and HSS12
shapes.
(b) Select the most economical HSS-shape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.41

Solution
Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 45.56 kip-ft
Minimum required section modulus
M
x
S
M
S

18.22 in.3
30 ksi

## (a) Acceptable steel HSS shapes

HSS8 none are acceptable

HSS10 4 3 / 8,

S 20.8 in.3

HSS10 6 3 / 8,

S 27.4 in.3

HSS12 6 3 / 8,

S 35.9 in.3

HSS12 8 3 / 8,

S 43.7 in.3

## (b) Most economical HSS shape

HSS10 4 3 / 8

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.42 A composite beam is fabricated by bolting two 3 in. wide 12 in. deep timber planks to the sides
of a 0.50 in. 12 in. steel plate (Fig. P8.42b). The moduli of elasticity of the timber and the steel are
1,800 ksi and 30,000 ksi, respectively. The simply supported beam spans a distance of 20 ft and carries
two concentrated loads P, which are applied at the quarter points of the span (Fig. P8.42a).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber planks and the steel plate if P = 3
kips.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 1,200 psi and 24,000 psi,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated loads P. (You may neglect
the weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.42a
Fig. P8.42b

Solution
Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30, 000 ksi
n
16.6667
E1
1,800 ksi
Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(0.50 in.) = 8.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 12 in. 0.50
in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 12 in. deep and 8.3333-in. thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(in. )
(in.)
timber (1)
864
0
transformed steel plate (2)
1,200
0
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(in.4)
0
0

IC + dA
(in.4)
864
1,200
2,064 in.4

## Maximum bending moment in beam for P = 3 kips

The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with two 3-kip concentrated loads is:
M max (3 kips)(5 ft) 15 kip-ft 180 kip-in.
Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
My
(180 kip-in.)( 6 in.)
0.5233 ksi 523 psi
1
I
2, 064 in.4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Bending stress in steel plate (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:
My
(180 kip-in.)( 6 in.)
n
(16.6667)
8.7209 ksi 8,720 psi
Ans.
2
I
2,064 in.4
Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 1,200 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
My
(1.200 ksi)(2, 064 in.4 )
1I
M
412.80 kip-in.
1
max
I
y
6 in.
If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
My
(24.00 ksi)(2,064 in.4 )
2I
n
M
495.36 kip-in.
2
max
I
ny
(16.667)(6 in.)
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 412.80 kip-in. The
maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
M max (5 ft)P

M max
5 ft

412.80 kip-in.
(5 ft)(12 in./ft)

6.88 kips

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.43 The cross section of a composite beam that

consists of 4-mm-thick fiberglass faces bonded to a 20mm-thick particleboard core is shown in Fig. P8.43.
The beam is subjected to a bending moment of 55 N-m
acting about the z axis. The elastic moduli for the
fiberglass and the particleboard are 30 GPa and 10 GPa,
respectively. Determine:
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the fiberglass
faces and the particleboard core.
(b) the stress in the fiberglass at the joint where the two
materials are bonded together.
Fig. P8.43

Solution
Let the particleboard be denoted as material (1) and the fiberglass as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30 GPa
n
3
E1 10 GPa
Transform the fiberglass faces into an equivalent amount of particleboard by multiplying their width by
the modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(50 mm) = 150 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 4 mm
fiberglass faces are replaced by particleboard faces that are 150-mm wide and 4-mm thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(mm )
(mm)
transformed fiberglass top face
800.00
12.00
particleboard core
33,333.33
0
transformed fiberglass bot face
800.00
12.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(mm4)
86,400.00
0
86,400.00

## Bending stress in particleboard core (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the particleboard core is:
My
(55 N-m)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
2.65 MPa
1
I
207,733.33 mm 4

IC + dA
(mm4)
87,200.00
33,333.33
87,200.00
207,733.33 mm4

Ans.

## Bending stress in fiberglass faces (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the fiberglass faces (2) is:
My
(55 N-m)( 14 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
n
(3)
11.12 MPa
Ans.
2
I
207,733.33 mm 4
Bending stress in fiberglass (2) at interface
At the interface between the particleboard and the fiberglass, y = 10 mm:
My
(55 N-m)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
n
(3)
7.94 MPa
2
I
207,733.33 mm 4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.44 A composite beam is made of two brass [E =

100 GPa] plates bonded to an aluminum [E = 75
GPa] bar, as shown in Fig. P8.44. The beam is
subjected to a bending moment of 1,750 N-m acting
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the brass
plates and the aluminum bar.
(b) the stress in the brass at the joints where the two
materials are bonded together.

Fig. P8.44

Solution
Let the aluminum be denoted as material (1) and the brass as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 100 GPa
n
1.3333
E1 75 GPa
Transform the brass plates into an equivalent amount of aluminum by multiplying their width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 1.3333(50 mm) = 66.6666 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 10
mm brass plates are replaced by aluminum plates that are 66.6666-mm wide and 10-mm thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(mm )
(mm)
transformed top brass plate
5,555.55
20
aluminum bar
112,500.00
0
transformed bot brass plate
5,555.55
20
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(mm4)
266,666.40
0
266,666.40

## Bending stress in aluminum bar (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the aluminum bar is:
My
(1,750 N-m)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
40.0 MPa
1
I
656,943.90 mm 4

IC + dA
(mm4)
272,221.95
112,500.00
272,221.95
656,943.90 mm4

Ans.

## Maximum bending stress in brass plates (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the brass plates (2) is:
My
(1,750 N-m)( 25 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
n
(1.3333)
88.8 MPa
Ans.
2
I
656,943.90 mm 4
Bending stress in brass plates (2) at interface
At the interface between the brass plates and the aluminum bar, y = 15 mm:
My
(1,750 N-m)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
n
(1.3333)
53.3 MPa
2
I
656,943.90 mm 4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.45 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite
beam (Fig. P8.45b). The composite beam is subjected to a bending moment of M = +300 lb-ft about the
z axis (Fig. P8.45a). Determine:
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the aluminum and steel bars.
(b) the stress in the two materials at the joint where they are bonded together.

Fig. P8.45a

Fig. P8.45b

Solution
Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30, 000 ksi
n
3
E1 10,000 ksi
Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel
bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00-in. wide and 0.75-in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape
aluminum bar (1)
transformed steel bar (2)

yi Ai
Ai

4.1875 in.3
5.50 in.2

Width b
(in.)
2.00
6.00

Height h
(in.)
0.50
0.75

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.00
4.50
5.50

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
0.25
0.875

yi Ai
(in.3)
0.2500
3.9375
4.1875

## Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(in. )
(in.)
aluminum bar (1)
0.02083
0.5114
transformed steel bar (2)
0.2109
0.1136
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(in.4)
0.2615
0.05811

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.2823
0.2690
0.5514 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Maximum bending stress in aluminum bar (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in aluminum bar (1) is:
My
(300 lb-ft)( 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
4,970 psi (T)
1
I
0.5514 in.4

Ans.

## (a) Maximum bending stress in steel bar (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel bar (2) is:
My
(300 lb-ft)(1.250 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
Ans.
(3)
9,570 psi (C)
2
I
0.5514 in.4
(b) Bending stress in aluminum bar (1) at interface
My
(300 lb-ft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
1
I
0.5514 in.4

## (b) Bending stress in steel bar (2) at interface

My
(300 lb-ft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
(3)
2
I
0.5514 in.4

## 5,120 psi (T)

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.46 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite
beam (Fig. P8.46b). The allowable bending stresses for the aluminum and steel bars are 20 ksi and 30
ksi, respectively. Determine the maximum bending moment M that can be applied to the beam.

Fig. P8.46a

Fig. P8.46b

Solution
Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30, 000 ksi
n
3
E1 10,000 ksi
Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel
bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00-in. wide and 0.75-in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape
aluminum bar (1)
transformed steel bar (2)

yi Ai
Ai

4.1875 in.3
5.50 in.2

Width b
(in.)
2.00
6.00

Height h
(in.)
0.50
0.75

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.00
4.50
5.50

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
0.25
0.875

yi Ai
(in.3)
0.2500
3.9375
4.1875

## Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(in. )
(in.)
aluminum bar (1)
0.02083
0.5114
transformed steel bar (2)
0.2109
0.1136
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(in.4)
0.2615
0.05811

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.2823
0.2690
0.5514 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable aluminum stress

Based on an allowable bending stress of 20 ksi for the aluminum, the maximum bending moment
magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
My
(20 ksi)(0.5514 in.4 )
1I
(a)
M
14.484 kip-in.
1
I
y
0.7614 in.
Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi for the steel, the maximum bending moment magnitude
that be applied to the cross section is:
My
(30 ksi)(0.5514 in.4 )
2I
(b)
n
M
11.285 kip-in.
2
I
ny
(3)(1.25 in. 0.7614 in.)
Maximum bending moment magnitude
From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the
cross section is
Ans.
M max 11.285 kip-in. 940 lb-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.47 Two steel [E = 30,000 ksi] plates are securely

attached to a Southern pine [E = 1,800 ksi] timber
to form a composite beam (Fig. P8.47). The
allowable bending stress for the steel plates is
24,000 psi and the allowable bending stress for the
Southern pine is 1,200 psi. Determine the maximum
bending moment that can be applied about the
horizontal axis of the beam.

Fig. P8.47

Solution
Denote the timber as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30, 000 ksi
n
16.6667
E1
1,800 ksi
Transform the steel plates into an equivalent amount of timber by multiplying their width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(8 in.) = 133.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 8 in. 0.25 in.
steel plates can be replaced by wood plates that are 133.3333-in. wide and 0.25-in. thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(in. )
(in.)
transformed steel plate at top
0.1736
8.125
timber (1)
3,413.3333
0
transformed steel plate at bottom
0.1736
8.125
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(in.4)
2,200.52
0
2,200.52

IC + dA
(in.4)
2,200.694
3,413.333
2,200.694
7,814.72 in.4

(a) Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable Southern pine stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi for the Southern pine timber, the maximum bending
moment magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
My
(1.200 ksi)(7,814.72 in.4 )
1I
(a)
M
1,172.208 kip-in.
1
I
y
8 in.
Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 24,000 psi for the steel plates, the maximum bending moment
magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
My
(24 ksi)(7,814.72 in.4 )
2I
(b)
n
M
1,364.021 kip-in.
2
I
ny
(16.6667)( 8.25 in.)
Maximum bending moment magnitude
From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the
cross section is
Ans.
M max 1,172.208 kip-in. 97.7 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.48 A simply supported composite beam 5 m long carries a uniformly distributed load w (Fig. P8.48a).
The beam is constructed of a Southern pine [E = 12 GPa] timber, 200 mm wide by 360 mm deep, that is
reinforced on its lower surface by a steel [E = 200 GPa] plate that is 150 mm wide by 12 mm thick (Fig.
P8.48b).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the steel if w = 12 kN/m.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 9 MPa and 165 MPa,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for distributed load w. (You may neglect the
weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.48a

Fig. P8.48b

Solution
Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 200 GPa
n
16.6667
E1 12 GPa
Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(150 mm) = 2,500 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 150 mm
12 mm steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 2,500-mm wide and 12-mm thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape
timber (1)
transformed steel plate (2)

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
200
2,500

14,004,000 mm3
102,000 mm2

Height h
(mm)
360
12

Area Ai
(mm2)
72,000
30,000
102,000

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
192
6

yi Ai
(mm3)
13,824,000
180,000
14,004,000

## Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(mm )
(mm)
timber (1)
777,600,000
54.71
transformed steel plate (2)
360,000
131.29
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(mm4)
215,476,817
517,144,360

IC + dA
(mm4)
993,076,817
517,504,360
1,510,581,176 mm4
= 1.5106 109 mm4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Bending moment in beam for w = 12 kN/m

The bending moment in the simply supported beam with a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m is:
wL2 (12 kN/m)(5 m) 2
M max
37.5 kN-m 37.5 106 N-mm
8
8
Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
My
(37.5 106 N-mm)(372 mm 137.294 mm)
5.83 MPa (C)
1
I
1.5106 109 mm4

Ans.

## Bending stress in steel plate (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:
My
(37.5 106 N-mm)( 137.294 mm)
(16.6667)
56.8 MPa (T)
Ans.
2
I
1.5106 109 mm 4
Determine maximum w
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
My
(9 N/mm 2 )(1.5106 109 mm 4 )
1I
M
57.925 106 N-mm
1
max
I
y
(372 mm 137.294 mm)
If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
My
(165 N/mm2 )(1.5106 109 mm4 )
2I
n
M
108.926 106 N-mm
2
max
I
ny
(16.6667)(137.294 mm)
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 57.925106 N-mm. The
maximum distributed load magnitude w that can be supported is found from:
wL2
M max
8
8M max 8(57.925 106 N-mm)(1 m/1000 mm)
Ans.
w
18,536 N/m 18.54 kN/m
L2
(5 m)2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.49 A glue-laminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material
bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.49b. The
elastic modulus of the wood is E = 12 GPa and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 112 GPa. The simply
supported beam spans 6 m and carries a concentrated load P at midspan (Fig. P8.49a).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the CFRP if P = 4 kN.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 9 MPa and 1,500 MPa,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated load P. (You may neglect the
weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.49a
Fig. P8.49b

Solution
Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 112 GPa
n
9.3333
E1 12 GPa
Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:
b2, trans = 9.3333(40 mm) = 373.33 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 40 mm 3 mm CFRP is
replaced by a wood board that is 373.33-mm wide and 3-mm thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape
timber (1)
transformed CFRP (2)

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
90
373.33

2,881,680 mm3
23,620 mm2

Height h
(mm)
250
3

Area Ai
(mm2)
22,500
1,120
23,620

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
128
1.5

yi Ai
(mm3)
2,880,000
1,680
2,881,680

## Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(mm )
(mm)
timber (1)
117,187,500
6.00
transformed CFRP (2)
840
120.50
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(mm4)
810,000
16,262,680

IC + dA
(mm4)
117,997,500
16,263,520
134,261,020 mm4
= 134.261 106 mm4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum bending moment in beam for P = 4 kN

The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with a concentrated load of 4 kN at
midspan is:
PL (4 kN)(6 m)
M max
6 kN-m 6 106 N-mm
4
4
(a) Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
My
(6 106 N-mm)(253 mm 122.00 mm)
5.85 MPa (C)
1
I
134.261 106 mm 4

Ans.

## (a) Bending stress in CFRP (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the CFRP is:
My
(6 106 N-mm)( 122.00 mm)
(9.3333)
50.9 MPa (T)
Ans.
2
I
134.261 106 mm 4
(b) Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
My
(9 N/mm 2 )(134.261 106 mm 4 )
1I
M
9.224 106 N-mm
1
max
I
y
(253 mm 122.00 mm)
If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 1,500 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
My
(1,500 N/mm2 )(134.261 106 mm4 )
2I
n
M
176.867 106 N-mm
2
max
I
ny
(9.3333)(122.00 mm)
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 9.224106 N-mm. The
maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
PL
M max
4
4M max 4(9.224 106 N-mm)(1 m/1000 mm)
Ans.
P
6,149 N 6.15 kN
L
(6 m)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.50 Two steel plates, each 4 in. wide and 0.25 in.
thick, reinforce a wood beam that is 3 in. wide and
8 in. deep. The steel plates are attached to the
vertical sides of the wood beam in a position such
that the composite shape is symmetric about the z
axis, as shown in the sketch of the beam cross
section (Fig. P8.50). Determine the maximum
bending stresses produced in both the wood and the
steel if a bending moment of Mz = +50 kip-in is
applied about the z axis. Assume Ewood = 2,000 ksi
and Esteel = 30,000 ksi.
Fig. P8.50

Solution
Let the wood be denoted as material (1) and the steel plates as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 30, 000 ksi
n
15
E1
2,000 ksi
Transform the steel plates (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying the plate
thicknesses by the modular ratio: b2, trans = 15(0.25 in.) = 3.75 in. (each). Thus, for calculation purposes,
each 4 in. 0.25 in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 4-in. tall and 3.75-in. wide.
Centroid location: Since the transformed section is doubly symmetric, the centroid location is found
from symmetry.
Moment of inertia about the z centroidal axis
Shape
IC
(in.4)
wood beam (1)
128
two transformed steel plates (2)
40
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

d = yi y
(in.)
0
0

dA
(in.4)
0
0

## Bending stress in wood beam (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in wood beam (1) is:
M z c (50 kip-in.)(4 in.)
1.190 ksi 1,190 psi
1
Iz
168 in.4

IC + dA
(in.4)
128
40
168 in.4

Ans.

## Bending stress in steel plates (2)

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the steel plates (2) is:
M c
(50 kip-in.)(2 in.)
n z
(15)
8.93 ksi 8,930 psi
Ans.
2
Iz
168 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.51 A glue-laminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material
bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.51b. The
elastic modulus of the wood is 1,700 ksi and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 23,800 ksi. The simply
supported beam spans 24 ft and carries two concentrated loads P, which act at the quarter-points of the
span (Fig. P8.51a). The allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 2,400 psi and
175,000 psi, respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for the concentrated loads P.
(You may neglect the weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.51a
Fig. P8.51b

Solution
Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:
E2 23,800 ksi
n
14
E1
1,700 ksi
Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:
b2, trans = 14(3 in.) = 42 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 3 in. 0.125 in. CFRP is replaced by a
wood board that is 42-in. wide and 0.125-in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape
timber (1)
transformed CFRP (2)

yi Ai
Ai

404.5781 in.3
71.25 in.2

Width b
(in.)
5.5
42.0

Height h
(in.)
12
0.125

Area Ai
(in.2)
66
5.25
71.25

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
6.125
0.0625

yi Ai
(in.3)
404.25
0.3281
404.5781

## Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y
Shape
IC
4
(in. )
(in.)
timber (1)
792
0.4467
transformed CFRP (2)
0.00684
5.6158
Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA
(in.4)
13.1703
165.5697

IC + dA
(in.4)
805.170
165.577
970.747 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 2,400 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
My
(2.40 ksi)(970.747 in.4 )
1I
M
361.393 kip-in.
1
max
I
y
(12.125 in. 5.6783 in.)
If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 175,000 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
My
(175 ksi)(970.747 in.4 )
2I
n
M
2,137 kip-in.
2
max
I
ny
(14)(5.6783 in.)
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 351.393 kip-in. = 30.116
kip-ft. The maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
M max (6 ft)P
P

M max
6 ft

30.116 kip-ft
6 ft

5.02 kips

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.52 A steel pipe assembly supports a

concentrated load of P = 22 kN as shown in
Fig. P8.52. The outside diameter of the pipe is
142 mm and the wall thickness is 6.5 mm.
Determine the normal stresses produced at
points H and K.

Fig. P8.52

Solution
Section properties
d D 2t 142 mm 2(6.5 mm) 129 mm
A

Iz

## D 2 d 2 (142 mm)2 (129 mm)2 2, 766.958 mm 2

4
4

D 4 d 4
(142 mm) 4 (129 mm) 4 6,364,867 mm 4
64
64

## Internal forces and moments

F 22 kN 22,000 N
M z (22,000 N)(370 mm) 8,140,000 N-mm
Stresses

axial
bending

F
22,000 N

## 7.951 MPa (C)

A 2,766.958 mm 2
M c (8,140,000 N-mm)(142 mm/2)
z
90.802 MPa
Iz
6,364,867 mm 4

Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
H 7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 98.753 MPa 98.8 MPa (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
K 7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 82.851 MPa 82.9 MPa (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.53 The screw of a clamp exerts a compressive

force of 350 lb on the wood blocks. Determine the
normal stresses produced at points H and K. The
clamp cross-sectional dimensions at the section of
interest are 1.25 in. by 0.375 in. thick.

Fig. P8.53

Solution
Section properties
A (0.375 in.)(1.250 in.) 0.468750 in.2

## (0.375 in.)(1.250 in.)3

Iz
0.061035 in.4
12
Internal forces and moments
F 350 lb
M z (350 lb)(3.75 in. 1.25 in./2) 1,531.25 lb-in.
Stresses

axial
bending

F
350 lb

## 746.667 psi (T)

A 0.468750 in.2
M c (1,531.25 lb-in.)(1.250 in./2)
z
15,680.0 psi
Iz
0.061035 in.4

Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
H 746.667 psi 15,680 psi 16,426.667 psi 16,430 psi (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
K 746.667 psi 15,680 psi 14,933.333 psi 14,930 psi (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.54 Determine the normal stresses produced at points H and K of the pier support shown in Fig. P8.54a.

Fig. P8.54a

## Fig. P8.54b Cross section aa

Solution
Section properties
A (250 mm)(500 mm) 125, 000 mm 2

Iz

2.60417 109 mm 4
12

## Internal forces and moments

F 250 kN 400 kN 650 kN
M z (250 kN)(3.25 m) (400 kN)(2.25 m) 87.50 kN-m
Stresses

axial

F
650, 000 N

A 125, 000 mm 2

bending

## M z c (87.5 kN-m)(500 mm/2)(1,000)2

8.40 MPa
Iz
2.60417 109 mm 4

Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
H 5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 3.20 MPa 3.20 MPa (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
K 5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 13.60 MPa 13.60 MPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.55 A tubular steel column CD supports

horizontal cantilever arm ABC, as shown in Fig.
P8.55. Column CD has an outside diameter of
10.75 in. and a wall thickness of 0.365 in.
Determine the maximum compression stress at
the base of column CD.

Fig. P8.55

Solution
Section properties
d D 2t 10.750 in. 2(0.365 in.) 10.020 in.
A

Iz

## D 2 d 2 (10.750 in.) 2 (10.020 in.) 2 11.908 in.2

4
4

D 4 d 4
(10.750 in.) 4 (10.020 in.) 4 160.734 in.4
64
64

## Internal forces and moments

F 700 lb 900 lb 1, 600 lb
M (700 lb)(13 ft) (900 lb)(23 ft) 29,800 lb-ft 357, 600 lb-in.
Stresses

axial
bending

F
1, 600 lb

## 134.36 psi (C)

A 11.908 in.2
M c (357, 600 lb-in.)(10.75 in./2)

11,958.27 psi
I
160.734 in.4

## Maximum compression stress at base of column

compression 134.36 psi 11,958.27 psi 12,092.63 psi 12.09 ksi (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.56 Determine the normal stresses acting at points H and K for the structure shown in Fig. P8.56a. The
cross-sectional dimensions of the vertical member are shown in Fig. P8.56b.

## Fig. P8.56b Cross section

Fig. P8.56a

Solution
Section properties
A (4 in.)(8 in.) 32 in.2

(4 in.)(8 in.)3
Iz
170.6667 in.4
12
Internal forces and moments
F 1, 200 lb 2,800 lb 4,000 lb
M z (1, 200 lb)(12 in. 8 in./2) 19, 200 lb-in.
Stresses

axial
bending

F 4,000 lb

## 125 psi (C)

A
32 in.2
M c (19,200 lb-in.)(8 in./2)
z
450 psi
Iz
170.6667 in.4

Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
H 125 psi 450 psi 575 psi 575 psi (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
K 125 psi 450 psi 325 psi 325 psi (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.57 A W18 35 standard steel shape is

subjected to a tension force P that is applied
15 in. above the bottom surface of the wideflange shape as shown in Fig. P8.57. If the
tension normal stress of the upper surface of
the W-shape must be limited to 18 ksi,
determine the allowable force P that may be
applied to the member.

Fig. P8.57

Solution
Section properties (from Appendix B)
Depth d 17.7 in.
A 10.3 in.2
I z 510 in.4

Stresses

axial
bending

F
P

A 10.3 in.2
M c P(15 in. 17.7 in./2)(17.7 in./2) P(6.15 in.)(8.85 in.) P(54.4275 in.2 )
z

Iz
510 in.4
510 in.4
510 in.4

## Normal stress on the upper surface of the W-shape

The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.
Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given
by:
P
P(54.4275 in.2 )
upper surface

10.3 in.2
510 in.4
P(0.097087 in.2 0.106721 in.2 )
(0.203808 in.2 ) P
The normal stress on the upper surface of the W-shape must be limited to 18 ksi; therefore,
(0.203808 in.2 ) P 18 ksi

18 ksi
88.3 kips
0.203808 in.2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.58 A WT305 41 standard steel shape is

subjected to a tension force P that is applied 250
mm above the bottom surface of the tee shape, as
shown in Fig. P8.58. If the tension normal stress
of the upper surface of the WT-shape must be
limited to 150 MPa, determine the allowable
force P that may be applied to the member.

Fig. P8.58

Solution
Section properties (from Appendix B)
Depth d 300 mm

## Centroid y 88.9 mm (from flange to centroid)

A 5, 230 mm 2
I z 48.7 106 mm 4
Stresses

axial

bending

F
P

P(1.9120 104 mm 2 )
A 5, 230 mm 2
M c P(250 mm 88.9 mm)(300 mm 88.9 mm)
z
Iz
48.7 106 mm 4

## P(161.1 mm)(211.1 mm)

48.7 106 mm 4
P(6.9832 104 mm 2 )

## Normal stress on the upper surface of the WT-shape

The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.
Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given
by:
upper surface P(1.9120 104 mm2 ) P(6.9832 104 mm2 )
(8.8953 104 mm2 ) P
The normal stress on the upper surface of the WT-shape must be limited to 150 MPa; therefore,
(8.8953 104 mm2 ) P 150 MPa

150 N/mm2
P
168,629 N 168.6 kN
8.8953 104 mm2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.59 A pin support consists of a vertical

plate 60 mm wide by 10 mm thick. The pin
carries a load of 1,200 N. Determine the
normal stresses acting at points H and K for
the structure shown in Fig. P8.59.

Fig. P8.59

Solution
Section properties
A (60 mm)(10 mm) 600 mm 2

5, 000 mm4
12

## Internal forces and moments

F 1, 200 N
M (1, 200 N)(30 mm 10 mm/2) 42,000 N-mm
Stresses

axial
bending

F 1, 200 N

## 2.00 MPa (T)

A 600 mm 2
M c (42,000 N-mm)(10 mm/2)

42.00 MPa
I
5,000 mm 4

Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
H 2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 40.00 MPa 40.0 MPa (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
K 2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 44.00 MPa 44.0 MPa (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.60 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.60b is used as a short post to support a load of P = 4,600 lb. The
load P is applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.60a. Determine
the normal stresses at points H and K, which are located on section aa.

## Fig. P8.60b Cross-sectional dimensions

Fig. P8.60a

Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape

width b
(in.)
12
2

flange
stem

xi Ai
Ai

height h
(in.)
2
10

164 in.3
3.7273 in.
44 in.2
8.2727 in.

Area Ai
(in.2)
24
20
44 in.2

xi
(from left)
(in.)
1
7

xi Ai
(in.3)
24
140
164 in.3

## (from left side to centroid)

(from right side to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
d = xi x
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.4)
flange
8
2.7273
178.5160
stem
166.6667
3.2727
214.2113
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
186.5160
380.8790
567.3940

## Internal forces and moments

F 4,600 lb
M z (4,600 lb)(5 in. 3.7273 in.) 40,145.455 lb-in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F 4,600 lb

104.545 psi
A
44 in.2
M x (40,145.455 lb-in.)( 3.7273 in.)
H ,bending z
263.720 psi
Iz
567.3940 in.4

axial

K ,bending

## M z x (40,145.455 lb-in.)(8.2727 in.)

585.329 psi
Iz
567.3940 in.4

Normal stress at H
H 104.545 psi 263.720 psi 368.265 psi 368 psi (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
K 104.545 psi 585.329 psi 480.784 psi 481 psi (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.61 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.61b is used as a short post to support a load of P. The load P is
applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.61a. The tension and
compression normal stresses in the post must be limited to 1,000 psi and 800 psi, respectively.
Determine the maximum magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress
limits.

## Fig. P8.61b Cross-sectional dimensions

Fig. P8.61a

Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape

width b
(in.)
12
2

flange
stem

xi Ai
Ai

height h
(in.)
2
10

164 in.3
3.7273 in.
44 in.2
8.2727 in.

Area Ai
(in.2)
24
20
44 in.2

xi
(from left)
(in.)
1
7

xi Ai
(in.3)
24
140
164 in.3

## (from left side to centroid)

(from right side to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
d = xi x
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.4)
flange
8
2.7273
178.5160
stem
166.6667
3.2727
214.2113
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
186.5160
380.8790
567.3940

## Internal forces and moments

FP
M z P(5 in. 3.7273 in.) (8.7273 in.)P

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses
F
P

(0.022727 in.2 ) P
A
44 in.2
M x (8.7273 in.)P( 3.7273 in.)
H ,bending z
(0.057331 in.2 ) P
Iz
567.3940 in.4

axial

K ,bending

## M z x (8.7273 in.)P(8.2727 in.)

(0.127246 in.2 ) P
4
Iz
567.3940 in.

## Compression stress limit (at H)

H (0.022727 in.2 ) P (0.057331 in.2 ) P (0.080058 in.2 ) P
(0.080058 in.2 ) P 800 psi
P 9,992.76 lb

## Tension stress limit (at K)

K (0.022727 in.2 ) P (0.127246 in.2 ) P (0.104519 in.2 ) P
(0.104519 in.2 ) P 1, 000 psi
P 9,567.64 lb

## Maximum magnitude of load P

Pmax 9,570 lb

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.62 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.62b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN. Note that
the load P is applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.62a. Determine the
normal stresses at points H and K.

Fig. P8.62a

## Fig. P8.62b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape

width b
(mm)
20
120

stem
flange

xi Ai
Ai

height h
(mm)
130
20

101.0 mm
5,000 mm 2
49.0 mm

Area Ai
(mm2)
2,600
2,400
5,000

xi
(from left)
(mm)
65
140

xi Ai
(mm3)
169,000
336,000
505,000

## (from left side to centroid)

(from right side to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
d = xi x
dA
IC + dA
(mm4)
(mm)
(mm4)
(mm4)
stem
3,661,666.67
36.0
3,369,600.00
7,031,266.67
flange
80,000.00
39.0
3,650,400.00
3,730,400.00
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
F 25 kN 25, 000 N
M z (25, 000 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 11, 225, 000 N-mm

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F 25, 000 N

5 MPa
A 5, 000 mm 2
M x (11, 225, 000 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)
H ,bending z
105.35 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm 4

axial

K ,bending

## M z x (11, 225, 000 N-mm)(49.0 mm)

51.11 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm 4

Normal stress at H
H 5 MPa 105.35 MPa 100.4 MPa (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K
K 5 MPa 51.11 MPa 56.1 MPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.63 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.63b is used as a post that supports a load of P, which is applied 400
mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.63a. The tension and compression normal
stresses in the post must be limited to 165 MPa and 80 MPa, respectively. Determine the maximum
magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress limits.

Fig. P8.63a

## Fig. P8.63b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape
stem
flange

width b
(mm)
20
120

height h
(mm)
130
20

xi Ai

x

101.0 mm
Ai
5,000 mm 2
49.0 mm

Area Ai
(mm2)
2,600
2,400
5,000

xi
(from left)
(mm)
65
140

xi Ai
(mm3)
169,000
336,000
505,000

## (from left side to centroid)

(from right side to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
d = xi x
dA
IC + dA
4
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
stem
3,661,666.67
36.0
3,369,600.00
7,031,266.67
flange
80,000.00
39.0
3,650,400.00
3,730,400.00
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
FP
M z P(400 mm 49.0 mm) (449.0 mm)P

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses
F
P

(2 104 mm 2 ) P
2
A
5, 000 mm
M x (449 mm)P( 101.0 mm)
H ,bending z
(4.21394 103 mm 2 ) P
4
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm

axial

K ,bending

## M z x (449 mm)P(49.0 mm)

(2.04439 103 mm 2 ) P
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm 4

## H (2 104 mm 2 ) P (4.21394 103 mm 2 ) P

(4.01394 103 mm 2 ) P
(4.01394 103 mm 2 ) P 165 N/mm 2
P 41,106.7 N
Compression stress limit (at K)
K (2 104 mm 2 ) P (2.04439 103 mm 2 ) P (2.24439 10 3 mm 2 ) P
(2.24439 103 mm 2 ) P 80 N/mm 2
P 35, 644.43 N

## Maximum magnitude of load P

Pmax 35.6 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.64 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.64b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN, which is
applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.64a. Determine the magnitudes
and locations of the maximum tension and compression normal stresses within the vertical portion BC of
the post.

Fig. P8.64a

## Fig. P8.64b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape
stem
flange

width b
(mm)
20
120

height h
(mm)
130
20

xi Ai

x

101.0 mm
Ai
5,000 mm 2
49.0 mm

Area Ai
(mm2)
2,600
2,400
5,000

xi
(from left)
(mm)
65
140

xi Ai
(mm3)
169,000
336,000
505,000

## (from left side to centroid)

(from right side to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
d = xi x
dA
IC + dA
4
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
stem
3,661,666.67
36.0
3,369,600.00
7,031,266.67
flange
80,000.00
39.0
3,650,400.00
3,730,400.00
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
F (25 kN) cos 35 20.4788 kN 20, 478.8 N
(vertical component)
V (25 kN) sin 35 14.3394 kN 14,339.4 N
(horizontal component)
at B M z (20, 478.8 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 9,194,981.2 N-mm
at C M z (20, 478.8 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) (14,339.4 N)(1,200 mm) 8, 012, 298.8 N-mm
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Normal stress at H at location B

F 20, 478.8 N
axial
4.0958 MPa
A 5, 000 mm 2
M x (9,194,981.2 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)
H ,bending z
86.2964 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm 4

## H 4.0958 MPa 86.2964 MPa 82.2 MPa

Normal stress at H at location C
M x (8, 012, 298.8 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)
H ,bending z
75.1967 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm4

## H 4.0958 MPa 75.1967 MPa 79.3 MPa

Normal stress at K at location B
M x (9,194,981.2 N-mm)(49.0 mm)
K ,bending z
41.8666 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm4

## K 4.0958 MPa 41.8666 MPa 46.0 MPa

Normal stress at K at location C
M x (8, 012, 298.8 N-mm)(49.0 mm)
K ,bending z
36.4816 MPa
Iz
10,761,666.67 mm4

## K 4.0958 MPa 36.4816 MPa 32.4 MPa

Maximum tension stress
max tension 82.2 MPa (T)

at location B

Ans.

## Maximum compression stress

max compression 79.3 MPa (C)

at location C

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.65 A beam with a box cross section is subjected to

a resultant moment magnitude of 2,100 N-m acting
at the angle shown in Fig. P8.65. Determine:
(a) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the beam.
(b) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.

Fig. P8.65

Solution
Section properties
(90 mm)(55 mm)3
Iy
12
(55 mm)(90 mm)3
Iz
12

## (80 mm)(45 mm)3

12
(45 mm)(80 mm)3
12

Moment components
M y (2,100 N-m)sin 30

Mz

## (2,100 N-m) cos30

640,312.5 mm 4
1, 421, 250.0 mm 4

1, 050 N-m
1,818.65 N-m

## (a) Maximum bending stresses

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.
Compute normal stress at y = 45 mm, z = 27.5 mm:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz

## (1,050 N-m)(27.5 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

640,312.5 mm 4
45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa
102.6779 MPa

1,421,250.0 mm 4
Ans.

M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz

## (1,050 N-m)( 27.5 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

640,312.5 mm 4
45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa
102.6779 MPa

1,421,250.0 mm 4
Ans.

## (b) Orientation of neutral axis

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

tan

M yIz
M zIy

## (1,050 N-m)(1, 421, 250.0 mm 4 )

( 1,818.65 N-m)(640,312.5 mm 4 )
52.03

1.2815

## (i.e., 52.03 CCW from

z axis)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.66 The moment acting on the cross section of the

T-beam has a magnitude of 22 kip-ft and is oriented
as shown in Fig. P8.66. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.

Fig. P8.66

Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
7.00
0.75

95.80469 in.3
14.5625 in.2

Height h
(in.)
1.25
7.75

Area Ai
(in.2)
8.7500
5.8125
14.5625

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
8.375
3.875

6.5789 in.

2.4211 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
1.1393
1.7961
28.2273
stem
29.0928
2.7039
42.4956
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
(1.25 in.)(7.00 in.)3 (7.75 in.)(0.75 in.) 3
Iy
12
12
Moment components
My
(22 kip-ft) cos55

Mz

(22 kip-ft)sin 55

yi Ai
(in.3)
73.28125
22.52344
95.80469

IC + dA
(in.4)
29.3666
71.5884
100.9550

36.0016 in.4

12.6187 kip-ft

151.4242 kip-in.

18.0213 kip-ft

216.2561 kip-in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Bending stress at H

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.4211 in. and z = 3.5 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
( 151.4242 kip-in.)( 3.50 in.)
36.0016 in.4
14.7211 ksi 5.1862 ksi
19.9074 ksi

100.9550 in.4

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 6.5789 in. and z = 0.375 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
( 151.4242 kip-in.)(0.375 in.)
36.0016 in.4
1.5773 ksi 14.0927 ksi
15.6700 ksi

100.9550 in.4

Ans.

## (c) Orientation of neutral axis

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
M y I z ( 151.4242 kip-in.)(100.9550 in.4 )
tan
1.9635
M zIy
( 216.2561 kip-in.)(36.0016 in.4 )
63.01

## (i.e., 63.01 CW from

z axis)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.67 A beam with a box cross section is subjected to

a resultant moment magnitude of 75 kip-in. acting
at the angle shown in Fig. P8.67. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the beam.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.

Fig. P8.67

Solution
Section properties
(4 in.)(6 in.)3
Iy
12
(6 in.)(4 in.)3
Iz
12

## (3.25 in.)(5.25 in.)3

12
(5.25 in.)(3.25 in.)3
12

Moment components
M y (75 kip-in.) cos 20

Mz

(75 kip-in.)sin 20

32.8096 in.4
16.9814 in.4

70.4769 kip-in.
25.6515 kip-in.

## (a) Bending stress at H

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
(70.4769 kip-in.)( 3.0 in.)
32.8096 in.4
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
3.4231 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
(70.4769 kip-in.)(3.0 in.)
32.8096 in.4
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
3.4231 ksi

## (25.6515 kip-in.)(2.0 in.)

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum bending stresses

The maximum tension normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
(70.4769 kip-in.)(3.0 in.)
32.8096 in.4
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
9.4653 ksi

16.9814 in.4

## 9.47 ksi (T)

Ans.

The maximum compression normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz
(70.4769 kip-in.)( 3.0 in.)
32.8096 in.4
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
9.4653 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

## (d) Orientation of neutral axis

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
M y I z (70.4769 kip-in.)(16.9814 in.4 )
tan
1.4220
M z I y (25.6515 kip-in.)(32.8096 in.4 )
54.88

## (i.e., 54.88 CW from

z axis)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.68 The moment acting on the cross section of the

wide-flange beam has a magnitude of M = 12 kN-m and
is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.68. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z
axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.

Fig. P8.68

Solution
Section properties
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
web
4,860,000
0
0
bottom flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
(15 mm)(210 mm)3 (180 mm)(10 mm) 3
Iy 2
12
12
Moment components
M y (12 kN-m)sin 35
Mz

IC + dA
(mm4)
30,003,750
4,860,000
30,003,750
64,867,500

23,167,500 mm 4

## 6.8829 kN-m 6.8829 106 N-mm

9.8298 kN-m 9.8298 106 N-mm

## (a) Bending stress at H

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz

## (6.8829 106 N-mm)( 105 mm)

23,167,500 mm 4
31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa
47.1062 MPa

## (9.8298 106 N-mm)(105 mm)

64, 867,500 mm 4
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:
M yz Mz y
x
Iy
Iz

## (6.8829 106 N-mm)(105 mm)

23,167,500 mm 4
31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa
47.1062 MPa

64,867,500 mm 4
Ans.

## (b) Orientation of neutral axis

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
M y I z (6.8829 kN-m)(64,867,500 mm 4 )
tan
1.9605
M z I y (9.8298 kN-m)(23,167,500 mm 4 )
62.98

## (i.e., 62.98 CW from

z axis)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.69 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.69,

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the wideflange shape does not exceed 165 MPa.

Fig. P8.69

Solution
Section properties
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
web
4,860,000
0
0
bottom flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
(15 mm)(210 mm)3 (180 mm)(10 mm) 3
Iy 2
12
12
Moment components
M y M sin 35

Mz

IC + dA
(mm4)
30,003,750
4,860,000
30,003,750
64,867,500

23,167,500 mm 4

M cos 35

## Maximum bending moment magnitude

The maximum tension bending stress should occur at point K, which has the (y, z) coordinates y = 105
mm and z = 105 mm:
M y z M z y M sin 35 (105 mm) M cos35 ( 105 mm)
165 MPa
x
Iy
Iz
23,167,500 mm4
64,867,500 mm 4
M 2.59957 10
M

mm

1.32595 10

## 42.0327 106 N-mm

mm

42.0 kN-m

165 N/mm 2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.70 The unequal-leg angle is subjected to a bending

moment of Mz = 20 kip-in. that acts at the orientation
shown in Fig. P8.70. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z
axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.

Fig. P8.70

Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
upright leg
bottom leg
y

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
0.375
2.625
3.18457 in.3
2.4844 in.2

Height h
(in.)
4.000
0.375

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.5000
0.9844
2.4844

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
2.00
0.1875

yi Ai
(in.3)
3.00
0.18457
3.18457

2.7182 in.

## Centroid location in z direction:

Shape
upright leg
bottom leg
z

zi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.5000
0.9844
2.4844
1.94243 in.3
2.4844 in.2

zi
(from right edge)
(in.)
0.1875
1.6875

zi Ai
(in.3)
0.2813
1.6612
1.94243

0.7818 in.

2.2182 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
upright leg
2.000
0.7182
0.77372
bottom leg
0.011536
1.0943
1.17881
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
2.7737
1.1903
3.9640

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.4)
upright leg
0.017578
0.5943
0.52979
bottom leg
0.565247
0.9057
0.80750
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape
Iyz
yc
zc
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.)
upright leg
0
0.7182
0.5943
bottom leg
0
1.0943
0.9057

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.5474
1.3727
1.9201

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
2
(in. )
(in.4)
1.5000
0.6402
0.9844
0.9757
Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz
(in.4)
0.6402
0.9757
1.6159

## (a) Bending stress at H

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.22) will be used here. Note that the bending moment component about
the y axis is zero (i.e., My = 0); therefore, the first term in Eq. (8.22) is eliminated. To compute the
normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:
I y y I yz z
Mz
x
I y I z I yz2
(1.9201 in.4 )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.4068 in.)
(20 kip-in.)
(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 )2
4.5619 in.5
(20 kip-in.)
5.0001 in.8
18.2469 ksi

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 0.9068 in. and z = 2.2182 in.:
I y y I yz z
Mz
x
I y I z I yz2
(1.9201 in.4 )( 0.9068 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )(2.2182 in.)
(20 kip-in.)
(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2
1.8432 in.5
(20 kip-in.)
5.0001 in.8
7.3728 ksi

## 7.37 ksi (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (d) Orientation of neutral axis

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.23) must be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
M y I z M z I yz (20 kip-in.)( 1.6159 in.4 )
tan
0.8416
M z I y M y I yz
(20 kip-in.)(1.9201 in.4 )
40.08

z axis)

Ans.

## (c) Maximum bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. The bending stress at H has
already been computed. To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates
of y = 1.2818 in. and z = 0.7818 in.
I y y I yz z
Mz
x
I y I z I yz2
(1.9201 in.4 )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.7818 in.)
(20 kip-in.)
(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2
3.7245 in.5
(20 kip-in.)
5.0001 in.8
14.8977 ksi

18.25 ksi (C)
x

Ans.

## and the maximum tension bending stress is:

14.90 ksi (T)
x

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.71 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.71,

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the unequalleg angle shape does not exceed 24 ksi.

Fig. P8.71

Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
upright leg
bottom leg
y

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
0.375
2.625
3.18457 in.3
2.4844 in.2

Height h
(in.)
4.000
0.375

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.5000
0.9844
2.4844

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
2.00
0.1875

yi Ai
(in.3)
3.00
0.18457
3.18457

2.7182 in.

## Centroid location in z direction:

Shape
upright leg
bottom leg
z

zi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(in.2)
1.5000
0.9844
2.4844
1.94243 in.3
2.4844 in.2

zi
(from right edge)
(in.)
0.1875
1.6875

zi Ai
(in.3)
0.2813
1.6612
1.94243

0.7818 in.

2.2182 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
upright leg
2.000
0.7182
0.77372
bottom leg
0.011536
1.0943
1.17881
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
2.7737
1.1903
3.9640

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.4)
upright leg
0.017578
0.5943
0.52979
bottom leg
0.565247
0.9057
0.80750
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape
Iyz
yc
zc
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.)
upright leg
0
0.7182
0.5943
bottom leg
0
1.0943
0.9057

IC + dA
(in.4)
0.5474
1.3727
1.9201

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
2
(in. )
(in.4)
1.5000
0.6402
0.9844
0.9757
Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz
(in.4)
0.6402
0.9757
1.6159

## Orientation of neutral axis

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:
M y I z M z I yz (20 kip-in.)( 1.6159 in.4 )
tan
0.8416
M z I y M y I yz
(20 kip-in.)(1.9201 in.4 )
40.08

z axis)

## Allowable moments based on maximum tension and compression bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. To compute the normal stress at
H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:
I y y I yz z
(1.9201 in.4 )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.4068 in.)
Mz
Mz
x
I y I z I yz2
(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 )2
4.5619 in.5
M z ( 0.9124 in. 3 )M z
8
5.0001 in.
Therefore, based on an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi at H, the maximum magnitude of Mz is:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(0.9124 in. 3 )M z
Mz

24 ksi
(a)

26.3054 kip-in.

To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 1.2818 in. and z =
0.7818 in.
I y y I yz z
(1.9201 in.4 )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.7818 in.)
M
Mz
x
z
I y I z I yz2
(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2
3.7245 in.5
Mz
5.0001 in.8

(0.7449 in. 3 ) M z

Therefore, based on the bending stress at the corner of the angle, the maximum magnitude of Mz is:
(0.7449 in. 3 )M z 24 ksi

Mz

32.2197 kip-in.

(b)

## Maximum bending moment Mz

Compare the results in Eqs. (a) and (b) to find that the maximum bending moment that can be applied to
the angle shape is:
Ans.
M z 26.3 kip-in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.72 The moment acting on the cross section of

the unequal-leg angle has a magnitude of M = 20
kip-in. and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.72.
Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to
the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the
cross section.

Fig. P8.72

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
Area Ai
dA
4
2
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
top flange
130,208.3
112.5
2,500
31,640,625.0
web
10,666,666.7
0
3,200
0
bottom flange
130,208.3
112.5
2,500
31,640,625.0
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
31,770,883.3
10,666,666.7
31,770,883.3
74,208,333.3

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
Area Ai
dA
IC + dA
4
2
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm )
(mm4)
top flange
2,083,333.3
42.0
2,500
4,410,000
6,493,333.3
web
68,266.7
0
3,200
0
68,266.7
bottom flange
2,083,333.3
42.0
2,500
4,410,000
6,493,333.3
Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm4) = 13,054,933.3
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape
yc
zc
(mm)
(mm)
top flange
112.5
42.0
web
0
0
bottom flange
112.5
42.0

Moment components
My
(40 kN-m)sin15
Mz

## (40 kN-m) cos15

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
Iyz
2
4
(mm )
(mm )
(mm4)
2,500
11,812,500
11,812,500
3,200
0
0
2,500
11,812,500
11,812,500
Product of inertia (mm4) = 23,625,000

10.3528 kN-m

38.6370 kN-m

## 38.6370 106 N-mm

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Bending stress at H

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.
M z I y M y I yz y M y I z M z I yz z
x

I yIz

I yz2

I yIz

I yz2

## ( 38.6370 106 N-mm)(13,054,933.3 mm4 ) ( 10.3528 106 N-mm)( 23,625,000 mm4 )

y
(13,054,933.3 mm4 )(74,208,333.3 mm4 ) ( 23,625,000 mm 4 )2
( 10.3528 106 N-mm)(74,208,333.3 mm 4 ) ( 38.6370 106 N-mm)( 23,625,000 mm4 )
z
(13,054,933.3 mm4 )(74,208,333.3 mm4 ) ( 23,625,000 mm 4 )2
(0.63271 N/mm3 ) y (0.35197 N/mm3 )z

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:
(0.63271 N/mm3 )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm3 )( 92 mm)
x
46.7073 MPa

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:
(0.63271 N/mm3 )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm 3 )(92 mm)
x
46.7073 MPa

Ans.

## (d) Orientation of neutral axis

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis
from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
M y I z M z I yz
tan
M z I y M y I yz
( 10.3528 kN-m)(74,208,333.3 mm 4 ) ( 38.6370 kN-m)( 23,625,000 mm 4 )
( 38.6370 kN-m)(13,054,933.3 mm 4 ) ( 10.3528 kN-m)( 23,625,000 mm 4 )
0.55629
29.09

## (i.e., 29.09 CCW from

z axis)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:
(0.63271 N/mm3 )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm 3 )(8 mm)
x
81.9045 MPa

## Maximum tension bending stress

Ans.

To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:
(0.63271 N/mm3 )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm3 )( 8 mm)
x
81.9045 MPa

## Maximum compression bending stress

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.73 The moment acting on the cross section of the

unequal-leg angle has a magnitude of 14 kN-m and
is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.73. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.
Fig. P8.73

Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
horizontal leg
vertical leg

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
150
19

Height h
(mm)
19
181

854,154.5 mm3
6,289 mm 2

Area Ai
(mm2)
2,850
3,439
6,289

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
190.50
90.50

yi Ai
(mm3)
542,925.0
311,229.5
854,154.5

135.82 mm

64.18 mm

## Centroid location in z direction:

Shape
horizontal leg
vertical leg

zi Ai
Ai

Area Ai
(mm2)
2,850
3,439
6,289
246, 420.5 mm3
6,289 mm 2

zi
(from right edge)
(mm)
75.0
9.5

39.18 mm
110.82 mm

zi Ai
(mm3)
213,750.0
32,670.5
246,420.5
(from right edge of shape to centroid)
(from left edge of shape to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
horizontal leg
85,737.50
54.68
8,522,088.15
vertical leg
9,388,756.58
45.32
7,062,503.99
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
8,607,825.65
16,451,260.58
25,059,086.23

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
dA
(mm4)
(mm)
(mm4)
horizontal leg
5,343,750.00
35.82
3,656,188.87
vertical leg
103,456.58
29.68
3,029,990.78
Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm4) =
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape
Iyz
yc
zc
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm)
horizontal leg
0
54.68
35.82
vertical leg
0
45.32
29.68

IC + dA
(mm4)
8,999,938.87
3,133,447.36
12,133,386.23

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
Iyz
2
4
(mm )
(mm )
(mm4)
2,850
5,582,117.16
5,582,117.16
3,439
4,625,790.65
4,625,790.65
4
Product of inertia (mm ) = 10,207,907.81

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.
M z I y M y I yz y M y I z M z I yz z
x

I y Iz

I yz2

I y Iz

I yz2

## (14 106 N-mm)(12,133,386.23 mm4 )

y
(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )(25,059,086.23 mm 4 ) (10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )2
(14 106 N-mm)(10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )
z
(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )(25,059,086.23 mm 4 ) (10, 207,907.81 mm 4 ) 2
( 0.84997 N/mm3 ) y (0.71509 N/mm3 )z

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 45.18 mm and z = 110.82 mm:
( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(45.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )(110.82 mm)
x
40.8444 MPa

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 64.18 mm and z = 39.18 mm:
( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 39.18 mm)
x
82.5685 MPa

Ans.

## (d) Orientation of neutral axis

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
M y I z M z I yz
tan
M z I y M y I yz
(14 kN-m)(10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )
(14 kN-m)(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )
0.84131
40.07

## (i.e., 40.07 CW from

z axis)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top corner (at K) and on the inside corner of the vertical leg.
To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 135.82 mm and z = 20.18
mm:
( 0.84997 N/mm 3 )( 135.82 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 20.18 mm)
x
101.0129 MPa

Ans.

## The maximum compression bending stress is

( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 39.18 mm)
x
82.5685 MPa

## Maximum compression bending stress

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.74 The moment acting on the cross section of

the zee shape has a magnitude of M = 4.75 kip-ft
and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.74. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to
the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the
cross section.

Fig. P8.74

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
Area Ai
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.2)
(in.4)
top flange
0.0260
2.75
1.25
9.4531
web
3.6458
0
1.75
0
bottom flange
0.0260
2.75
1.25
9.4531
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
9.4792
3.6458
9.4792
22.6042

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
Area Ai
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.2)
(in.4)
top flange
0.6510
1.075
1.25
1.4445
web
68,266.7
0
1.75
0
bottom flange
0.6510
1.075
1.25
1.4445
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
2.0956
0.0179
2.0956
4.2091

## Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape
yc
zc
(in.)
(in.)
top flange
2.75
1.075
web
0
0
bottom flange
2.75
1.075

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
2
(in. )
(in.4)
1.25
3.6953
1.75
0
1.25
3.6953
Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz
(in.4)
3.6953
0
3.6953
7.3906

## (a) Bending stress at H

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MzIy
x

I yIz

M y I yz y
I

2
yz

M yIz

M z I yz z

I yIz

I yz2

## ( 4.75 kip-ft)(12 in./ft)(4.2091 in.4 )

y
(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

## ( 4.75 kip-ft)(12 in./ft)(7.3906 in.4 )

z
(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

## (5.92065 kips/in.3 ) y (10.39584 kips/in.3 )z

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 2.325 in.:
(5.92065 kips/in.3 )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )(2.325 in.)
x
6.4084 ksi

Ans.

## (b) Bending stress at K

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.50 in. and z = 2.325 in.:
(5.92065 kips/in.3 )( 2.50 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )( 2.325 in.)
x
9.3687 ksi

Ans.

## (d) Orientation of neutral axis

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis
from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
M y I z M z I yz
tan
M z I y M y I yz
( 4.75 kip-ft)(7.3906 in.4 )
( 4.75 kip-ft)(4.2091 in.4 )
1.7559
60.34

## (i.e., 60.34 CW from

z axis)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:
(5.92065 kips/in.3 )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )( 0.175 in.)
x
19.5812 ksi

## Maximum tension bending stress

Ans.

To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:
(5.92065 kips/in.3 )( 3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )(0.175 in.)
x
19.5812 ksi

## Maximum compression bending stress

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.75 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.75,

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the zee
shape does not exceed 24 ksi.

Fig. P8.75

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
Area Ai
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.2)
(in.4)
top flange
0.0260
2.75
1.25
9.4531
web
3.6458
0
1.75
0
bottom flange
0.0260
2.75
1.25
9.4531
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
9.4792
3.6458
9.4792
22.6042

## Moment of inertia about the y axis:

Shape
IC
d = zi z
Area Ai
dA
(in.4)
(in.)
(in.2)
(in.4)
top flange
0.6510
1.075
1.25
1.4445
web
68,266.7
0
1.75
0
bottom flange
0.6510
1.075
1.25
1.4445
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
2.0956
0.0179
2.0956
4.2091

## Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape
yc
zc
(in.)
(in.)
top flange
2.75
1.075
web
0
0
bottom flange
2.75
1.075

Area Ai
yc zc Ai
2
(in. )
(in.4)
1.25
3.6953
1.75
0
1.25
3.6953
Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz
(in.4)
3.6953
0
3.6953
7.3906

## Bending stresses in the section

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here. For this problem, My = 0 and from the sketch, Mz is
observed to be negative. The bending stress in the zee cross section is described by:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MzIy
x

I yIz

M y I yz y
I

M yIz

2
yz

I yIz

M z I yz z
I yz2

M z (4.2091 in.4 )
y
(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

M z (7.3906 in.4 )
z
(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

## (0.103871 in. 4 ) M z y (0.182383 in. 4 )M z z

M z (0.103871 in. 4 ) y (0.182383 in. 4 )z

## Orientation of neutral axis

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:
M y I z M z I yz M z (7.3906 in.4 )
tan
1.7559
M z I y M y I yz M z (4.2091 in.4 )
60.34

z axis)

## Allowable moments based on maximum tension and compression bending stresses

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in. are used. Set the
bending stress at this point to the 24-ksi allowable bending stress and solve for the moment magnitude:
M z (0.103871 in. 4 )(3 in.) (0.182383 in. 4 )( 0.175 in.) 24 ksi
x

Mz

24 ksi
0.343530 in. 3

69.86287 kip-in.

5.82 kip-ft

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.76 A stainless-steel spring (shown in Fig.

P8.76) has a thickness of in. and a change in
depth at section B from D = 1.50 in. to d = 1.25
in. The radius of the fillet between the two
sections is r = 0.125 in. If the bending moment
applied to the spring is M = 2,000 lb-in.,
determine the maximum normal stress in the
spring.
Fig. P8.76

Solution
From Figure 8.18
r 0.125 in.
d
1.25 in.

0.10

D
d

1.50 in.
1.20
1.25 in.

1.69

## Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:

(0.75 in.)(1.25 in.)3
I
0.122070 in.4
12
Nominal bending stress at minimum depth section:
My (2,000 lb-in.)(1.25 in./2)
10.2400 ksi
nom
I
0.122070 in.4
Maximum bending stress:
K nom 1.69(10.2400 ksi) 17.3056 ksi
max

17.31 ksi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.77 An alloy-steel spring (shown in Fig. P8.77)

has a thickness of 25 mm and a change in depth at
section B from D = 75 mm to d = 50 mm. If the
radius of the fillet between the two sections is r =
8 mm, determine the maximum moment that the
spring can resist if the maximum bending stress in
the spring must not exceed 120 MPa.
Fig. P8.77

Solution
From Figure 8.18
r
8 mm
0.16
d 50 mm

D
d

75 mm
50 mm

1.50

1.57

## Determine maximum nominal bending stress:

120 MPa
max
76.4331 MPa
nom
K
1.57
Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:
(25 mm)(50 mm)3
I
260, 416.67 mm 4
12
Maximum bending moment:
(76.4331 N/mm 2 )(260,416.67 mm 4 )
nom I
M max
y
50 mm/2

796,178.3 N-mm

796 N-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.78 The notched bar shown in Fig. P8.78 is

subjected to a bending moment of M = 300 N-m.
The major bar width is D = 75 mm, the minor bar
width at the notches is d = 50 mm, and the radius
of each notch is r = 10 mm. If the maximum
bending stress in the bar must not exceed 90 MPa,
determine the minimum required bar thickness b.
Fig. P8.78

Solution
From Figure 8.17
r 10 mm
0.20
d 50 mm

D
d

75 mm
50 mm

1.50

1.76

## Determine maximum nominal bending stress:

90 MPa
max
51.1364 MPa
nom
K
1.76
Minimum bar thickness b:
M y M (d /2) 6M
nom
I
bd 3 /12 bd 2
6M
6(300 N-m)(1,000 mm/m)
b
2
(51.1364 N/mm 2 )(50 mm) 2
nom d

14.08 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.79 The machine part shown in Fig. P8.79 is made of

cold-rolled 18-8 stainless steel (see Appendix D for
properties). The major bar width is D = 1.50 in., the
minor bar width at the notches is d = 1.00 in., the radius
of each notch is r = 0.125 in., and the bar thickness is b
= 0.25 in. Determine the maximum safe moment M
that may be applied to the bar if a factor of safety of 2.5
with respect to failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.79

Solution
From Figure 8.17
r 0.125 in.
d
1.00 in.

0.125

D
d

1.50 in.
1.50
1.00 in.

2.05

## Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:

(0.25 in.)(1.00 in.)3
I
0.020833 in.4
12
Maximum allowable bending moment:
From the specified factor of safety and the yield stress of the material, the allowable bending stress is:
165 ksi
Y
66 ksi
allow
FS
2.5
Thus, the maximum allowable bending moment can be determined from:
My
K
allow
I
(66 ksi)(0.020833 in.4 )
allow I
M max
1.3415 kip-in. 111.8 lb-ft
Ky
(2.05)(1.00 in./2)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.80 The shaft shown in Fig. P8.80 is supported

at each end by self-aligning bearings. The major
shaft diameter is D = 2.00 in., the minor shaft
diameter is d = 1.50 in., and the radius of the
fillet between the major and minor diameter
sections is r = 0.125 in. The shaft length is L =
24 in. and the fillets are located at x = 8 in. and x
= 16 in. Determine the maximum load P that
may be applied to the shaft if the maximum
normal stress must be limited to 24,000 psi.
Fig. P8.80

Solution
From Figure 8.20
r 0.125 in.
d 1.50 in.

D
d

0.083

2.00 in.
1.33
1.50 in.

1.78

I

64

(1.50 in.)4

0.248505 in.4

## Maximum allowable bending moment:

My
K
allow
I
(24,000 psi)(0.248505 in.4 )
allow I
M max
Ky
(1.78)(1.50 in./2)

4,467.50 lb-in.

## Bending moment at x = 8 in.:

P
P
M
x
(8 in.) P(4 in.)
2
2
P(4 in.) 4,467.50 lb-in.
P 1,116.88 lb

1,117 lb

## Check stress at midspan:

PL (1,116.88 lb)(24 in.)
M midspan
4
4
I
midspan

(2.00 in.) 4

64
My
I

Ans.

6,701.28 lb-in.

0.785398 in.4

## (6,701.28 lb-in.)(2.00 in./2)

0.785398 in.4

8,532 psi

24,000 psi

OK

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.81 The C86100 bronze (see Appendix D for

properties) shaft shown in Fig. P8.81 is supported
at each end by self-aligning bearings. The major
shaft diameter is D = 40 mm, the minor shaft
diameter is d = 25 mm, and the radius of the fillet
between the major and minor diameter sections is r
= 5 mm. The shaft length is L = 500 mm and the
fillets are located at x = 150 mm and x = 350 mm.
Determine the maximum load P that may be
applied to the shaft if a factor of safety of 3.0 with
respect to failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.81

Solution
From Figure 8.20
r
5 mm
0.20
d 25 mm

D
d

40 mm
25 mm

1.60

1.48

I

64

(25 mm)4

19,174.76 mm 4

## Maximum allowable bending moment:

331 MPa
yield
110.33 MPa
allow
FS
3.0
My
K
allow
I
(110.33 N/mm 2 )(19,174.76 mm 4 )
allow I
M max
Ky
(1.48)(25 mm/2)

114,357.58 N-mm

## Bending moment at x = 150 mm:

P
P
M
x
(150 mm) P(75 mm)
2
2
P(75 mm) 114,357.58 N-mm
P 1,524.77 N

1,525 N

## Check stress at midspan:

PL (1,524.77 N)(500 mm)
M midspan
4
4

I
midspan

(40 mm)4

64
My
I

Ans.

190,596.25 N-mm

125,663.71 mm 4

125,663.71 mm4

## 30.33 MPa 110.33 MPa

OK

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.82 The machine shaft shown in Fig. P8.82 is

made of 1020 cold-rolled steel (see Appendix D
for properties). The major shaft diameter is D =
1.000 in., the minor shaft diameter is d = 0.625 in.,
and the radius of the fillet between the major and
minor diameter sections is r = 0.0625 in. The fillet
is located at x = 4 in. from C. If a load of P = 125
lb is applied at C, determine the factor of safety
with respect to failure by yield in the fillet at B.
Fig. P8.82

Solution
For 1020 cold-rolled steel:
62,000 psi
Y
From Figure 8.20
r 0.0625 in.
d
0.625 in.

0.10

D
d

1.000 in.
1.6
0.625 in.

1.74

I

64

(0.625 in.)4

0.0074901 in.4

## Bending moment at x = 4 in.:

M Px (125 lb)(4 in.) 500 lb-in.
Maximum bending stress:
My
(500 lb-in.)(0.625 in./2)
K
(1.74)
max
I
0.0074901 in.4
Factor of safety:
62,000 psi
Y
FS
36, 297.7 psi
max

1.708

36,297.7 psi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.83 The machine shaft shown in Fig. P8.83 is

made of 1020 cold-rolled steel (see Appendix D
for properties). The major shaft diameter is D = 30
mm, the minor shaft diameter is d = 20 mm, and
the radius of the fillet between the major and minor
diameter sections is r = 3 mm. The fillet is located
at x = 90 mm from C. Determine the maximum
load P that can be applied to the shaft at C if a
factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to failure by
yield is specified for the fillet at B.
Fig. P8.83

Solution
From Figure 8.20
r
3 mm
0.10
d 20 mm

D
d

30 mm
20 mm

1.5

1.58

I

64

(20 mm)4

7,853.98 mm 4

## Maximum allowable bending moment:

427 MPa
Y
284.6667 MPa
allow
FS
1.5
My
K
allow
I
(284.6667 N/mm 2 )(7,853.98 mm 4 )
allow I
M max
Ky
(1.58)(20 mm/2)

141,504.2261 N-mm

## Bending moment at x = 90 mm:

M Px P(90 mm)
P(90 mm) 141,504.2261 N-mm
P 1,572.3 N

1,572 N

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 8.84 The grooved shaft shown in Fig. P8.84 is made

of C86100 bronze (see Appendix D for properties).
The major shaft diameter is D = 50 mm, the minor
shaft diameter at the groove is d = 34 mm, and the
radius of the groove is r = 4 mm. Determine the
maximum allowable moment M that may be applied
to the shaft if a factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to
failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.84

Solution
From Figure 8.19
r
4 mm
0.20
d 34 mm

D
d

50 mm
34 mm

1.471

1.96

I

64

(34 mm)4

65,597.24 mm 4

## Maximum allowable bending moment:

331 MPa
Y
220.6667 MPa
allow
FS
1.5
My
K
allow
I
(220.6667 N/mm 2 )(65,597.24 mm 4 )
allow I
M max
Ky
(1.96)(34 mm/2)
434, 427.5 N-mm

434 N-m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.1 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 20-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 24 kip-ft and MB = 28 kip-ft.

## Fig. P9.1b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left web
864.000
0.000
0.000
top flange
12.505
10.250
1,287.016
bottom flange
12.505
10.250
1,287.016
right web
864.000
0.000
0.000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
864.000
1,299.521
1,299.521
864.000
4,327.042

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(798.699 psi 565.745 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 8,357.227 lb
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(931.816 psi 660.036 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 9,750.098 lb
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx 8,357.227 lb 9,750.098 lb
FH

1.393 kips

1,392.871 lb

Ans.

## 9.75 kips (C)

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the web elements.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.2 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 12-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 700 lb-ft and MB = 400 lb-ft.

## Fig. P9.2b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)
Shape
top flange
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
4.5
1.0

47.25 in.3
10.50 in.2

Height h
(in.)
1.0
6.0

Area Ai
(in.2)
4.50
6.00
10.50

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
6.50
3.00

yi Ai
(in.3)
29.25
18.00
47.25

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
0.375
2.000
18.000
stem
18.000
1.500
13.500
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
18.375
31.500
49.875

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(421.053 psi 252.632 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 1,515.792 lb 1,516 lb (C)
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(240.602 psi 144.361 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 866.167 lb 866 lb (C)
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx 1,515.792 lb 866.167 lb

649.625 lb

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.
FH 650 lb
The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)
and the stem.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.3 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 500-mm-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 5.8 kN-m and MB = 3.2 kN-m.

## Fig. P9.3b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
top flange
left stem
right stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
160
20
20

2,826,000 mm3
15,600 mm2

Height h
(mm)
30
270
270

Area Ai
(mm2)
4,800
5,400
5,400
15,600

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
285
135
135

yi Ai
(mm3)
1,368,000
729,000
729,000
2,826,000

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
360,000
103.846
51,763,160.3
left stem
32,805,000
46.154
11,503,035.3
right stem
32,805,000
46.154
11,503,035.3
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
52,123,160.3
44,308,035.3
44,308,035.3
140,739,231

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(4.898 MPa 3.661 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 20,542 N
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(2.702 MPa 2.020 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 11,334 N
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx
20,542 N 11,334 N

9,209 N

20.5 kN (T)

Ans.

11.33 kN (T)

Ans.

Ans.
FH 9.21 kN
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the stems.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.4 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 16-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 3,300 lb-ft and MB = 4,700 lb-ft.

## Fig. P9.4b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
left flange (1)
right flange (2)
central stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
1.50
1.50
1.50

215.625 in.3
28.50 in.2

Height h
(in.)
3.50
3.50
12.00

Area Ai
(in.2)
5.25
5.25
18.00
28.50

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
10.25
10.25
6.00

yi Ai
(in.3)
53.8125
53.8125
108.0000
215.6250

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left flange (1)
5.3594
2.6842
37.8262
right flange (2)
5.3594
2.6842
37.8262
central stem
216.0000
1.5658
44.1305
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
43.1856
43.1856
260.1305
346.5016

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(506.765 psi 106.767 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 1,610.522 lb
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(721.756 psi 152.061 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 2,293.773 lb
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx
1,610.522 lb 2,293.773 lb

683.252 lb

1,611 lb (T)

Ans.

2,290 lb (T)

Ans.

Ans.
FH 683 lb
The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)
and the stem.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.5 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 18-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 42 kip-in. and MB = 36 kip-in.

## Fig. P9.5b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
top flange (1)
bottom flange (2)
web

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
6
10
2

248 in.3
48 in.2

Height h
(in.)
2
2
8

Area Ai
(in.2)
12
20
16
48

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
11
1
6

yi Ai
(in.3)
132
20
96
248

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange (1)
4.0000
5.8333
408.3333
bottom flange (2)
6.6667
4.1667
347.2222
web
85.3333
0.8333
11.1111
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
412.3333
353.8889
96.4444
862.6667

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(332.690 psi 235.317 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 3, 408.043 lb
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 2,921.180 lb
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx
3, 408.043 lb 2,921.180 lb
FH

0.487 kips

486.863 lb

Ans.

## 2.92 kips (T)

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the web.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.6 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (2) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.5.

## Fig. P9.6b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
top flange (1)
bottom flange (2)
web

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
6
10
2

248 in.3
48 in.2

Height h
(in.)
2
2
8

Area Ai
(in.2)
12
20
16
48

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
11
1
6

yi Ai
(in.3)
132
20
96
248

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange (1)
4.0000
5.8333
408.3333
bottom flange (2)
6.6667
4.1667
347.2222
web
85.3333
0.8333
11.1111
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
412.3333
353.8889
96.4444
862.6667

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (2)

On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is
1
FA
(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 4,057.195 lb
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is
1
FB
(215.611 psi 132.149 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 3,477.595 lb
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (2)
Fx 4,057.195 lb 3, 477.595 lb
FH

0.580 kips

579.599 lb

Ans.

## 3.48 kips (C)

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (2)
and the web.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.7 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 300-mm-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
MA = 7.5 kN-m and MB = 8.0 kN-m.

## Fig. P9.7b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
left stiff (1)
flange (2)
right stiff (3)
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
40
150
40
40

5,348,000 mm3
24,400 mm2

Height h
(mm)
90
40
90
280

Area Ai
(mm2)
3,600
6,000
3,600
11,200
24,400

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
275
300
275
140

yi Ai
(mm3)
990,000
1,800,000
990,000
1,568,000
5,348,000

## 219.180 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of shape)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
left stiff (1)
2,430,000.00
55.8197
11,217,008.87
flange (2)
800,000.00
80.8197
39,190,916.42
right stiff (3)
2,430,000.00
55.8197
11,217,008.87
stem
73,173,333.33
79.1803
70,218,672.40
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
13,647,008.87
39,990,916.42
13,647,008.87
143,392,005.73
210,676,939.89

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,630.672 N
2
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
Fx 7,153.755 N 7,630.672 N

476.917 N

7.15 kN (C)

Ans.

7.63 kN (C)

Ans.

FH 0.477 kN
Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and area (2).

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.8 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Combine areas (1), (2), and (3) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.7.

## Fig. P9.8b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape
left stiff (1)
flange (2)
right stiff (3)
stem

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
40
150
40
40

5,348,000 mm3
24,400 mm2

Height h
(mm)
90
40
90
280

Area Ai
(mm2)
3,600
6,000
3,600
11,200
24,400

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
275
300
275
140

yi Ai
(mm3)
990,000
1,800,000
990,000
1,568,000
5,348,000

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
left stiff (1)
2,430,000.00
55.8197
11,217,008.87
flange (2)
800,000.00
80.8197
39,190,916.42
right stiff (3)
2,430,000.00
55.8197
11,217,008.87
stem
73,173,333.33
-79.1803
70,218,672.40
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
13,647,008.87
39,990,916.42
13,647,008.87
143,392,005.73
210,676,939.89

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
FA
(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
FB
(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,630.672 N
2
Resultant forces acting on area (3)
The forces acting on area (3) are identical to those acting on area (1).
Resultant forces acting on area (2)
On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is
1
FA
(3.589 MPa 2.165 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 17,262.855 N
2
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is
1
FB
(3.828 MPa 2.309 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 18,413.697 N
2
Resultant forces acting on combined areas (1), (2), and (3)
On section A, the resultant force on combined areas (1), (2), and (3) is
FA 2(7,153.755 N) 17,262.855 N 31,570.363 N 31.6 kN (C)

Ans.

## and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is

FB 2(7,630.672 N) 18,413.697 N 33,675.054 N 33.7 kN (C)

Ans.

## (c) Equilibrium of combined areas (1), (2), and (3)

Fx 31,570.363 N 33,675.054 N
2,104.691 N

FH 2.10 kN
Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (2)
and the stem of the tee.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.9 A 1.6-m long cantilever beam supports a concentrated load of 7.2 kN, as shown below. The beam is
made of a rectangular timber having a width of 120 mm and a depth of 280 mm. Calculate the maximum
horizontal shear stresses at points located 35 mm, 70 mm, 105 mm, and 140 mm below the top surface
of the beam. From these results, plot a graph showing the distribution of shear stresses from top to
bottom of the beam.

## Fig. P9.9b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Shear force in cantilever beam:
V = 7.2 kN = 7,200 N
Shear stress formula:
VQ

It
Section properties:
(120 mm)(280 mm)3
I
219.52 106 mm 4
12
t = 120 mm

## Distance below top

surface of beam

35 mm

105 mm

514,500 mm3

140.6 kPa

70 mm

70 mm

882,000 mm3

241 kPa
3

301 kPa
321 kPa

105 mm

35 mm

1,102,500 mm

140 mm

0 mm

1,176,000 mm3

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.10 A 14-ft long simply supported timber beam carries a 6-kip concentrated load at midspan, as shown
in Fig. P9.10a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the timber are shown in Fig. P9.10b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the
14-ft span length.
(d) Determine the maximum tension bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the
14-ft span length.

dimensions

## Fig. P9.10a Simply supported timber beam

Solution
Section properties:
(6 in.)(15 in.)3
I
1, 687.5 in.4
12

t 6 in.

## (a) Shear stress at H:

Q (6 in.)(3 in.)(6 in.) 108 in.3

VQ
It
(3,000 lb)(108 in.3 )
32.0 psi
(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

## (b) Shear stress at K:

Q (6 in.)(1 in.)(7 in.) 42 in.3

VQ
It
(3,000 lb)(42 in.3 )
12.44 psi
(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum shear stress at any location:

Qmax (6 in.)(7.5 in.)(3.75 in.) 168.75 in.3

## V Q (3,000 lb)(168.75 in.3 )

50.0 psi
It
(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

## (d) Maximum bending stress at any location:

M max 21 kip-ft 21,000 lb-ft

## 1,120 psi (T) and (C)

I
1,687.500 in.4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.11 A 5-m long simply supported timber beam carries a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m,
as shown in Fig. P9.11a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.11b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location
within the 5-m span length.
(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location
within the 5-m span length.

## Fig. P9.11b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Section properties:
(100 mm)(300 mm)3
I
225 106 mm 4
12

t 100 mm

## (a) Shear stress magnitude at H:

Q (100 mm)(90 mm)(105 mm)
945,000 mm 3
VQ

It

(18,000 N)(945,000 mm 3 )
(225 106 mm 4 )(100 mm)

756 kPa

Ans.

## (b) Shear stress magnitude at K:

Q (100 mm)(40 mm)(130 mm)
520,000 mm 3
VQ

It

(18,000 N)(520,000 mm 3 )
(225 106 mm 4 )(100 mm)

416 kPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum shear stress at any location:

Qmax (100 mm)(150 mm)(75 mm) 1,125,000 mm3

## V Q (30,000 N)(1,125,000 mm3 )

1,500 kPa
It
(225 106 mm4 )(100 mm)

Ans.

## (d) Maximum compression bending stress at any location:

M max 37.5 kN-m

My
(37.5 kN-m)(150 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

I
225 106 mm 4
25.0 MPa 25.0 MPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.12 A 5-m long simply supported timber beam carries two concentrated loads, as shown in Fig. P9.12a.
The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.12b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the 5m span length.
(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within
the 5-m span length.

dimensions

## Fig. P9.12a Simply supported timber beam

Solution
Section properties:
(150 mm)(450 mm)3
I
1,139.1106 mm 4
12

t 150 mm

## (a) Shear stress magnitude at H:

Q (150 mm)(150 mm)(150 mm)
3,375,000 mm 3
VQ

It

## (39, 200 N)(3,375,000 mm 3 )

(1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

774 kPa

Ans.

## (b) Shear stress magnitude at K:

Q (150 mm)(100 mm)(175 mm)
2,625,000 mm 3
VQ

It

## (39, 200 N)(2,625,000 mm 3 )

(1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

602 kPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum shear stress at any location:

Qmax (150 mm)(225 mm)(112.5 mm) 3,796,875 mm3

## V Q (39,200 N)(3,796,875 mm3 )

871 kPa
I t (1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

Ans.

## (d) Maximum bending stress at any location:

M max 39.2 kN-m

My
(39.2 kN-m)(225 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

I
1,139.1 106 mm 4

## 7.74296 MPa 7,740 kPa (C)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.13 A laminated wood beam consists of eight 2 in. 6-in. planks glued together to form a section 6 in.
wide by 16 in. deep, as shown in Fig. P9.13a. If the allowable strength of the glue in shear is 160 psi,
determine:
(a) the maximum uniformly distributed load w that can be applied over the full length of the beam if the
beam is simply supported and has a span of 20 ft.
(b) the shear stress in the glue joint at H, which is located 4 in. above the bottom of the beam and 3 ft
from the left support. Assume the beam is subjected to the load w determined in part (a).
(c) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam when the load of part (a) is applied.

dimensions

## Fig. P9.13a Simply supported timber beam

Solution
Section properties:
(6 in.)(16 in.)3
I
2, 048 in.4
12

t 6 in.

(a) Maximum Q:
Q (6 in.)(8 in.)(4 in.) 192 in.3
Maximum shear force V:
VQ

160 psi
It

## (160 psi)(2,048 in.4 )(6 in.)

10, 240 lb
192 in.3

wL
Vmax
10, 240 lb
2
2(10, 240 lb)
wmax
1,024 lb/ft
20 ft

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear force at x = 3 ft:

V 10, 240 lb (1,024 lb/ft)(3 ft) 7,168 lb
Q (6 in.)(4 in.)(6 in.) 144 in.3

## V Q (7,168 lb)(144 in.3 )

84.0 psi
It
(2,048 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

## (c) Maximum tension bending stress at any location:

wL2 (1,024 lb/ft)(20 ft) 2
M max

## 51, 200 lb-ft

8
8

My
(51, 200 lb-ft)( 8 in.)(12 in./ft)

## 2, 400 psi (T)

I
2,048 in.4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.14 A 5-ft long simply supported wood beam carries a concentrated load P at midspan, as shown in Fig.
P9.14a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.14b. If the allowable shear
strength of the wood is 80 psi, determine the maximum load P that may be applied at midspan. Neglect
the effects of the beams self weight.

## Fig. P9.14b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Section properties:
(6 in.)(10 in.)3
I
500 in.4
12

t 6 in.

Maximum Q:
Q (6 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.) 75 in.3
Maximum shear force V:
VQ

80 psi
It

## (80 psi)(500 in.4 )(6 in.)

3, 200 lb
75 in.3

P
Vmax 3,200 lb
2
Pmax 2(3,200 lb) 6,400 lb

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.15 A wood beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.15a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam
are shown in Fig. P9.15b. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.

## Fig. P9.15b Cross-sectional dimensions

Solution
Section properties:
(75 mm)(240 mm)3
(20 mm)(100 mm)3
I
2
89, 733,333 mm 4
12
12
(a) Maximum shear force:
Vmax = 9.54 kN = 9,540 N @ support A
Check shear stress at neutral axis:
Q (75 mm)(120 mm)(60 mm)
2(20 mm)(50 mm)(25 mm) 590, 000 mm3

VQ
(9,540 N)(590,000 mm3 )

545 kPa
I t (89,733,333 mm4 )(115 mm)

## Check shear stress at top edge of cover plates:

Q (75 mm)(70 mm)(85 mm) 446, 250 mm3

VQ
(9,540 N)(446,250 mm3 )

633 kPa
I t (89,733,333 mm4 )(75 mm)

H ,max 633 kPa

Ans.

## (b) Maximum bending moment:

Mmax = 6.49 kN-m (between support A and point B)
Maximum tension bending stress:
My
(6.49 kN-m)( 120 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
x

I
89,733,333 mm 4
8.67905 MPa 8,680 kPa (T)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.16 A 50-mm-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 1.5 kN and PC = 3.0 kN,
as shown in Fig. P9.16. Assume L1 = 150
mm, L2 = 300 mm, and L3 = 225 mm. The
bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at D can be idealized
as a pin support. Determine the magnitude
and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in
the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in
the shaft.

Fig. P9.16

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(50 mm) 4

64
64
306, 796.158 mm 4
D 3 (50 mm)3

12
12
10, 416.667 mm 3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 1.71 kN (between B and C)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 289.29 kN-mm (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

V Q (1,710 N)(10,416.667 mm3 )

It
(306,796.158 mm 4 )(50 mm)
1.161 MPa

Ans.

## (b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My
(289.29 kN-mm)( 50 mm/2)(1,000 N/kN)
x

I
306,796.158 mm 4
23.574 MPa 23.6 MPa (T)

## (on bottom of shaft at C )

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.17 A 1.25-in.-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 400 lb and PC = 900 lb,
as shown in Fig. P9.17. Assume L1 = 6 in.,
L2 = 12 in., and L3 = 8 in. The bearing at B
can be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in
the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in
the shaft.

Fig. P9.17

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(1.25 in.) 4

64
64
0.119842 in.4

D 3 (1.25 in.)3

12
12
0.162760 in.3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 480 lb (between B and C)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 3,360 lb-in. (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

V Q (480 lb)(0.162760 in.3 )

## (b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My
(3,360 lb-in.)( 1.25 in./2)
x

I
0.119842 in.4
17, 523.022 psi 17,520 psi (T)

## (on bottom of shaft at C )

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.18 A 1.00-in.-diameter solid steel shaft supports loads PA = 200

lb and PD = 240 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.18. Assume L1 = 2 in.,
L2 = 5 in., and L3 = 4 in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a
pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as a roller
support. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P9.18

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(1.00 in.) 4
64
64
0.049087 in.4
D 3 (1.00 in.)3

12
12
0.083333 in.3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 272 lb (between B and C)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 960 lb-in. (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

V Q (272 lb)(0.083333 in.3 )

## (b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My
(960 lb-in.)( 1.00 in./2)
x

I
0.049087 in.4
9,778.480 psi 9,780 psi (T)

## (on bottom of shaft at C )

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.19 A 20-mm-diameter solid steel shaft supports loads PA = 900

N and PD = 1,200 N, as shown in Fig. P9.19. Assume L1 = 50
mm, L2 = 120 mm, and L3 = 90 mm. The bearing at B can be
idealized as a pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as
a roller support. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P9.19

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(20 mm) 4
64
64
7,853.982 mm 4
D3 (20 mm)3

12
12
666.667 mm3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 1,275 N (between B and C)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 108,000 N-mm (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

VQ
(1, 275 N)(666.667 mm3 )

It
(7,853.982 mm 4 )(20 mm)
5.411 MPa 5.41 MPa

Ans.

## (b) Maximum compression bending stress:

My
(108,000 N-mm)(20 mm/2)
x

I
7,853.982 mm 4
137.510 MPa 137.5 MPa (C)

## (on top of shaft at C )

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.20 A 1.25-in.-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 600 lb, PC = 1,600 lb, and
PE = 400 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.20. Assume
L1 = 6 in., L2 = 15 in., L3 = 8 in., and L4 = 10
in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at D can be idealized
as a pin support. Determine the magnitude and
location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the
shaft.

Fig. P9.20

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(1.25 in.) 4

64
64
0.119842 in.4

D 3 (1.25 in.)3

12
12
0.162760 in.3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 1,060.9 lb (between C and D)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 4,487 lb-in. (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

V Q (1,060.9 lb)(0.162760 in.3 )

It
(0.119842 in.4 )(1.25 in.)

## (b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My
(4, 487 lb-in.)( 1.25 in./2)
x

I
0.119842 in.4
23, 400.309 psi 23, 400 psi (T)

## (on bottom of shaft at C )

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.21 A 25-mm-diameter solid steel shaft

supports loads PA = 1,000 N, PC = 3,200 N,
and PE = 800 N, as shown in Fig. P9.21.
Assume L1 = 80 mm, L2 = 200 mm, L3 = 100
mm, and L4 = 125 mm. The bearing at B can be
idealized as a roller support and the bearing at
D can be idealized as a pin support. Determine
the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the
shaft.

Fig. P9.21

Solution
Section properties:
I

D4

(25 mm) 4

64
64
19,174.760 mm 4
D 3 (25 mm)3

12
12
1,302.083 mm 3

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 2,200 N (between C and D)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 120,000 N-mm (at C)

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

V Q (2, 200 N)(1,302.083 mm3 )

It
(19,174.760 mm 4 )(25 mm)
5.98 MPa

Ans.

## (b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My
(120,000 N-mm)( 25 mm/2)
x

I
19,174.760 mm 4
78.228 MPa 78.2 MPa (T)

## (on bottom of shaft at C )

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.22 A 3-in. standard steel pipe (D = 3.500 in.; d = 3.068 in.) supports a concentrated load of P = 900 lb,
as shown in Fig. P9.22a. The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 3 ft. Determine the magnitude of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the pipe.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.

## Fig. P9.22b Pipe cross section

Solution
Section properties:
I

[D4 d 4 ]

## [(3.500 in.) 4 (3.068 in.) 4 ] 3.017157 in.4

64
64
1
1
Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(3.500 in.)3 (3.068 in.)3 ] 1.166422 in.3
12
12

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 900 lb
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
Mmax = (900 lb)(3 ft)(12 in./ft) = 32,400 lb-in.
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
VQ
(900 lb)(1.166422 in.3 )

## 805.410 psi 805 psi

I t (3.017157 in.4 )(3.500 in. 3.068 in.)
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
My
( 32,400 lb-in.)(3.500 in./2)
x

## 18,792.529 psi 18,790 psi (T)

I
3.017157 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.23 A steel pipe (D = 170 mm; d = 150 mm) supports a concentrated load of P as shown in Fig. P9.23a.
The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 1.2 m.
(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine the maximum load P than can
be applied to the cantilever beam.

## Fig. P9.23b Pipe cross section

Solution
(a) Section properties:
I

[D4 d 4 ]

## [(170 mm) 4 (150 mm) 4 ] 16,147,786.239 mm 4

64
64
1
1
Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(170 mm)3 (150 mm)3 ] 128,166.667 mm3 128,170 mm3
12
12

Ans.

VQ

75 MPa
It
Vmax

188,986 N
128,166.667 mm3

## For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,

Pmax Vmax 189.0 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.24 A concentrated load P is applied to the upper end of a 1-m long

pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.24. The outside diameter of the pipe is D =
114 mm and the inside diameter is d = 102 mm.
(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine
the maximum load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.24

Solution
(a) Section properties:
I

[D4 d 4 ]

## [(114 mm) 4 (102 mm) 4 ] 2,977, 287 mm 4

64
64
1
1
Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(114 mm)3 (102 mm)3 ] 35,028 mm3
12
12

Ans.

VQ

75 MPa
It
Vmax

76, 498 N
35,028 mm3

## For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,

Pmax Vmax 76.5 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.25 A concentrated load of P = 6 kips is applied to the upper end of a

4-ft long pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.25. The pipe is an 8 in. standard
steel pipe, which has an outside diameter of D = 8.625 in. and an
inside diameter of d = 7.981 in. Determine the magnitude of:
(a) the maximum vertical shear stress in the pipe.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.

Fig. P9.25

Solution
Section properties:
I

[D4 d 4 ]

## [(8.625 in.) 4 (7.981 in.) 4 ] 72.489241 in.4

64
64
1
1
Q [ D3 d 3 ] [(8.625 in.)3 (7.981 in.)3 ] 11.104874 in.3
12
12

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 6 kips = 6,000 lb
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
Mmax = (6,000 lb)(4 ft)(12 in./ft) = 288,000 lb-in.
(a) Maximum vertical shear stress:
VQ
(6,000 lb)(11.104874 in.3 )

## 1,427.268 psi 1,427 psi

I t (72.489241 in.4 )(8.625 in. 7.981 in.)
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
M c (288,000 lb-in.)(8.625 in./2)
x

## 17,133.578 psi 17,130 psi (T)

I
72.489241 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.26 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.26a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 38 kips. The
cross-sectional dimensions of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.26b. Determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 4 in. below the centroid of the wide-flange shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wide-flange shape.

Fig. P9.26a

Fig. P9.26b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape
Width b
Height h
(in.)
(in.)
flange
6.75
0.455
web
0.285
13.090
flange
6.75
0.455

d = yi y
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
0.0530
6.7725
140.8683
53.2700
0.0000
0.0000
0.0530
6.7725
140.8683
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
140.9213
53.2700
140.9213
335.1125

0.455 in.

## QH (6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.

2
7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.

3
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.) 4 in.
24.6243 in.

## (38 kips)(24.6243 in.3 )

9.7974 ksi 9.80 ksi
(335.1125 in.4 )(0.285 in.)

Ans.

0.455 in.

## 7 in. 0.455 in.

3
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.)
26.9043 in.

max

## (38 kips)(26.9043 in.3 )

10.7046 ksi 10.70 ksi
(335.1125 in.4 )(0.285 in.)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.27 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.27a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The crosssectional dimensions of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.27b.
(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point K, which is located 2 in. above the centroid of
the wide-flange shape.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the wide-flange shape is 14 ksi, determine the maximum
concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.27a

Fig. P9.27b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape
Width b
Height h
(in.)
(in.)
flange
6.75
0.455
web
0.285
13.090
flange
6.75
0.455

d = yi y
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
0.0530
6.7725
140.8683
53.2700
0.0000
0.0000
0.0530
6.7725
140.8683
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
140.9213
53.2700
140.9213
335.1125

0.455 in.

## QK (6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.

2
7 in. 0.455 in. 2 in.

26.3343 in.3

Ans.

0.455 in.

max

## 7 in. 0.455 in.

3
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.)
26.9043 in.

2
VQmax

14 ksi
It

Vmax

49.6983 kips
26.9043 in.3

## For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,

Pmax Vmax 49.7 kips

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.28 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.28a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The crosssectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.28b.
(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point H, which is located 90 mm above the centroid
of the rectangular tube shape.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the rectangular tube shape is 125 MPa, determine the maximum
concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.28a

Fig. P9.28b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
outer rectangle
195,312,500
0.000
0.000
inner rectangle
143,077,428
0.000
0.000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =
(a) Q associated with point H:
250 mm 8 mm
QH (150 mm)(8 mm)

2
2

IC + dA
(mm4)
195,312,500
143,077,428
52,235,072

250 mm

8 mm 90 mm
250
mm

2
2(8 mm)
8 mm 90 mm 90 mm

2
2

189,912 mm3

Ans.

250 mm 8 mm
Qmax (150 mm)(8 mm)

2
2

max

250 mm

8 mm
250 mm

2
2(8 mm)
8 mm
254,712 mm3

2
2

VQmax

125 MPa
It
Vmax

## (125 N/mm 2 )(52, 235,072 mm 4 )(2 8 mm)

410,150 N 410.15 kN
254,712 mm3

## For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,

Pmax Vmax 410 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.29 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.29a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 175 kN. The
cross-sectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.29b. Determine:
(a) the shear stress at point K, which is located 50 mm below the centroid of the rectangular tube shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the rectangular tube shape.

Fig. P9.29a

Fig. P9.29b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
outer rectangle
195,312,500
0.000
0.000
inner rectangle
143,077,428
0.000
0.000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
195,312,500
143,077,428
52,235,072

## (a) Shear stress at K:

250 mm 8 mm
QK (150 mm)(8 mm)

2
2
250 mm

8 mm 50 mm
250 mm

2
2(8 mm)
8 mm 50 mm 50 mm

2
2

234,712 mm3

## (175,000 N)(234,712 mm3 )

49.1463 MPa 49.1 MPa
(52, 235,072 mm 4 )(2 8 mm)

Ans.

## (b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

250 mm 8 mm
Qmax (150 mm)(8 mm)

2
2

250 mm

8 mm
250 mm

3
2
2(8 mm)
8 mm
254,712 mm

2
2

max

(175,000 N)(254,712 mm 3 )
53.3341 MPa 53.3 MPa
(52, 235,072 mm 4 )(2 8 mm)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.30 The internal shear force V at a certain section of an

aluminum beam is 8 kN. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.30, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm
above the bottom surface of the tee shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tee shape.

Fig. P9.30

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
stem

yi
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(mm )
(mm)
(mm3)
375.0
72.5
27,187.5
350.0
35.0
12,250.0
2
725.0 mm
39,437.5 mm3

yi Ai

y

54.397 mm
Ai
725.0 mm 2
20.603 mm

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
781.250
18.103
122,900.565
stem
142,916.667
19.397
131,679.177
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
123,681.815
274,595.843
398,277.658

## (a) Shear stress at H:

QH (5 mm)(30 mm)(39.397 mm) 5,909.550 mm 3

## (8,000 N)(5,909.550 mm3 )

23.7 MPa
(398, 277.658 mm 4 )(5 mm)

Ans.

## (b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (5 mm)(54.397 mm)(27.199 mm) 7,397.720 mm3

max

## (8,000 N)(7,397.720 mm3 )

29.7 MPa
(398, 277.658 mm 4 )(5 mm)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.31 The internal shear force V at a certain section of a

steel beam is 80 kN. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.31, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm
below the centroid of the wide-flange shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wideflange shape.

Fig. P9.31

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
web
4,860,000.0
0.0
0.0
bottom flange
59,062.5
97.5
29,944,687.5
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
30,003,750.0
4,860,000.0
30,003,750.0
64,867,500.0

## (a) Shear stress at H:

QH (210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(60 mm)(60 mm) 343,125 mm3

## (80,000 N)(343,125 mm3 )

42.3 MPa
(64,867,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

## (b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(90 mm)(45 mm) 347,625 mm3

max

## (80,000 N)(347,625 mm3 )

42.9 MPa
(64,867,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.32 The internal shear force V at a certain section

of a steel beam is 110 kips. If the beam has a cross
section shown in Fig. P9.32, determine:
(a) the value of Q associated with point H, which is
located 2 in. below the top surface of the flanged
shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
flanged shape.

Fig. P9.32

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape

Area Ai
(in.2)
5.0
10.0
8.0
23.0 in.2

top flange
web
bottom flange

yi Ai
Ai

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
11.5
6.0
0.5

yi Ai
(in.3)
57.5
60.0
4.0
121.5 in.3

121.5 in.3
5.2826 in.
23.0 in.2

6.7174 in.

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
0.4167
6.2174
193.2798
web
83.3333
0.7174
5.1465
bottom flange
0.6667
4.7826
182.9868
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
193.6964
88.4798
183.6534
465.8297

(a) Q at point H:

Ans.

## (b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (5 in.)(1 in.)(6.2174 in.) (1 in.)(5.7174 in.)(2.8587 in.) 47.4313 in.3

max

## (110 kips)(47.4313 in.3 )

11.20 ksi
(465.8297 in.4 )(1 in.)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.33 The internal shear force V at a certain section of a

steel beam is 75 kips. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.33, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 2 in.
above the bottom surface of the flanged shape.
(b) the shear stress at point K, which is located 4.5 in.
below the top surface of the flanged shape.
Fig. P9.33

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left flange
62.5000
0.0000
0.0000
web
0.0885
0.0000
0.0000
right flange
62.5000
0.0000
0.0000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
62.5000
0.0885
62.5000
125.0885

## (a) Shear stress at H:

QH 2(0.75 in.)(2 in.)(4 in.) 12 in.3

## (75 kips)(12 in.3 )

4.80 ksi
(125.0885 in.4 )(2 0.75 in.)

Ans.

## (b) Shear stress at K:

QK 2(0.75 in.)(4.5 in.)(2.75 in.) 18.5625 in.3

## (75 kips)(18.5625 in.3 )

7.42 ksi
(125.0885 in.4 )(2 0.75 in.)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.34 Consider a 100-mm-long segment of a simply

supported beam (Fig. P9.34a). The internal bending
moments on the left and right sides of the segment are
75 kN-m and 80 kN-m, respectively. The crosssectional dimensions of the flanged shape are shown in
Fig. P9.34b. Determine the maximum horizontal shear
stress in the beam at this location.

## Fig. P9.34a Beam segment (side view)

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
yi
Area Ai
(from bottom)
yi Ai
2
(mm )
(mm)
(mm3)
top flange
9,000
300
2,700,000
web
8,400
165
1,386,000
bottom flange
15,000
30
450,000
2
32,400 mm
4,536,000 mm3
yi Ai 4,536, 000 mm3
y

140 mm
(from bottom of shape to centroid)
Ai
32,400 mm 2
Shape

190 mm
(from top of shape to centroid)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
IC + dA
4
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
top flange
2,700,000
160
230,400,000
233,100,000
web
30,870,000
25
5,250,000
36,120,000
bottom flange
4,500,000
110
181,500,000
186,000,000
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 455,220,000

## Shear force in beam:

M 80 kN-m 75 kN-m 5 kN-m
V

50 kN
x
100 mm
0.1 m
Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
Qmax (250 mm)(60 mm)(110 mm) (40 mm)(80 mm)(40 mm) 1,778,000 mm3

max

## (50,000 N)(1,778,000 mm3 )

4.88 MPa
(455, 220,000 mm 4 )(40 mm)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.35 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.35a. The cross-sectional dimensions
of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.35b.
(a) Determine the maximum shear force in the beam.
(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress in the cross section at point H,
which is located 100 mm below the neutral axis of the wide-flange shape.
(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross
section.
(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P9.35a

Fig. P9.35b

Solution
(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:
Vmax = 175 kN (just to the right of B)

## Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = 156.25 kN-m (between B and C)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section properties:
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top flange
56,250
142.5
60,918,750
web
16,402,500
0
0
bottom flange
56,250
142.5
60,918,750
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
60,975,000
16,402,500
60,975,000
138,352,500

## (b) Shear stress at H:

QH (200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(35 mm)(117.5 mm) 468,625 mm3

## (175,000 N)(468,625 mm3 )

59.3 MPa
(138,352,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

## (c) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(135 mm)(67.5 mm) 518,625 mm3

max

## (175,000 N)(518,625 mm3 )

65.6 MPa
(138,352,500 mm4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

## (d) Maximum tension bending stress:

Mc
(156.25 106 N-mm)(300 mm/2)
x

I
138,352,500 mm 4
169.404 MPa 169.4 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.36 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.36a. The cross-sectional dimensions
of the structural tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.36b.
(a) At section aa, which is located 4 ft to the right of pin support B, determine the bending stress and
the shear stress at point H, which is located 3 in. below the top surface of the tube shape.
(b) Determine the magnitude and the location of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tube shape
at section aa.

Fig. P9.36a

Fig. P9.36b

Solution
Shear force magnitude at aa:
V = 27.60 kips
Bending moment at aa:
M = 60.90 kip-ft
Section properties:
(12 in.)(16 in.)3 (11.25 in.)(15.25 in.)3
I

12
12
4
771.0830 in.
(a) Bending stress at H:
My
H
I
(60,900 lb-ft)(5 in.)(12 in./ft)

771.0830 in.4
4,738.79 psi 4,740 psi (C)

Ans.

Shear stress at H:
QH (12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(2.625 in.)(6.3125 in.) 47.5840 in.3

## (27,600 lb)(47.5840 in.3 )

2, 270 psi
(771.0830 in.4 )(2 0.375 in.)

Ans.

## (b) Maximum shear force magnitude:

V = 39.60 kips (at pin B)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(7.625 in.)(3.8125 in.) 56.9590 in.3

max

## (39,600 lb)(56.9590 in.3 )

3,900 psi
(771.0830 in.4 )(2 0.375 in.)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.37 A cantilever beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.37a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the
shape are shown in Fig. P9.37b. Determine:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress.
(c) the maximum tension bending stress.

Fig. P9.37a

Fig. P9.37b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
left stem
right stem

Width b
(in.)
12.0
0.5
0.5

Height h
(in.)
0.5
5.5
5.5

yi Ai

49.6250 in.3
y

4.3152 in.
Ai
11.50 in.2
1.6848 in.

Area Ai
(in.2)
6.00
2.75
2.75
11.50

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
5.75
2.75
2.75

yi Ai
(in.3)
34.5000
7.5625
7.5625
49.6250

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
top flange
0.1250
1.4348
12.3519
left stem
6.9323
1.5652
6.7371
right stem
6.9323
1.5652
6.7371
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
12.4769
13.6694
13.6694
39.8157

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Maximum shear force magnitude:

V = 5,800 lb
Maximum positive bending moment:
Mpos = 8,850 lb-ft
Maximum negative bending moment:
Mneg = 9,839 lb-ft
(a) Maximum shear stress:
Qmax 2(0.5 in.)(4.3152 in.)(4.3152 in./2)
9.3105 in.3

max

1,356 psi

Ans.

## (b) Maximum compression bending stress:

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top
of the cross section:
M y
(8,850 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
x pos top
4,494 psi
Iz
39.8157 in.4
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:
M y
(9,839 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
x neg bot
12,796 psi
Iz
39.8157 in.4
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:
Ans.
comp 12,800 psi (C)
(c) Maximum tension bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the
bottom of the cross section:
M y
(8,850 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
x pos bot
11,510 psi
Iz
39.8157 in.4
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:
M y
(9,839 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
x neg top
4,996 psi
Iz
39.8157 in.4
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:
Ans.
tens 11,510 psi (T)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.38 A cantilever beam supports the loads shown in Fig.

P9.38a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the shape are
shown in Fig. P9.38b. Determine:
(a) the maximum vertical shear stress.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress.
(c) the maximum tension bending stress.

Fig. P9.38a

Fig. P9.38b

Solution
Maximum shear force magnitude:
Vmax = 5 kN
Maximum positive bending moment:
Mpos = 2.00 kN-m
Maximum negative bending moment:
Mneg = 1.50 kN-m

## Centroid location in y direction:

Shape
flange
stem

Width b
(mm)
100
6

Height h
(mm)
8
92

Area Ai
(mm2)
800
552
1,352

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
96
46

yi Ai
(mm3)
76,800
25,392
102,192

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

yi Ai
Ai

102,192 mm3
75.5858 mm
1,352 mm 2
24.4142 mm

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
flange
4,266.67
20.4142
333,391.69
stem
389,344.00
-29.5858
483,176.36
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
337,658.35
872,520.36
1,210,178.71

## (a) Maximum vertical shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (6 mm)(75.5858 mm)(75.5858 mm/2) 17,139.640 mm3

max

## (5,000 N)(17,139.640 mm3 )

11.80 MPa
(1,210,178.71 mm4 )(6 mm)

Ans.

## (b) Maximum compression bending stress:

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top
of the cross section:
M pos ytop
(2.00 106 N-mm)(24.4142 mm)
x

40.348 MPa
Iz
1,210,178.71 mm4
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:
M y
(1.50 106 N-mm)( 75.5858 mm)
x neg bot
93.688 MPa
Iz
1,210,178.71 mm4
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:
Ans.
comp 93.7 MPa (C)
(c) Maximum tension bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the
bottom of the cross section:
M pos ybot
(2.00 106 N-mm)( 75.5858 mm)
x

124.917 MPa
Iz
1,210,178.71 mm4
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:
M y
(1.50 106 N-mm)(24.4142 mm)
x neg top
30.261 MPa
Iz
1,210,178.71 mm4
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:
Ans.
tens 124.9 MPa (T)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.39 A simply supported beam fabricated from pultruded reinforced plastic supports the loads shown in
Fig. P9.39a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the plastic wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.39b.
(a) Determine the magnitude of the maximum shear force in the beam.
(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress magnitude in the cross section at
point H, which is located 2 in. above the bottom surface of the wide-flange shape.
(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear
stress in the cross section.
(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum compression bending stress in the beam. Where along the
span does this stress occur?

Fig. P9.39a

Fig. P9.39b

Solution
Section properties:
(4 in.)(8 in.)3 (3.625 in.)(7.25 in.) 3
Iz

12
12
4
55.5493 in.
(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:
V = 3,664 lb

Ans.

## (b) Shear stress magnitude at H:

QH (4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.)

7.4326 in.3

## (3,664 lb)(7.4326 in.3 )

(55.5493 in.4 )(0.375 in.)

1,307 psi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (c) Maximum horizontal shear stress magnitude:

At neutral axis:
Qmax (4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.) (0.375 in.)(3.625 in.)(1.8125 in.) 8.1826 in.3

max

## (3,664 lb)(8.1826 in.3 )

1, 439 psi
(55.5493 in.4 )(0.375 in.)

## (d) Maximum compression bending stress:

My
(7,719 lb-ft)(4 in.)(12 in./ft)
H

I
55.5493 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

## This stress occurs at 5.86 ft to the right of A.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.40 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 10 and two 2 4 pieces

of dimension lumber to form the I-beam cross section shown in Fig.
P9.40. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that
can safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear. If the beam is
simply supported and carries a 1,000-lb load at the center of a 12-ft
span, determine:
(a) the horizontal force transferred from each flange to the web in a 12in. long segment of the beam.
(b) the maximum spacing s (along the length of the beam) required for
the nails.
(c) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the I-beam.
Fig. P9.40

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape
Width b
Height h
(in.)
(in.)
top flange
4
2
web
2
10
bottom flange
4
2

d = yi y
(in.)
6.000
0.000
6.000

IC
(in.4)
2.667
166.667
2.667

dA
(in.4)
288.000
0.000
288.000

IC + dA
(in.4)
290.667
166.667
290.667

748.000

## Maximum shear force

For P = 1,000 lb, V = P/2 = 500 lb
(a) Horizontal force transferred from each flange
(in a 12-in. length):
Q (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.3

748 in.4

VQ
I

q
FH

32.086 lb/in.
385 lb

Ans.

q s nfVf
s

## (c) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

Qmax (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) (2 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.)
max

## (500 lb)(73 in.3 )

(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

24.4 psi

nfVf
q

(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)
32.086 lb/in.

3.74 in.

Ans.

73 in.3

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.41 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 10 and two 2 4 pieces

of dimension lumber to form the I-beam cross section shown in Fig.
P9.41. The I-beam will be used as a simply supported beam to carry a
concentrated load P at the center of a 20-ft span. The wood has an
allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi and an allowable shear stress of 90
psi. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that can
safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear.
(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4.5 in. along the
span, what is the maximum concentrated load P that can be supported by
the beam? Demonstrate that the maximum bending and shear stresses
produced by P are acceptable.
(b) Determine the magnitude of load P that produces the allowable
bending stress in the span (i.e., b = 1,200 psi). What nail spacing s is
required to support this load magnitude? Demonstrate that the
maximum horizontal shear stresses produced by P are acceptable.
Fig. P9.41

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape
Width b
Height h
(in.)
(in.)
top flange
4
2
web
2
10
bottom flange
4
2

d = yi y
(in.)
6.000
0.000
6.000

IC
(in.4)
2.667
166.667
2.667

dA
(in.4)
288.000
0.000
288.000

IC + dA
(in.4)
290.667
166.667
290.667
748.000

## (a) Maximum concentrated load P:

Q (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.3
q s nfVf
q

(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)
4.5 in.

26.667 lb/in.

VQ
I
V

nfVf

P
2

qI
Q

## (26.667 lb/in.)(748 in.4 )

48 in.3
Pmax

831 lb

415.556 lb
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Check maximum bending and shear stresses:

(831.1 lb)(240 in.)/4 (7 in.)
Mc ( PL / 4)c
max
Iz
Iz
748 in.4

Qmax
max

VQ
I zt

( P / 2)Qmax
I zt

## (831.1 lb / 2)(73 in.3 )

(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

## 466.7 psi 1,200 psi

OK

73 in.3
20.3 psi

90 psi

OK

(b) Magnitude of load P that produces the allowable bending stress in the span:
Mc
1, 200 psi
x
I
(1, 200 psi)(748 in.4 )
M
128, 228.566 lb-in.
7 in.
PL
M max
4
4M max 4(128, 228.566 lb-in.)
Pmax
2,137.143 lb 2,140 lb
L
(20 ft)(12 in./ft)

Ans.

## Required nail spacing s:

Pmax 2,137.143 lb
Vmax
1,068.571 lb
2
2
VQ (1,068.571 lb)(48 in.3 )
q
68.571 lb/in.
I
748 in.4
q s nfVf

nfVf
q

(1 nail)(120 lb)
68.571 lb/in.

Ans.

1.750 in.

## Check maximum shear stresses:

VQ ( P / 2)Qmax (2,137.143 lb / 2)(73 in.3 )
max
I zt
I zt
(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

## 52.143 psi 90 psi

OK

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.42 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with nails, as
shown in Fig. P9.42b. The nails are installed at a spacing of s = 125 mm (Fig. P9.42a), and each nail can
provide a resistance of Vf = 500 N. In service, the box beam will be installed so that bending occurs
about the z axis. Determine the maximum shear force V that can be supported by the box beam based on
the shear capacity of the nailed connections.

Fig. P9.42a

Fig. P9.42b

Solution
Moment of inertia Iz:
(200 mm)(300 mm)3
Iz
12

12

## First moment of area Q:

Q (200 mm)(25 mm)(137.5 mm)

293,750,000 mm 4

687,500 mm3

## Shear flow q based on nail shear force:

q s nfVf

nfVf
s

(2 nails)(500 N/nail)
125 mm

## Maximum shear force V:

VQ
q Iz
q
V
Iz
Q

8 N/mm

(8 N/mm)(293,750,000 mm4 )
687,500 mm3

3,418 N

3.42 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.43 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with screws, as
shown in Fig. P9.43b. Each screw can provide a resistance of 800 N. In service, the box beam will be
installed so that bending occurs about the z axis, and the maximum shear force in the beam will be 9 kN.
Determine the maximum permissible spacing interval s for the screws (see Fig. P9.43a).

Fig. P9.43a

Fig. P9.43b

Solution
Moment of inertia Iz:
(190 mm)(250 mm)3
Iz
12

12

## First moment of area Q:

Q (140 mm)(50 mm)(100 mm)

208,020,833 mm 4

700,000 mm3

## Shear flow q based on beam shear force V:

VQ (9,000 N)(750,000 mm3 )
q
30.285 N/mm
Iz
208,020,833 mm4
Maximum spacing interval s:
q s nfVf
s

nfVf
q

(2 screws)(800 N/screw)
30.285 N/mm

52.8 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.44 A wooden beam is fabricated by nailing together three pieces of dimension lumber, as shown in
Fig. P9.44a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.44b. The beam must
support an internal shear force of V = 750 lb.
(a) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross section for V = 750 lb.
(b) If each nail can provide 100 lb of horizontal resistance, determine the maximum spacing s for the
nails.
(c) If the three boards were connected by glue instead of nails, what minimum shear strength would be
necessary for the glued joints?

Fig. P9.44a

Fig. P9.44b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left board
flange board
right board
y

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
2
4
2
184 in.3
40 in.2

4.6 in.

Height h
(in.)
8
2
9

Area Ai
(in.2)
16
8
16
40

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
4
7
4

yi Ai
(in.3)
64
56
64
184

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

3.4 in.
(from top of shape to centroid)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left board
85.3333
0.60
5.7600
flange board
2.6667
2.40
46.0800
right board
85.3333
0.60
5.7600
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
91.0933
48.7467
91.0933
230.9333

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax 2(2 in.)(4.6 in.)(4.6 in./2) 42.32 in.3
max

## (750 lb)(42.32 in.3 )

(230.9333 in.4 )(4 in.)

34.4 psi

Ans.

## (b) Shear flow q based on beam shear force V:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VQ
Iz

230.9333 in.4

62.356 lb/in.

## Maximum spacing interval s:

q s nfVf
s

nfVf
q

(2 nails)(100 lb/nail)
62.356 lb/in.

## (c) Glue joint shear stress:

62.356 lb/in.
15.59 psi
2(2 in.)

3.21 in.

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.45 A wooden beam is fabricated by gluing four dimension lumber

boards, each 40-mm wide and 90-mm deep, to a 32 400 plywood
web, as shown in Fig. P9.45. Determine the maximum allowable
shear force and the maximum allowable bending moment that this
section can carry if the allowable bending stress is 6 MPa, the
allowable shear stress in the plywood is 640 kPa, and the allowable
shear stress in the glued joints is 250 kPa.

Fig. P9.45

Solution
Moment of inertia Iz:
(112 mm)(400 mm)3
Iz
12

12

## Maximum allowable bending moment:

Mc
I
I (6 N/mm 2 )(526,346,667 mm 4 )
M max
c
200 mm

526,346,667 mm 4

15.79 kN-m

Ans.

## Maximum allowable shear force:

Consider maximum shear stress, which occurs at the neutral axis:
Q (32 mm)(200 mm)(100 mm) 2(40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 1,756,000 mm3
VQ
It

It
Q

1,756,000 mm3

6,138.7 N

6.14 kN

(a)

## Consider shear stress in glue joints:

Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 558,000 mm3
The shear stress in the glue joints can be found from the shear flow across the glue joint divided by the
width of the glue joint; thus,
q
VQ / I
glue
tglue
tglue
(0.250 N/mm)(526,346,667 mm 4 )(90 mm)
21, 224 N 21.2 kN
Q
558,000 mm3
Compare results (a) and (b) to find that the maximum allowable shear force for the section is:
Vmax 6.14 kN
V

glue

I tglue

(b)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.46 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 12 and two 2 10

dimension lumber boards to form the double-tee cross section
shown in Fig. P9.46. The beam flange is fastened to the stem with
nails. Each nail can safely transmit a force of 175 lb in direct shear.
The allowable shear stress of the wood is 70 psi.
(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4 in. along
the span, what is the maximum internal shear force V that can be
supported by the double-tee cross section?
(b) What nail spacing s would be necessary to develop the full
strength of the double-tee shape in shear? (Full strength means that
the maximum horizontal shear stress in the double-tee shape equals
the allowable shear stress of the wood.)
Fig. P9.46

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
top flange
left stem
right stem
y

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(in.)
12
2
2
464 in.3
64 in.2

Height h
(in.)
2
10
10

7.25 in.

Area Ai
(in.2)
24
20
20
64

yi
(from bottom)
(in.)
11
5
5

yi Ai
(in.3)
264
100
100
464

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

4.75 in.
(from top of shape to centroid)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left board
8.000
3.750
337.500
flange board
166.667
2.250
101.250
right board
166.667
2.250
101.250
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
345.500
267.917
267.917
881.333

## (a) Maximum shear force based on capacity of nails at s = 4 in.:

Q (12 in.)(2 in.)(4.75 in. 2 in./2) 90.000 in.3
(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)
q
87.5 lb/in.
4 in.
VQ
q I (87.5 lb/in.)(881.333 in.4 )
q
Vmax
856.852 lb
I
Q
90.000 in.3
Maximum shear force based on full shear strength of double tee shape:
At neutral axis:
Qmax 2(2 in.)(7.25 in.)(7.25 in./2) 105.125 in.3
max

VQ
It

Vmax

max

It

## (70 psi)(881.333 in.4 )(2 2 in.)

90.000 in.3

2,347.428 lb

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Comparison of two Vmax values:

The smaller of the two values computed above for Vmax gives the limiting shear force:
Vmax 857 lb

Ans.

(b) Nail spacing necessary to develop the full shear strength of the section:
Consider the nailed portion of the beam (i.e., only the top flange) to establish the minimum required nail
spacing for Vmax = 2,347.428 lb, which is the shear force that produces a maximum horizontal shear
stress of 70 psi:
V Q (2,347.428 lb)(90.000 in.3 )
q
239.715 lb/in.
I
881.333 in.4
q s nfVf
smax

nfVf
q

(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)
239.715 lb/in.

1.460 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.47 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are
secured to dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges
(Fig. P9.47b). The beam supports a concentrated load of P = 5,000 lb
at the center of a 15-ft span (Fig. P9.47a). Bolts (-in. diameter)
connect the plywood webs and the lumber flanges at a spacing of s =
12 in. along the span. Supports A and C can be idealized as a pin and
a roller, respectively. Determine:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the plywood webs.
(b) the average shear stress in the bolts.
(c) the maximum bending stress in the lumber flanges.

Fig. P9.47a

Fig. P9.47b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left web
576
0
0
top flange
16
10
1,200
bottom flange
16
10
1,200
right web
576
0
0
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
576
1,216
1,216
576
3,584

## Maximum shear force:

For P = 5,000 lb, V = P/2 = 2,500 lb
Maximum bending moment:
For P = 5,000 lb, M = PL/4 = 18,750 lb-ft = 225,000 lb-in.
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress (in plywood webs):
Qmax (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.)

max

VQ
It

## (2,500 lb)(192 in.3 )

(3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)

133.9 psi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Bolt shear stress:

Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.
Qflange (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.3
(2,500 lb)(120 in.3 )
83.7054 lb/in.
I
3,584 in.4
Determine the force carried by one bolt:
q s nfVf
VQflange

Vf

qs
nf

## (83.7054 lb/in.)(12 in.)

1 bolt

1,004.4643 lb/bolt

## The bolt cross-sectional area is:

(0.375 in.)2 0.110447 in.2
4
Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the shear stress in each bolt is:
1,004.4643 lb/bolt
4,547.284 psi 4,550 psi
bolt
2(0.110447 in.2 )
Abolt

## (c) Maximum bending stress in lumber flanges:

M c (225,000 lb-in.)(12 in.)
753 psi
I
3,584 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.48 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are secured to
dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges (Fig. P9.48b). The
lumber has an allowable bending stress of 1,500 psi. The plywood has an
allowable shear stress of 300 psi. The -in. diameter bolts have an
allowable shear stress of 6,000 psi, and they are spaced at intervals of s = 9
in. The beam span is L = 15 ft (Fig. P9.48a). Support A can be assumed to
be pinned and support C can be idealized as a roller.
(a) Determine the maximum load P that can be applied to the beam at
midspan.
(b) Report the bending stress in the lumber, the shear stress in the
plywood, and the average shear stress in the bolts at the load P determined
in part (a).

Fig. P9.48a

Fig. P9.48b

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(in. )
(in.)
(in.4)
left web
576
0
0
top flange
16
10
1,200
bottom flange
16
10
1,200
right web
576
0
0
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA
(in.4)
576
1,216
1,216
576
3,584

## Maximum shear force:

V = P/2
Maximum bending moment:
M = PL/4
Consider maximum bending stress:
Mc
1,500 psi
I
(1,500 psi)(3,584 in.4 )
M
448,000 lb-in.
12 in.
PL
M
448,000 lb-in.
4
4(448,000 lb-in.)
Pmax
9,956 lb
(15 ft)(12 in./ft)

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider maximum horizontal shear stress (in plywood webs):

Q (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 2(0.5 in.)(12 in.)(6 in.) 192 in.3
VQ
300 psi
It
(300 psi)(3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)
192 in.3

Vmax

5,600 lb

P
2

Vmax
Pmax

2Vmax

(b)

## Consider bolt shear stress:

The bolt cross-sectional area is:
(0.375 in.)2

Abolt

0.110447 in.2

4
Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the maximum shear force that can be carried by one bolt is:
Vbolt 2(0.110447 in.2 )(6,000 psi) 1,325.364 lb
Determine the shear flow that can be allowed based on the bolt shear stress:
q s nfVf

nf Vf

(1 bolt)(1,325.364 lb/bolt)
147.263 lb/in.
s
9 in.
Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.
Qflange (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.3
q

VQflange

I
qI
Qflange

Vmax
Vmax
Pmax

120 in.3

4,398.245 lb

P
2
2Vmax

## 2(4,398.245 lb) 8,796 lb

Compare the three values obtained for Pmax in Eqs. (a), (b), and (c) to find
Pmax 8,796 lb 8.80 kips

(c)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Bending stress in lumber flanges for Pmax:

PL (8,796 lb)(15 ft)
M
32,985 lb-ft
4
4
M c (32,985 lb-ft)(12 in.)(12 in./ft)
1,325 psi
I
3,584 in.4
Maximum shear stress in plywood webs:
P 8,796 lb
V
4,398 lb
2
2
VQ
(4,398 lb)(192 in.3 )
236 psi
I t (3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)
Bolt shear stress:
6,000 psi
bolt

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.49 A wooden beam is fabricated from three boards, which are fastened together with screws, as shown
in Fig. P9.49b. The screws are uniformly spaced along the span of the beam at intervals of 150 mm (see
Fig. P9.49a). In service, the beam will be positioned so that bending occurs about the z axis. The
maximum bending moment in the beam is Mz = 4.50 kN-m, and the maximum shear force in the beam
is Vy = 2.25 kN. Determine:
(a) the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.
(b) the shear force in each screw.
(c) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P9.49a

Fig. P9.49b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left board
bottom board
right board
y

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
40
140
40
1, 408,000 mm3
20,000 mm 2

Height h
(mm)
180
40
180
70.4 mm

Area Ai
(mm2)
7,200
5,600
7,200
20,000

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
90
20
90

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

109.6 mm
(from top of shape to centroid)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
left board
19,440,000.00
19.60
2,765,952.00
bottom board
746,666.67
50.40
14,224,896.00
right board
19,440,000.00
19.60
2,765,952.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

## (a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:
Qmax 2(40 mm)(109.6 mm)(109.6 mm/2)
max

VQ
It

yi Ai
(mm3)
648,000
112,000
648,000
1,408,000

IC + dA
(mm4)
22,205,952.00
14,971,562.67
22,205,952.00
59,383,466.67

480,486.4 mm3

## (2, 250 N)(480,486.4 mm3 )

(59,383,466.67 mm 4 )(2 40 mm)

0.2276 MPa

228 kPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shear force in each screw

Consider bottom board, which is held in place by two screws:
Q (140 mm)(40 mm)(70.4 mm 40 mm/2) 282, 240 mm3
V Q (2, 250 N)(282, 240 mm 3 )
I
59,383,466.67 mm 4
q s nfVf
q

Vf

qs
nf

10.6939 N/mm

2 screws

## (c) Maximum bending stress:

Mz y
( 4.50 106 N-mm)(109.6 mm)
x
Iz
59,383,466.67 mm4

## 8.31 MPa (T)

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.50 A wooden beam is fabricated by bolting together three

members, as shown in Fig. P9.50a. The cross-sectional
dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.50b. The 8-mm-diameter
bolts are spaced at intervals of s = 200 mm along the x axis
of the beam. If the internal shear force in the beam is V = 7
kN, determine the shear stress in each bolt.

Fig. P9.50a

Fig. P9.50b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left board
center board
right board

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
40
40
40

3,636,000 mm3
19,200 mm 2

Height h
(mm)
90
300
90

Area Ai
(mm2)
3,600
12,000
3,600
19,200

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
255
150
255

189.375 mm

110.625 mm

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
(mm4)
left board
2,430,000
center board
90,000,000
right board
2,430,000

yi Ai
(mm3)
918,000
1,800,000
918,000
3,636,000

d = yi y
dA
IC + dA
4
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
65.625
15,503,906.25
17,933,906.25
-39.375
18,604,687.50
108,604,687.50
65.625
15,503,906.25
17,933,906.25
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 144,472,500.00

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear force in each bolt

Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:
Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm3

## V Q (7,000 N)(236, 250 mm3 )

11.4468 N/mm
I
144,472,500 mm 4
Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross
section. The cross-sectional area of the bolt is:
q

Abolt

(8 mm)2

50.2655 mm2

4
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
q s n f f Af
f

qs
n f Af

## (11.4468 N/mm)(200 mm)

(1 bolt surface)(50.2655 mm 2 )

45.5 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.51 A wooden beam is fabricated by bolting together three

members, as shown in Fig. P9.51a. The cross-sectional
dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.51b. The allowable shear stress
of the wood is 850 kPa, and the allowable shear stress of the 10mm-diameter bolts is 40 MPa. Determine:
(a) the maximum internal shear force V that the cross section can
withstand based on the allowable shear stress in the wood.
(b) the maximum bolt spacing s required to develop the internal
shear force computed in part (a).

Fig. P9.51a

Fig. P9.51b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
left board
center board
right board

yi Ai
Ai

Width b
(mm)
40
40
40

3,636,000 mm3
19,200 mm 2

Height h
(mm)
90
300
90

Area Ai
(mm2)
3,600
12,000
3,600
19,200

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
255
150
255

189.375 mm

110.625 mm

## Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape
IC
(mm4)
left board
2,430,000
center board
90,000,000
right board
2,430,000

yi Ai
(mm3)
918,000
1,800,000
918,000
3,636,000

d = yi y
dA
IC + dA
(mm)
(mm4)
(mm4)
65.625
15,503,906.25
17,933,906.25
-39.375
18,604,687.50
108,604,687.50
65.625
15,503,906.25
17,933,906.25
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 144,472,500.00

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider maximum horizontal shear stress:

Q (40 mm)(189.375 mm)(189.375 mm/2)

VQ
It

850 kPa

717,257.813 mm3

0.850 MPa

717,257.813 mm3

Vmax

6,848.4 N

6.85 kN

Ans.

## Maximum bolt spacing

Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:
Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm3

## V Q (6,848.4 N)(236, 250 mm3 )

11.1989 N/mm
I
144,472,500 mm 4
Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross
section. The cross-sectional area of the bolt is:
q

(10 mm)2

Abolt

78.5398 mm2

4
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
q s n f f Af
s

nf

Af

## (1 bolt surface)(40 N/mm 2 )(78.5398 mm 2 )

11.1989 N/mm

281 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.52 A cantilever flexural member is fabricated by bolting two identical coldrolled steel channels back-to-back, as shown in Fig. P9.52a. The cantilever
beam has a span of L = 1,600 mm and supports a concentrated load of P = 600
N. The cross-sectional dimensions of the built-up shape are shown in Fig.
P9.52b. The effect of the rounded corners can be neglected in determining the
section properties for the built-up shape.
(a) If 4-mm-diameter bolts are installed at intervals of s = 75 mm, determine the
shear stress produced in the bolts.
(b) If the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, determine the
minimum bolt diameter required if a spacing of s = 400 mm is used.

Fig. P9.52a
Fig. P9.52b

Solution
Centroid location in y direction for the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b:
yi
Shape
Width b
Height h
Area Ai
(from z axis)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm2)
(mm)
left element
3
40
120
20
center element
59
3
177
1.5
right element
3
40
120
20
417
3
yi Ai 5,065.5 mm
y
12.1475 mm
Ai
417 mm2

yi Ai
(mm3)
2400
265.5
2400
5065.5

Note: y is measured from the z axis to the centroid of the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b.
Moment of inertia (both channels):
(3 mm)(40 mm)3 (65 mm 2(3 mm))(3 mm)3
I 2 2
3
3

257,062 mm4

Shear flow:
Q (12.1475 mm)(417 mm 2 ) 5,065.51 mm3

VQ
I

## (600 N)(5,065.51 mm3 )

11.8232 N/mm
257,062 mm4

Bolt area:
Abolt

(4 mm)2

12.5664 mm 2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

q s n f f Af
f

qs
n f Af

## (11.8232 N/mm)(75 mm)

(1 bolt surface)(12.5664 mm 2 )

70.6 MPa

Ans.

q s n f f Af
Af

qs
nf f

Abolt

D2

Dbolt

## (11.8232 N/mm)(400 mm)

(1 bolt surface)(96 N/mm 2 )

49.2633 mm 2

49.2633 mm 2

4(49.2633 mm 2 )

7.92 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.53 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) in an existing

structure is to be strengthened by adding a 250 mm wide by 16
mm thick cover plate to its lower flange, as shown in Fig.
P9.53. The cover plate is attached to the lower flange by pairs
of 24-mm-diameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the
beam span. Bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
(a) If the allowable bolt shear stress is 96 MPa, determine the
maximum bolt spacing interval s required to support an internal
shear force in the beam of V = 50 kN.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, determine the
allowable bending moment for the existing W310 60 shape,
the allowable bending moment for the W310 60 with the
added cover plate, and the percentage increase in moment
capacity that is gained by adding the cover plate.

Fig. P9.53

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape

Width b
(mm)
250

W310 60
cover plate

1, 292,850 mm3
11,550 mm 2

yi Ai

Ai

Height h
(mm)
16
111.935 mm

Area Ai
(mm2)
7,550
4,000
11,550

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
167
8

yi Ai
(mm3)
1,260,850
32,000
1,292,850

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

206.065 mm
(from top of shape to centroid)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
IC + dA
4
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm )
(mm4)
W310 60
128,000,000
55.065
22,892,764
150,892,764
cover plate
85,333.33
103.935
43,209,937
43,295,270
4
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =
194,188,035

## (a) Maximum bolt spacing

Consider the cover plate, which is connected to the W310 60 shape with two bolts:
Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(111.935 mm 16 mm/2) 415,740 mm3

## V Q (50,000 N)(415,740 mm3 )

107.0457 N/mm
I
194,188,035 mm4
The cross-sectional area of a 24-mm-diameter bolt is:
q

## (24 mm)2 452.389 mm2

4
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
q s n f f Af
Abolt

nf

Af

## (2 bolts)(96 N/mm 2 )(452.389 mm 2 )

107.0457 N/mm

811 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (without cover plate):
Mc
150 MPa
I
(150 N/mm 2 )(128,000,000 mm 4 )
M allow
127,152, 318 N-mm 127.2 kN-m
(302 mm/2)
Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (with cover plate):
Mc
150 MPa
I
(150 N/mm 2 )(194,188,035 mm 4 )
M allow
141,354,452 N-mm 141.4 kN-m
(206.065 mm)
Percentage increase in moment capacity:
141,354, 452 N-mm 127,152,318 N-mm
% increase
(100%)
127,152,318 N-mm

11.17%

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.54 A W410 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) is simply supported at its ends and carries a
concentrated load P at the center of a 7-m span. The W410 60 shape will be strengthened by adding
two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.54. Each cover plate is
attached to its flange by pairs of 20-mm-diameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the beam span. The
allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, and
bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
(a) Based on the 150 MPa allowable bending stress, determine the
maximum concentrated load P that may be applied at the center of
a 7-m span for a W410 60 steel beam with two cover plates.
(b) For the internal shear force V associated with the concentrated
load P determined in part (a), compute the maximum spacing
interval s required for the bolts that attach the cover plates to the
flanges.

Fig. P9.54

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top cover plate
85,333.33
211
178,084,000
W410 60
216,000,000
0
0
bottom cover plate
85,333.33
211
178,084,000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
178,169,333
216,000,000
178,169,333
572,338,666

## Maximum shear force:

V = P/2
Maximum bending moment:
M = PL/4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider W410 60 with two cover plates:

Mc
150 MPa
I
(150 N/mm 2 )(572,338,666 mm 3 )
M allow
(438 mm/2)
PL
M
392.013 kN-m
4
4(392.013 kN-m)
Pmax
224.007 kN
7m

392,012,785 N-mm

392.013 kN-m

224 kN

Ans.

## (b) Maximum bolt spacing

Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:
Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844,000 mm3

## (223,418 N/2)(844,000 mm3 )

572,338,666 mm4

VQ
I

165.166 N/mm

Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted across two bolt surfaces. The crosssectional area of the bolt is:
Abolt

(20 mm) 2

314.159 mm 2

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
q s n f f Af
s

nf

Af

## (2 bolt surfaces)(96 N/mm 2 )(314.159 mm 2 )

165.166 N/mm

365 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.55 A W410 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) is simply

supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of P = 420 kN
at the center of a 7-m span. The W410 60 shape will be
strengthened by adding two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover
plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.55. Each cover plate is
attached to its flange by pairs of bolts spaced at intervals of s = 250
mm along the beam span. The allowable average shear stress in the
bolts is 96 MPa, and bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
Determine the minimum required diameter for the bolts.

Fig. P9.55

Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):
d = yi y
Shape
IC
dA
4
(mm )
(mm)
(mm4)
top cover plate
85,333.33
211
178,084,000
W410 60
216,000,000
0
0
bottom cover plate
85,333.33
211
178,084,000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
178,169,333
216,000,000
178,169,333
565,618,666

## Maximum shear force:

V = P/2 = 420 kN/2 = 210 kN

## Minimum bolt diameter

Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:
Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844,000 mm3

VQ
I

## (210,000 N)(844,000 mm3 )

572,338,666 mm4

309.677 N/mm

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Relate the shear flow and the required bolt area with Eq. (9.14). Note that the shear flow will be
transmitted by means of two fasteners.
q s n f f Af
Af

qs
nf f

## (309.677 N/mm)(250 mm)

2(96 N/mm 2 )

403.225 mm 2

Use the minimum required cross-sectional area of the bolt to calculate the minimum bolt diameter:

Abolt

D2

4
Dmin

403.225 mm2
22.658 mm

22.7 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.56 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) has a C250 45

channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.56. The beam is
simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 100 kN at
the center of a 6-m span. Pairs of 24-mm-diameter bolts are spaced at
intervals of s along the beam. If the allowable average shear stress in the
bolts must be limited to 125 MPa, determine the maximum spacing
interval s for the bolts.
Fig. P9.56

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
W310 60
C250 45

yi Ai
Ai

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
151
302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6

Area Ai
(mm2)
7,550
5,680
13,230
2,858,818 mm3
13,230 mm 2

216.086 mm
103.014 mm

Shape
IC
(mm4)
W310 60
128,000,000
C250 45
1,640,000

yi Ai
(mm3)
1,140,050
1,718,768
2,858,818

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y
dA
(mm)
(mm4)
65.086
31,983,215
86.5140
42,512,938
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
159,983,315
44,152,938
204,136,153

## Maximum shear force:

V = P/2 = 100 kN/2 = 50 kN
Shear flow through the bolts
Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the
W310 60 shape with two bolts:
Q (5,680 mm 2 )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)

491,399.5 mm3
q

VQ
I
(50,000 N)(491,399.5 mm3 )
204,136,153 mm 4
120.361 N/mm

## The cross-sectional area of a single 24-mm-diameter bolt is:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Abolt

(24 mm) 2

452.389 mm 2

q s n f f Af
s

nf

Af

## (2 bolts)(125 N/mm2 )(452.389 mm 2 )

120.361 N/mm

939.653 mm

940 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 9.57 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) has a C250 45

channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.57. The beam is
simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 90 kN at
the center of an 8-m span. If pairs of bolts are spaced at 600-mm
intervals along the beam, determine:
(a) the shear force carried by each of the bolts.
(b) the bolt diameter required if the average shear stress in the bolts must
be limited to 75 MPa.
Fig. P9.57

Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape
W310 60
C250 45

yi Ai
Ai

yi
(from bottom)
(mm)
151
302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6

Area Ai
(mm2)
7,550
5,680
13,230
2,858,818 mm3
13,230 mm 2

216.086 mm
103.014 mm

Shape
IC
(mm4)
W310 60
128,000,000
C250 45
1,640,000

yi Ai
(mm3)
1,140,050
1,718,768
2,858,818

## (from bottom of shape to centroid)

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y
dA
(mm)
(mm4)
65.086
31,983,215
86.5140
42,512,938
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA
(mm4)
159,983,315
44,152,938
204,136,153

## Maximum shear force:

V = P/2 = 90 kN/2 = 45 kN
(a) Shear force in each bolt
Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the
W310 60 shape with two bolts:
Q (5,680 mm 2 )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)

491,399.5 mm3
q

VQ
I
(45,000 N)(491,399.5 mm3 )
204,136,153 mm 4
108.325 N/mm

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear force with Eq. (9.13):
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

qs
Vf

nfVf
qs
nf

2 bolts

Vbolt
Vbolt
Abolt
Abolt
allow

Abolt

2
Dbolt

Dbolt

32, 497 N
75 N/mm 2

32, 497 N

## 32.5 kN per bolt

Ans.

433.299 mm 2

433.299 mm 2
4(433.299 mm 2 )

23.5 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.1 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the
cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free
end, and (c) the slope at the free end.
Assume that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.1

Solution
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
EI 2 M ( x)
M0
dx
dv
EI
M 0 x C1
dx
M 0 x2
EI v
C1 x C2
2

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
dv
0 at
x 0
dx
v 0
at
x 0
Evaluate constants:
From Eq. (a), C1 = 0. From Eq. (b), C2 = 0
(a) Elastic curve equation:

EI v

M 0 x2
2

M 0 x2
2 EI

Ans.

vB

M 0 ( L) 2
2 EI

M 0 L2
2 EI

## (c) Slope at the free end:

dv
M 0 ( L)
B
dx B
EI

Ans.

M0L
EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.2 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the
cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free
end, and (c) the slope at the free end.
Assume that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.2

Solution
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
wx 2
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
3
dv
wx
EI
C1
dx
6
wx 4
EI v
C1 x C2
24

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
dv
0 at
x L
dx
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:
w( L)3
wL3
EI (0)
C1
C1
6
6
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w( L) 4
wL4 wL4
EI (0)
C1 ( L) C2
C2
24
24
6
(a) Elastic curve equation:
wx 4 wL3 x wL4
w
EI v
v
x4
24
6
8
24EI

C2

4L3 x 3L4

wL4
8

Ans.

w
24 EI

vA

(0)4

4 L3 (0) 3L4

3wL4
24 EI

wL4
8EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at the free end:

dv
dx

A
A

w(0)3
6 EI

wL3
6 EI

wL3
6 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.3 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the cantilever
beam, (b) the deflection at the free end, and
(c) the slope at the free end. Assume that EI is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.3

Solution
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
w0 x3
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
6L
4
dv
w0 x
EI
C1
dx
24 L
w0 x 5
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
dv
0 at
x L
dx
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:
w0 ( L)4
w0 L3
EI (0)
C1
C1
24 L
24
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w0 ( L)5
w0 L5 w0 L3
EI (0)
C1 ( L) C2
( L) C2
120 L
120 L
24
w0 L4 w0 L4
w0 L4
C2
120
24
30
(a) Elastic curve equation:
w0 x5 w0 L3
w0 L4
EI v
x
120 L
24
30

w0
x5
120 L EI

5L4 x 4 L5

Ans.

w0
(0)5
120 L EI

vA

5L (0) 4 L

w0 L4
30 EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at the free end:

dv
dx

A
A

w0 (0)4
24 L EI

w0 L3
24 EI

w0 L3
24 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.4, use the double-integration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for segment AB of the
beam, (b) the deflection at B, and (c) the
slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.4

Solution
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
P
EI 2 M ( x)
x
dx
2
dv Px 2
EI
C1
dx
4
EI v

Px3
12

(a)

C1 x C2

(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
L
0 at
x
dx
2
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:
P ( L / 2) 2
PL2
EI (0)
C1
C1
4
16
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
P (0)3 PL2 (0)
EI (0)
C2
C2 0
12
16
(a) Elastic curve equation:
P x3 PL2 x
EI v
12
16

Px
3L2
48EI

4 x2

(0

L
)
2

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:
P( L / 2)
3L2
48EI

vB

L
2

PL3
48EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:
dv
dx

A
A

P(0) 2
4 EI

PL2
16 EI

PL2
16 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.5, use the double-integration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for the beam, (b) the
slope at A, (c) the slope at B, and (d) the
deflection at midspan. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.5

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

Ay
MA

By
By

By L M 0
By

0
0

M0
L

and

Ay

M0
L

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x)

Ay x M 0

M ( x)

M0

M ( x)

M0
x M0
L

M0x
L

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
M0x
EI 2 M ( x) M 0
dx
L
2
dv
M0x
EI
M0x
C1
dx
2L
M 0 x 2 M 0 x3
EI v
C1 x C2
2
6L

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
M 0 (0) 2 M 0 (0)3
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
2
6L
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

C2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

M 0 ( L) 2 M 0 ( L)3
EI (0)
C1 ( L)
2
6L
M 0L M 0L
M 0L
C1
6
2
3
(a) Elastic curve equation:
M 0 x 2 M 0 x3 M 0 Lx
EI v
2
6L
3

(b) Slope at A:
dv
M 0 (0)
A
dx A
(c) Slope at B:
dv
M 0 ( L)
B
dx B
EI

M 0 (0)2
2L EI

M0L
3EI

M 0 ( L) 2
2 L EI

M 0L
3EI

M0x 2
x
6 L EI

3Lx 2 L2

M0L
3EI

Ans.

Ans.

M0
6 L 3L 2L
6 EI

M0L
6 EI

Ans.

## (d) Deflection at midspan:

vx

L/2

M 0 ( L / 2)
6 L EI

L
2

3L

L
2

2 L2

M 0 L2
16 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.6, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, (b) the maximum deflection, and (c) the
slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.6

Solution
Moment equation:

wLx wx 2
0
a
2
2
wx 2 wLx
M ( x)
2
2
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
wx 2 wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
2
3
2
dv
wx
wLx
EI
C1
dx
6
4
wx 4 wLx3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
12
Ma

M ( x)

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w(0) 4 wL(0)3
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
C2 0
24
12
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:
w( L) 4 wL( L)3
w( L)4 w( L)4
EI (0)
C1 ( L)
C1
24
12
24 L
12 L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
wx 4 wLx3 wL3 x
wx
EI v
v
x3 2Lx 2 L3
24
12
24
24EI
(b) Maximum deflection: At x = L/2:
vmax

w( L / 2)
24 EI

L
2

L
2L
2

2
2

wL L3
48 EI 8

L3
2

5wL4
384 EI

wL3
24

Ans.

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:
dv
dx

A
A

w(0)3
6 EI

wL(0) 2
4 EI

wL3
24 EI

wL3
24 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.7, use the double-integration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for segment AB of the
beam, (b) the deflection midway between
the two supports, (c) the slope at A, and
(d) the slope at B. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.7

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

MA

By L
By

By

3L
P 0
2
3P
and
2

Ay

P
2

Moment equation:
P
x 0
2
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
Px
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
2
dv
Px
EI
C1
dx
4
Px 3
EI v
C1 x C2
12
Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

Px
2

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
P(0)3
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
C2 0
12
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:
P ( L )3
PL2
EI (0)
C1 ( L)
C1
12
12

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Px3 PL2 x
Px
EI v
v
L2 x 2
12
12
12 EI

Ans.

## (b) Deflection at midspan:

vx

L/2

P( L / 2) 2
L
12 EI

L
2

PL 3L
24 EI 4

PL3
32 EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:
dv
dx

A
A

P(0)2
4 EI

PL2
12 EI

P( L) 2
4 EI

PL2
12 EI

PL2
12 EI

Ans.

(d) Slope at B:
dv
dx

B
B

PL2
6 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.8, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for segment BC of the beam, (b) the
deflection midway between B and C, and (c)
the slope at C. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.8

Solution
Beam FBD:
M B PL C y (4 L) P (5L)

Fy

Cy

By

Cy

By

2P

Moment equation:
M a a M ( x) By x P( L x)

M ( x)

M ( x) Px P( L x) 0

PL

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
EI 2 M ( x)
PL
dx
dv
EI
PLx C1
dx
PLx 2
EI v
C1 x C2
2

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x 4L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
PL(0) 2
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
C2 0
2
Substitute x = 4L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:
PL(4 L) 2
EI (0)
C1 (4 L)
C1 2 PL2
2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PLx 2
PLx
EI v
2PL2 x
v
4L x
2
2EI

Ans.

## (b) Deflection at midspan:

vx

2L

PL(2 L)
4 L ( 2 L)
2 EI

2 PL3
EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at C:
dv
dx C

PL(4 L)
EI

2 PL2
EI

2 PL2
EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.9, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
segment AB of the beam, (b) the deflection
midway between A and B, and (c) the slope at B.
Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.9

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

Fy

wL2
5L
P
By L
2
4
wL 5 P
By
2
4
Ay By wL P 0
Ay

wL
2

P
4

Moment equation:

wx 2
wx 2
A
x
M
(
x
)
a
y
2
2
2
wx
wLx Px
M ( x)
2
2
4
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
wx 2 wLx Px
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
2
4
3
2
2
dv
wx
wLx
Px
EI
C1
dx
6
4
8
wx 4 wLx3 Px3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
12
24
Ma

M ( x)

wLx
2

Px
4

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w(0) 4 wL(0)3 P(0)3
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
24
12
24
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:
w( L) 4 wL( L)3 P( L)3
EI (0)
C1 ( L)
24
12
24

C2

C1

0
wL3
24

PL2
24

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Elastic curve equation for segment AB of the beam:

wx 4 wLx3 Px3 wL3 x PL2 x
EI v
24
12
24
24
24
wx
Px
v
x3 2 Lx 2 L3
x 2 L2
24 EI
24 EI

Ans.

## (b) Deflection at midspan:

vx

L/2

w( L / 2)
24 EI

L
2

5wL4
384 EI

PL3
64 EI

2L

L
2

L3

P ( L / 2)
24 EI

L
2

L2

Ans.

(c) Slope at B:
dv
dx

B
B

w( L)3
6 EI

wL( L) 2
4 EI

P ( L) 2
8EI

wL3
24 EI

PL2
24 EI

wL3
24 EI

PL2
12 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.10, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
segment AC of the beam, (b) the deflection at B,
and (c) the slope at A. Assume that EI is constant
for the beam.
Fig. P10.10

Solution
Beam FBD:

MA

Ay

3L
C y (2 L)
2
9wL
4
C y w(3L) 0

Ay

3wL

w(3L)
Cy

Fy

9wL
4

3wL
4

M ( x)

Ay x wx

x
2

M ( x)

wx 2
2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

3wL
x
x wx
4
2

3wLx
4

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
wx 2 3wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
4
3
2
dv
wx 3wLx
EI
C1
dx
6
8
wx 4 3wLx3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
24

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x 2L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w(0) 4 3wL(0)3
EI (0)
C1 (0) C2
24
24
Substitute x = 2L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:
w(2 L) 4 3wL(2 L)3
EI (0)
C1 (2 L)
24
24
8wL3 12wL3
wL3
C1
24
24
6

C2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Elastic curve equation for segment AC of the beam:

wx 4 3wLx 3 wL3 x
wx 3
EI v
x 3Lx 2 4 L3
24
24
6
24
wx
v
x3 3Lx 2 4 L3
24 EI

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:

w( L)
( L) 3
24 EI

vB

3L( L)

wL4
12 EI

4L

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:
dv
dx

A
A

w(0)3
6 EI

3wL(0) 2
8EI

wL3
6 EI

wL3
6 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.11 For the simply supported steel beam [E =

200 GPa; I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig.
P10.11, use the double-integration method to
determine the deflection at B. Assume L = 4 m, P
= 60 kN, and w = 40 kN/m.

Fig. P10.11

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

wL
Cy

Fy

Ay
Ay

L
L
P
C y ( L)
2
2
wL P
2
2
C y w( L) P 0
wL
2

P
2

Moment equation:
wx 2
M a a M ( x)
Ay x M ( x)
2
wx 2 wLx Px
M ( x)
2
2
2

wx 2
2

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
wx 2 wLx Px
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
2
2
3
2
2
dv
wx
wLx
Px
EI
C1
dx
6
4
4
wx 4 wLx3 Px3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
12
12

wLx
2

Px
2

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
L
0 at
x
dx
2
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into
Eq. (b) to determine C1:
w( L / 2)3 wL( L / 2) 2 P( L / 2) 2
EI (0)
C1
6
4
4
wL3 wL3 PL2
wL3 PL2
C1
48
16
16
24
16
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Elastic curve equation:

wx 4 wLx 3 Px 3 wL3 x PL2 x
EI v
24
12
12
24
16
wx
Px
v
x 3 2 Lx 2 L3
3L2
24 EI
48 EI

4x2

Deflection at B: At x = L/2:
5wL4
PL3
vB
384 EI 48 EI
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w = 40 kN/m, P = 60 kN, and L = 4 m.
5(40 N/mm)(4,000 mm) 4
(60,000 N)(4,000 mm)3
vB
384(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 ) 48(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 )
5.1680 mm 3.1008 mm

8.27 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.12 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.12, use the
double-integration method to determine the
deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kN, and
w = 30 kN/m.
Fig. P10.12

Solution
Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x)

wx 2
2

Px

M ( x)

wx 2
2

Px

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
wx 2
EI 2 M ( x)
Px
dx
2
dv
wx3 Px 2
EI
C1
dx
6
2
wx 4 Px 3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
6

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x L
dv
0 at
x L
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:
w( L)3 P( L) 2
wL3 PL2
EI (0)
C1
C1
6
2
6
2
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w( L)4 P( L)3 wL3
PL2
wL4
EI (0)
( L)
( L) C2
24
6
6
2
24
4
3
wL PL
C2
8
3

wL4
6

PL3
6

PL3
2

C2

## Elastic curve equation:

wx 4 wL3 x wL4 Px 3 PL2 x PL3
EI v
24
6
8
6
2
3
w
P
v
x 4 4 L3 x 3L4
x 3 3L2 x 2 L3
24 EI
6 EI
Deflection at A:
w
vA
(0) 4
24 EI

4 L3 (0) 3L4

P
(0)3 3L2 (0) 2 L3
6 EI

3wL4
24 EI

PL3
3EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w = 30 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.
3(30 N/mm)(2,500 mm)4
(50,000 N)(2,500 mm)3
vA
24(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 ) 3(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 )
5.6777 mm 10.0937 mm

= 15.77 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.13 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.13, use the
double-integration method to determine the
deflection at B. Assume L = 3 m, M0 = 70 kN-m,
and w = 15 kN/m.
Fig. P10.13

Solution
Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)
M ( x)

w( L x)2
M0 0
2
w( L x)2
M0
2

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
w( L x)2
w 2
EI 2 M ( x)
M0
L 2 Lx
dx
2
2
dv
wL2 x wLx 2 wx3
EI
M 0 x C1
dx
2
2
6
wL2 x 2 wLx3 wx 4 M 0 x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
4
6
24
2

x2

M0

wL2
2

wLx

wx 2
2

M0

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
0 at
x 0
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C2 = 0.
Elastic curve equation:
wL2 x 2 wLx3 wx 4 M 0 x 2
EI v
4
6
24
2
w
v
x 4 4 Lx3 6 L2 x 2
24 EI

M 0 x2
2 EI

Deflection at B:
w
vB
( L) 4
24 EI

M 0 ( L) 2
2 EI

4 L( L)3

6 L2 ( L) 2

wL4
8EI

M 0 L2
2 EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w = 15 kN/m, M0 = 70 kN-m, and L = 3 m.

(15 N/mm)(3,000 mm)4
(70 kN-m)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)(3,000 mm)2
vB
8(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )
2(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm4 )
5.8866 mm 12.2093 mm

= 18.10 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.14 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.14, use the
double-integration method to determine the
deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kN-m,
and w0 = 90 kN/m.
Fig. P10.14

Solution
Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)
M ( x)

w0 x
x
( x)
2L
3
w0 x3
6L

Px

Px

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
w0 x 3
EI 2 M ( x)
Px
dx
6L
dv
w0 x 4 Px 2
EI
C1
dx
24 L
2
w0 x5 Px3
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
6

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x L
dv
0 at
x L
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:
w0 ( L) 4 P( L) 2
w0 L3 PL2
EI (0)
C1
C1
24 L
2
24
2
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:
w0 ( L)5 P( L)3 w0 L3
PL2
w0 L4 w0 L4
EI (0)
( L)
( L) C2
120 L
6
24
2
120
24
4
3
w0 L PL
C2
30
3
Elastic curve equation:
w0 x5 Px3 w0 L3
PL2
EI v
x
x
120 L
6
24
2
w0
v
x5 5L4 x 4 L5
120 L EI

PL3
6

PL3
2

C2

w0 L4 PL3
30
3
P
x3 3L2 x 2 L3
6 EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Deflection at A:
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w0 = 90 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.
w0
P
vA
(0)5 5 L4 (0) 4 L5
(0)3 3L2 (0) 2 L3
120 L EI
6 EI
w0 L4
30 EI

PL3
3EI
(90 N/mm)(2,500 mm) 4
30(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )
4.5422 mm 10.0937 mm
= 14.64 mm

## (50,000 N)(2,500 mm)3

3(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.15, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the
free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume
that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.15

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

w0 L 2 L
2
3

MA
MA

Fy

Ay
Ay

w0 L2
3
w0 L
0
2
w0 L
2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A
M ( x)

w0 L2
3

w0 x
x
( x)
2L
3
w0 x
x
( x)
2L
3

Ay x
w0 L
( x)
2

w0 x3 w0 Lx w0 L2
M ( x)
6L
2
3
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
w0 x3 w0 Lx w0 L2
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
6L
2
3
4
2
2
dv
w0 x
w0 Lx
w0 L x
EI
C1
dx
24 L
4
3
w0 x5 w0 Lx 3 w0 L2 x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
12
6

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
0 at
x 0
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C1 = 0.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 w0 L2 x 2
EI v
120 L
12
6

w0 x 2
x3 10 L2 x 20 L3
120 L EI

Ans.

## (b) Deflection at the free end:

w0
( L)5 10 L2 ( L)3
120 L EI

vB

20 L ( L)

11w0 L4
120 EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at the free end:

dv
dx

B
B

w0 ( L)4
24 L

w0 L( L)2
4

w0 L2 ( L)
3

w0 L3
24

6w0 L3
24

8w0 L3
24

w0 L3
8EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.16, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the
free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume
that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.16

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

MA
MA

Fy

Ay
Ay

w0 L L
2 3

w0 L2
6
w0 L
0
2
w0 L
2

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

w0 ( L x)3
2L
3

w0
( L x )3
6L
w0 3
( L 3L2 x 3Lx 2
6L
w0 L2 w0 Lx w0 x 2
6
2
2

x3 )
w0 x 3
6L

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
w0 x3 w0 x 2 w0 Lx w0 L2
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
6L
2
2
6
4
3
2
2
dv w0 x
w0 x
w0 Lx
w0 L x
EI
C1
dx 24 L
6
4
6
w0 x5 w0 x 4 w0 Lx3 w0 L2 x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
24
12
12

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
0 at
x 0
dx

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C1 = 0.
(a) Elastic curve equation:
w0 x5 w0 x 4 w0 Lx3
EI v
120 L
24
12

w0 x 2
120 L EI

x3

w0 L2 x 2
12
5Lx 2 10 L2 x 10 L3

Ans.

w0
( L)5
120 L EI

vB

4w0 L5
120 L EI

w0 L4
30 EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at the free end:

dv
dx

B
B

w0 ( L)4
24 L EI

w0 ( L)3
6 EI

w0 L( L) 2
4 EI

w0 L2 ( L)
6 EI

w0 L3
24 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.17, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at B, (c) the
deflection at the free end, and (d) the slope at the
free end. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.17

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

wL L
2 2

MA
MA

Fy

Ay
Ay

L
4

3wL2
8
wL
0
2
wL
2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A
M ( x)

Ay x

3wL2
8

M ( x)

3wL2
8

wL
x
2

wLx
2

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
3wL2 wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
8
2
2
2
dv
3wL x wLx
EI
C1
dx
8
4
3wL2 x 2 wLx3
EI v
C1 x C2
16
12

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
dv
0 at
x 0
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C1 = 0.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

3wL2 x 2 wLx 3
EI v
16
12
v

wLx 2
9L 4 x
48 EI

dv
3wL2 ( L / 2)
B
dx B
8EI

(0

wL( L / 2) 2
4EI

wL( L / 2)2
L
vB
9L 4
48EI
2

L / 2)

wL3
8EI

7wL4
192EI

Moment equation:

Mb

M ( x) M A
M ( x)

M ( x)

Ay x

3wL2
8
2

w
x
2

L
2

wx 2
2

wLx

w
x
2

L
2

wL
x
2

w
x
2

wL
x
2

3wL2
8

L
2

x
x

wL2
2

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
wx 2
wL2
EI 2 M ( x)
wLx
dx
2
2
3
2
2
dv
wx
wLx
wL x
EI
C3
dx
6
2
2
wx 4 wLx3 wL2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
24
6
4
Continuity conditions:
7 wL4
v
at
192 EI
dv
wL3
at
dx
8EI

(c)
(d)

L
2
L
2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:
Substitute the slope continuity condition into Eq. (c) for x = L/2 and solve for C3:
dv
w( L / 2)3 wL( L / 2) 2 wL2 ( L / 2)
wL3
EI
C3
dx
6
2
2
8
3
wL
C3
48
Next, substitute the deflection continuity condition into Eq. (d) for x = L/2 and solve for C4
w( L / 2)4 wL( L / 2)3 wL2 ( L / 2)2 wL3
7 wL4
EI v
( L / 2) C4
24
6
4
48
192
4
wL
C4
384
Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
wx 4 wLx3 wL2 x 2 wL3 x wL4
EI v
24
6
4
48
384
w
v
16 x 4 64 Lx3 96 L2 x 2 8L3 x
384 EI

L4

(L / 2

L)

## (a) Elastic curve equations for entire beam:

v

wLx 2
9L 4 x
48EI

w
16 x 4
384EI

(0

64Lx3

96L2 x 2

Ans.

L / 2)

8L3 x

L4

(L / 2

L)

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:
vB

7 wL4
192 EI

Ans.

vC

w
16( L)4
384 EI

64 L( L)3

96 L2 ( L) 2

## (d) Slope at free end of cantilever:

dv
8w( L)3 24wL( L) 2 24 wL2 ( L)
EI
dx
48
48
48
dv
dx C

7 wL3
48 EI

8L3 ( L)

wL3
48

L4

41wL4
384 EI

Ans.

7 wL3
48

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.18, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, and (b) the deflection at B. Assume that
EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.18

Solution
Beam FBD:

MA

wL L
0
2 4
wL
8
wL
Cy
0
2
3wL
8

C y ( L)
Cy

Fy

Ay
Ay

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)
M ( x)

wx 2
Ay x M ( x)
2
wx 2 3wLx
2
8

wx 2
2

3wL
x
8

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
wx 2 3wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
8
3
2
dv
wx 3wLx
EI
C1
dx
6
16
wx 4 wLx 3
EI v
C1 x C2
24
16

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0.
Slope at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (a).
dv
w( L / 2)3 3wL( L / 2) 2
EI
EI B
dx B
6
16

C1

wL3
48

3wL3
64

C1

5wL3
192

C1

(c)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w( L / 2)4
24

EI vB

wL( L / 2)3
16

C1 ( L / 2)

wL4
384

wL4
128

C1L
2

wL4
192

C1L
2

(d)

## Consider beam segment BC (L/2 x L)

Moment equation:
Mb

M ( x) C y ( L

x)

wL
(L
8
wLx
8

M ( x)

wL
wL2
( L x)
8
8
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
wLx wL2
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
8
8
2
2
dv
wLx
wL x
EI
C3
dx
16
8
wLx3 wL2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
48
16
M ( x)

x)

(e)
(f)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find
wL( L)3 wL2 ( L) 2
EI (0)
C3 ( L) C4
48
16
C3 L C4

wL4
24

(g)

dv
EI
dx

EI

wL( L / 2)2
16

wL2 ( L / 2)
C3
8

wL3
64

wL3
16

C3

3wL3
64

C3

(h)

## Deflection at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (f).

EI vB

wL( L / 2)3
48

wL2 ( L / 2) 2
16

C3 ( L / 2) C4

5wL4
384

C3 L
2

C4

Continuity conditions:
Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):
5wL3
3wL3
C1
C3
192
64

(i)

(j)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Further, the deflection at B must be the same for both segments; therefore, equate Eqs. (d) and (i):
wL4 C1L 5wL4 C3 L
C4
192
2
384
2

(k)

Evaluate constants: Solve Eqs. (g), (j), and (k) simultaneously to determine the values of constants C1,
C3, and C4:
9wL3
17 wL3
wL4
C1
C3
C4
384
384
384
(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:
wx 4 wLx 3 9wL3 x
EI v
24
16
384
wx
v
16 x3 24 Lx 2 9 L3
384 EI
(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
wLx3 wL2 x 2 17 wL3 x wL4
EI v
48
16
384
384
wL
v
8 x3 24 Lx 2 17 L2 x L3
384 EI

(0

(L / 2

L / 2)

Ans.

Ans.

L)

(b) Deflection at B:
EI vB

wL4
192

9wL4
768

5wL4
768

vB

5wL4
768EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.19, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the entire beam, (b) the deflection at C, and (c) the
slope at B. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.19

Solution
Beam FBD:
MA

By (3L) wL 3L
7 wL
6
By wL

By
Fy

Ay

L
2

wL
6

Ay

## Consider beam segment AB (0 x 3L)

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

Ay x

wL
x
6

M ( x)

wLx
6
Integration of moment equation:
d 2v
wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
6
2
dv
wLx
EI
C1
dx
12
wLx3
EI v
C1 x C2
36
M ( x)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0

(a)
(b)

and

v 0 at

x 3L

Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)
and solve for C1:
wL(3L)3
9wL3 wL3
EI (0)
C1 (3L)
C1
36
36
4
Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (a).

EI

dv
dx

EI
B

wL(3L)2
12

wL3
4

wL3
2

(c)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Moment equation:
Mb

w
(4 L x) 2
2
w(4 L x) 2
2

M ( x)

M ( x)

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
w(4 L x) 2
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
2
3
dv w(4 L x)
EI
C3
dx
6
w(4 L x) 4
EI v
C3 x C4
24

(e)
(f)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 3L
Substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find
w(4 L 3L)4
wL4
EI (0)
C3 (3L) C4
24
24
4
wL
C4
(3L)C3
24

C3 (3L) C4
(g)

## Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (e).

EI

dv
dx

EI
B

w(4L 3L)3
6

C3

wL3
6

C3

Continuity conditions:
Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):
wL3 wL3
2wL3
C3
C3
2
6
3
Backsubstitute this result into Eq. (g) to determine C4:
wL4
wL4
2wL3
49wL4
C4
(3L)C3
(3L)
24
24
3
24

(h)

(i)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:

wL x3 9wL3 x
EI v
36
36
wL x 2
v
x 9 L2
(0 x 3L)
36 EI
Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
w(4 L x) 4 2wL3 x 49wL4
EI v
24
3
24
w
v
(4 L x) 4 16 L3 x 49 L4
24 EI
(b) Deflection at C:
w
vC
(4 L 4 L) 4 16 L3 (4 L) 49 L4
24 EI
vC

(3L

Ans.

w
64 L4
24 EI

5wL4
8 EI

Ans.

4 L)

49 L4

15wL4
24 EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (a).

EI

dv
dx

EI
B

wL3
2

dv
dx

B
B

wL3
2 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.20, use the double-integration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, (b) the location of the maximum
deflection, and (c) the maximum beam deflection.
Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.20

Solution
Beam FBD:

MA

By L
By

Fy

Ay
Ay

w0 L 2 L
0
2
3
w0 L
3
w0 L
By
0
2
w0 L
6

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x
2L 3

Ay x

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x
2L 3

w0 Lx
6

M ( x)

w0 x 3
6L

w0 Lx
6

## Integration of moment equation:

d 2v
w0 x3 w0 Lx
EI 2 M ( x)
dx
6L
6
4
2
dv
w0 x
w0 Lx
EI
C1
dx
24 L
12
w0 x5 w0 Lx3
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
36

(a)
(b)

Boundary conditions:
v 0
at
x 0
v 0
at
x L

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)
and solve for C1:
w0 ( L)5 w0 L( L)3
7 w0 L3
EI (0)
C1 ( L)
C1
120 L
36
360
(a) Elastic curve equation:
w0 x5 w0 Lx3 7 w0 L3 x
EI v
120 L
36
360

w0 x
3x 4 10 L2 x 2
360 L EI

7 L4

Ans.

(b) Location of maximum deflection: The maximum deflection occurs where the beam slope is zero.
Therefore, set the beam slope equation [Eq. (a)] equal to zero:
dv
w0 x 4 w0 Lx 2 7 w0 L3
EI
0
dx
24 L
12
360
Multiply by 360L/w0 to obtain:
15 x 4 30 L2 x 2 7 L4 0
Solve this equation numerically to obtain:
x = 0.51932962236L 0.51933L
Ans.
(c) Maximum beam deflection:
w0 (0.51933L)
vmax
3(0.51933L) 4 10 L2 (0.51933L) 2
360 L EI
w0 (0.51933)
4.52118 L4
360 EI

(0.0065222) w0 L4
EI

7 L4
0.00652

w0 L4
EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.21, integrate the load distribution to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the beam, and (b) the maximum
deflection for the beam. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.21

Solution
d 4v
w0 x
EI 4
dx
L
3
d v
w0 x 2
EI 3
C1
dx
2L
d 2v
w0 x3
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
6L
dv
w0 x 4 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
24 L
2
w0 x5 C1 x 3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
120 L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 3v
at x 0, V EI 3 0
dx
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
dv
w0 ( L) 4
at x L,
0
C3 0
dx
24 L
w0 ( L)5 w0 L3 ( L)
at x L, v 0
C4
120 L
24
(a) Elastic curve equation:
w0 x5 w0 L3 x w0 L4
EI v
120 L
24
30

C1

C2

C3
0

w0
x5
120 LEI

C4

w0 L3
24
w0 L4
30

5L4 x 4 L5

Ans.

## (b) Maximum deflection:

vmax

w0
(0)5
120 LEI

5L (0) 4 L

w0 L4
30 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.22, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the beam, and (b) the deflection
midway between the supports. Assume
that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.22

Solution
d 4v
w0 x
EI 4
dx
L
3
d v
w0 x 2
EI 3
C1
dx
2L
d 2v
w0 x3
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
6L
dv
w0 x 4 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
24 L
2
w0 x5 C1 x 3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
120 L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
d 2v
w0 ( L)3
at x L, M EI 2 0
dx
6L
at x 0, v 0
at x

L, v

w0 ( L)5
120 L

C2
C1 ( L)

C1
C4

w0 Lx 3
36

## (a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 7 w0 L3 x
EI v
120 L
36
360

C3 x

0
w0 L
6
0

C3

w0
3x5 10 L2 x3
360 L EI

7 w0 L3
360

7 L4 x

Ans.

## (b) Deflection midway between the supports:

vx

L /2

w0
3( L / 2)5 10 L2 ( L / 2)3 7 L4 ( L / 2)
360 LEI

5w0 L4
768EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.23, integrate the load distribution to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions By and
MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.23

Solution
d 4v
w0 x3
EI 4
dx
L3
d 3v
w0 x 4
EI 3
C1
dx
4 L3
d 2v
w0 x5
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
20 L3
dv
w0 x 6 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
120 L3
2
w0 x 7 C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
840 L3
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 3v
at x 0, V EI 3 0
dx
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
dv
w0 ( L)6
at x L,
0
C3 0
dx
120 L3
w0 ( L)7 w0 L3 ( L)
at x L, v 0
840 L3
120
(a) Elastic curve equation:
w0 x 7 7 w0 L3 x 6w0 L4
EI v
v
840 L3
840
840

C1

C2

C3
C4

C4

w0
x7
840 L3 EI

w0 L3
120
6w0 L4
840

7 L6 x 6 L7

Ans.

## (b) Deflection at left end of beam:

vmax

w0
(0)7 7 L6 (0) 6 L7
3
840 L EI

## (c) Support reactions By and MB:

d 3v
w0 ( L)4
w0 L
VB EI 3
3
dx x L
4L
4
MB

d 2v
EI 2
dx

x L

w0 ( L)5
20 L3

w0 L2
20

6w0 L7
840 L3 EI

By

w0 L4
140 EI

w0 L
4
MB

Ans.

Ans.
w0 L2
(cw)
20

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.24, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection midway between
the supports, and (c) the support reactions
Ay and By. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.24

Solution
d 4v
w0 x3
EI 4
dx
L3
d 3v
w0 x 4
EI 3
C1
dx
4 L3
d 2v
w0 x5
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
20 L3
dv
w0 x 6 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
120 L3
2
w0 x 7 C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
840 L3
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
d 2v
w0 ( L)5
at x L, M EI 2 0
C1 ( L)
dx
20 L3
at x 0, v 0
at x

L, v

w0 ( L)7
840 L3

w0 L( L)3
120

C2
0

C4

C3 ( L)

## (a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x 7 w0 Lx3 6w0 L3 x
EI v
840 L3
120
840

C1

C3

0
w0 L
20
0
6w0 L3
840

w0
x 7 7 L4 x3 6 L6 x
840 L3 EI

Ans.

13w0 L4
5120 EI

Ans.

vx

w0
840 L3 EI

L /2

L
2

7
4

7L

L
2

## (c) Support reactions Ay and By:

d 3v
w0 (0)4 w0 L
VA EI 3
dx x 0
4L3
20

VB

EI

d 3v
dx3

x L

w0 ( L)4
4 L3

w0 L
20

6 L6

w0 L
20
4w0 L
20

L
2

Ay

w0 L
20

Ans.

By

w0 L
5

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.25, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions By and
MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.25

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4
w0 cos
dx
2L
3
d v
2w0 L
x
EI 3
sin
C1
dx
2L
d 2v 4w0 L2
x
EI 2
cos
C1 x C2
2
dx
2L
dv 8w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
sin
C2 x C3
3
dx
2L
2
16w0 L4
x C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
cos
C3 x C4
4
2L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 3v
at x 0, V EI 3 0
C1 0
dx
d 2v
4w0 L2
(0)
4w0 L2
at x 0, M EI 2 0
cos
C
0
C
2
2
2
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
( L) 4w0 L2 ( L)
4w0 L3
at x L,
0
sin
C
0
C
(2
3
3
3
2
3
dx
2L
16w0 L4
( L) 4w0 L2 ( L) 2 4w0 L3 ( L)
at x L, v 0
cos
(2
) C4 0
4
3
2L
2 2
2w0 L4
C4
(4
)
3
(a) Elastic curve equation:
16w0 L4
x 4w0 L2 x 2
EI v
cos
4
2L
2 2

w0
x
32 L4 cos
4
2 EI
2L

4w0 L3
3

(2

4 2 L2 x 2

2w0 L4

8 L3 x(2

(4

) 4 L4 (4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w0
(0)
vA
32 L4 cos
4
4
2 EI
2L

w0
32 L4
4
2 EI

4 L (4

2 2

L (0) 2

8 L3 (0)(2

) 4 L4 (4

w0 L4
32 4 (4
2 4 EI

w0 L4
0.1089
EI

Ans.

## (c) Support reactions By and MB:

d 3v
2w0 L
( L)
VB EI 3
sin
dx x L
2L
MB

d 2v
EI 2
dx

4w0 L2
2
x L

( L)
cos
2L

2w0 L
4w0 L2
2

By
4w0 L2
2

MB

2w0 L
4w0 L2
2

Ans.
(cw)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.26, integrate the load
distribution to determine (a) the equation
of the elastic curve, (b) the deflection
midway between the supports, (c) the
slope at the left end of the beam, and (d)
the support reactions Ay and By. Assume
that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.26

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4
w0 sin
dx
L
3
d v w0 L
x
EI 3
cos
C1
dx
L
d 2v w0 L2
x
EI 2
sin
C1 x C2
2
dx
L
dv
w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
cos
C2 x C3
3
dx
L
2
w0 L4
x C1 x 3 C2 x 2
EI v
sin
C3 x C4
4
L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
d 2v
w0 L2
( L)
at x L, M EI 2 0
sin
C1 ( L)
2
dx
L
at x 0, v 0
at x

L, v

w0 L4

( L)
L

sin

C3 ( L)

C2

C1

C4

C3

w0 L4

EI v

x
sin
L

w0 L4
x
sin
4
EI
L

Ans.

vx

w0 L4
( L / 2)
sin
4
EI
L

L/2

w0 L4
4
EI

Ans.

## (c) Slope at the left end of the beam:

EI

dv
dx

EI
A

w0 L3
A

cos

(0)
L

w0 L3
3

w0 L3
3
EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (d) Support reactions Ay and By:

d 3v
w0 L
(0)
VA EI 3
cos
dx x 0
L

VB

EI

d 3v
dx3

w0 L
x L

cos

( L)
L

w0 L
w0 L

Ay
By

w0 L

Ans.

w0 L

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.27, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection midway between
the supports, (c) the slope at the left end of
the beam, and (d) the support reactions Ay
and By. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.27

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4
w0 sin
dx
2L
3
d v 2w0 L
x
EI 3
cos
C1
dx
2L
d 2v 4w0 L2
x
EI 2
sin
C1 x C2
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
cos
C2 x C3
3
dx
2L
2
16w0 L4
x C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
sin
C3 x C4
4
2L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 2v
at x 0, M EI 2 0
dx
d 2v
4w0 L2
( L)
at x L, M EI 2 0
sin
2
dx
2L
at x 0, v 0
at x

L, v

16w0 L4
4

sin

2w0
x
24 L4 sin
4
3 EI
2L

C1 ( L)

4w0 L( L)3
6 2

( L)
2L

## (a) Elastic curve equation:

16w0 L4
x 4w0 Lx3
EI v
sin
4
2L
6 2

C2

2w0 L3 x
(24
3 4
2

Lx3

C3 ( L)

(24

0
4w0 L

C1

C4

C3

2w0 L3
(24
3 4

)
2

) L3 x

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vx

2w0
( L / 2)
24 L4 sin
4
3 EI
2L

L/2

2w0 L4
24sin
3 4 EI
4

(24

L
2

3
2

(24

) L3

L
2

2w0 L
(1.2694611)
3 4 EI
0.0086882

w0 L4
EI

dv
8w0 L3
(0)
EI
EI A
cos
3
dx A
2L
8w0 L3

VB

EI
By

2w0 L
2

d 3v
dx3

4w0 L
2

w0 L3

8
3

4w0 L
2

16
4

2
3

0.026209 w0 L3

Ans.

2w0 L
2

2)
Ans.

2)
2w0 L

x L

2 w0 L3
(24
3 4

w0 L3
0.0262
EI

## (d) Support reactions Ay and By:

d 3v
2w0 L
(0)
VA EI 3
cos
dx x 0
2L

Ay

Ans.

2 w0 L(0) 2

2 w0 L3
(24
3 4

w0 L4
EI

0.00869

cos

( L)
2L

4w0 L
2

4w0 L
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.28, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions By and
MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.28

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4
w0 sin
dx
2L
3
d v 2w0 L
x
EI 3
cos
C1
dx
2L
d 2v 4w0 L2
x
EI 2
sin
C1 x C2
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
cos
C2 x C3
3
dx
2L
2
16w0 L4
x C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
sin
C3 x C4
4
2L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
d 3v
2w0 L
(0)
at x 0, V EI 3 0
cos
C1 0
dx
2L
d 2v
4w0 L2
(0) 2w0 L(0)
at x 0, M EI 2 0
sin
C2 0
2
dx
2L
8w0 L3
dv
( L) 2w0 L( L) 2
at x L,
0
cos
C3 0
3
dx
2L
2
16 w0 L4
( L) 2 w0 L( L)3 w0 L3 ( L)
at x L, v 0
sin
C4
4
2L
6
2 w0 L4
3
C4
(24
)
3 4
(a) Elastic curve equation:
16w0 L4
x 2w0 Lx3
EI v
sin
4
2L
6

w0
x
48L4 sin
4
3 EI
2L

w0 L3 x
3

2w0 L4
(24
3 4

Lx3 3 3 L3 x 2(24

2w0 L

C1
C2
C3

0
w0 L3

)
3

) L4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w0
(0)
3
vA
48L4 sin
L(0)3
4
3 EI
2L

w0
3 4 EI

2(24

3 3 L3 (0) 2(24

) L4

w0 L4
0.0479509
EI

)L

w0 L4
0.04795
EI

Ans.

## (c) Support reactions By and MB:

d 3v
2w0 L
( L)
VB EI 3
cos
dx x L
2L

MB

EI

d 2v
dx 2
MB

4w0 L2
2
x L

2w0 L2
2

sin

( L)
2L
2)

2w0 L

2w0 L

By

4w0 L2

2 w0 L( L)

2w0 L

Ans.

2w0 L2

2w0 L2
2

2)

(cw)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute the deflection
of the beam at D. Assume a constant value of EI =
1,750 kip-ft2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.29

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
MA
(5 kips)(4 ft) (3 kips)(13 ft) C y (10 ft) 0

Cy
Fy

Ay

Cy
Ay

5.90 kips
5 kips 3 kips

2.10 kips

w( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
0
V ( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft
5 kips x 4 ft
5.90 kips x 10 ft

M ( x)

2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

0
1

3 kips x 13 ft

3 kips x 13 ft
3 kips x 13 ft

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
1
1
EI 2 M ( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft
5 kips x 4 ft
5.90 kips x 10 ft
dx
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 2.10 kips
5 kips
2
2
EI
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
dx
2
2
5.90 kips
3 kips
2
2
x 10 ft
x 13 ft
C1
2
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2.10 kips
5 kips
3
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
6
6
5.90 kips
3
kips
3
3
x 10 ft
x 13 ft
C1 x C2
6
6

0
1

3 kips x 13 ft

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 10 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 10 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

2.10 kips
5 kips
EI v
(10 ft)3
(6 ft)3 C1 (10 ft) 0
6
6
C1
17 kip-ft 2
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 2.10 kips
5 kips
2
2
EI
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
dx
2
2
5.90 kips
3 kips
2
2
x 10 ft
x 13 ft
17 kip-ft 2
2
2
2.10 kips
5 kips
3
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
6
6
5.90 kips
3 kips
3
3
x 10 ft
x 13 ft
(17 kip-ft 2 ) x
6
6

(c)

(d)

Beam deflection at D: At the tip of the overhang where x = 13 ft, the beam deflection is:
2.10 kips
5 kips
5.90 kips
EI vD
(13 ft)3
(9 ft)3
(3 ft)3 (17 kip-ft 2 )(13 ft)
6
6
6
3
33.000 kip-ft
vD

33.000 kip-ft 3
1,750 kip-ft 2

0.018857 ft

0.226 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.30 The solid 30-mm-diameter steel [E = 200

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.30 supports two
functions to compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.

Fig. P10.30

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
Fy Ay 800 N 500 N 0

Ay
MA

1,300 N

## (800 N)(250 mm) (500 N)(600 mm) M A

MA
500,000 N-mm
w( x)
500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
1

800 N x 250 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm
1

500 N x 600 mm

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

1
0
V ( x)
500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
1,300 N x 0 mm

800 N x 250 mm

M ( x)

500 N x 600 mm

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
800 N x 250 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm

500 N x 600 mm

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
0
EI 2 M ( x)
500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
1,300 N x 0 mm
dx
1

800 N x 250 mm
500 N x 600 mm
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
1,300 N
1
2
EI
500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
x 0 mm
dx
2
800 N
500 N
2
2
x 250 mm
x 600 mm
C1
2
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
500,000 N-mm
1,300 N
2
3
EI v
x 0 mm
x 0 mm
2
6
800 N
500 N
3
3
x 250 mm
x 600 mm
C1 x C2
6
6

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 mm). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (a) to obtain:
C1 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
1,300 N
1
2
EI
500,000 N-mm x 0 mm
x 0 mm
dx
2
800 N
500 N
2
2
x 250 mm
x 600 mm
2
2
500,000 N-mm
1,300 N
2
3
EI v
x 0 mm
x 0 mm
2
6
800 N
500 N
3
3
x 250 mm
x 600 mm
6
6
Section properties:
I

(30 mm) 4

39,750.782 mm 4

64
EI 7.9522 109 N-mm 2

200 GPa

200,000 N/mm 2

## (a) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B where x = 250 mm is:

500,000 N-mm
1,300 N
EI vB
(250 mm) 2
(250 mm)3
2
6
9
3
12.2396 10 N-mm
vB
1.5392 mm 1.539 mm
7.9522 109 N-mm 2
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 600 mm is:
500,000 N-mm
1,300 N
800 N
EI vC
(600 mm) 2
(600 mm)3
(350 mm)3
2
6
6
48.9167 109 N-mm 3
vC
6.1514 mm 6.15 mm
7.9522 109 N-mm 2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at
C. Assume a constant value of EI = 560106 Nmm2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.31

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
M A (210 N-m)(1,000 mm/m) (1, 400 N)(450 mm)
E y (700 mm)
Ey
Fy

Ay

600 N

E y 1, 400 N
Ay

800 N

w( x) 800 N x 0 mm

1

1,400 N x 450 mm

600 N x 700 mm

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 800 N x 0 mm
210,000 N-mm x 200 mm

1,400 N x 450 mm
M ( x) 800 N x 0 mm

600 N x 700 mm

1,400 N x 450 mm

600 N x 700 mm

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
1
EI 2 M ( x) 800 N x 0 mm
210,000 N-mm x 200 mm
dx
1

1, 400 N x 450 mm
600 N x 700 mm
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 800 N
2
1
EI
x 0 mm
210,000 N-mm x 200 mm
dx
2
1, 400 N
600 N
2
2
x 450 mm
x 700 mm
C1
2
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
800 N
210,000 N-mm
3
2
EI v
x 0 mm
x 200 mm
6
2
1, 400 N
600 N
3
3
x 450 mm
x 700 mm
C1 x C2
6
6

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 700 mm). Substitute
the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 700 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
800 N
210,000 N-mm
1,400 N
0
(700 mm)3
(500 mm)2
(250 mm)3 C1 (700 mm)
6
2
6
2
C1
22,625,000 N-mm
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 800 N
2
1
EI
x 0 mm
210,000 N-mm x 200 mm
dx
2
1, 400 N
600 N
2
x 450 mm
x 700 mm
2
2
800 N
210,000 N-mm
3
2
EI v
x 0 mm
x 200 mm
6
2
1, 400 N
600 N
3
3
x 450 mm
x 700 mm
6
6

22,625,000 N-mm 2

(22,625,000 N-mm 2 ) x

## (a) Beam slope at C: The beam slope at C is:

dv
800 N
EI
(350 mm) 2 (210,000 N-mm)(150 mm) 22,625,000 N-mm 2
dx C
2
dv
dx C

560 106 N-mm 2

800 N
210,000 N-mm
EI vC
(350 mm)3
(150 mm)2
6
2
9
3
4.564583 10 N-mm
vC

560 106 N-mm 2

8.1510 mm

Ans.

## (22,625,000 N-mm 2 )(350 mm)

8.15 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.32 The solid 30-mm-diameter steel [E = 200

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.32 supports two
belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at A can be
idealized as a pin support and that the bearing at
E can be idealized as a roller support. For the
compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.
(b) the shaft deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.32

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
MA
(600 N)(300 mm) (800 N)(800 mm)
E y (1,000 mm)
Ey
Fy

Ay

Ey
Ay

820 N
600 N 800 N

580 N

w( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
0
V ( x) 580 N x 0 mm
600 N x 300 mm
800 N x 800 mm

M ( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

800 N x 800 mm

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
1
EI 2 M ( x) 580 N x 0 mm
600 N x 300 mm
dx
1

800 N x 800 mm

0
1

820 N x 1,000 mm

820 N x 1,000 mm
820 N x 1,000 mm

0
1

800 N x 800 mm
820 N x 1,000 mm
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 580 N
600 N
800 N
2
2
EI
x 0 mm
x 300 mm
x 800 mm
dx
2
2
2
820 N
2
x 1,000 mm
C1
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
580 N
600 N
800 N
3
3
3
EI v
x 0 mm
x 300 mm
x 800 mm
6
6
6
820 N
3
x 1,000 mm
C1 x C2
6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 1,000 mm). Substitute
the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1,000 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
580 N
600 N
800 N
0
(1,000 mm)3
(700 mm)3
(200 mm)3 C1 (1,000 mm)
6
6
6
6
2
C1
61.3 10 N-mm
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 580 N
600 N
800 N
2
2
EI
x 0 mm
x 300 mm
x 800 mm
dx
2
2
2
820 N
2
x 1,000 mm
61.3 106 N-mm 2
2
580 N
600 N
800 N
3
3
3
EI v
x 0 mm
x 300 mm
x 800 mm
6
6
6
820 N
3
x 1,000 mm
(61.3 106 N-mm 2 ) x
6

Section properties:
I

## (30 mm) 4 39,750.782 mm 4

64
EI 7.9522 109 N-mm 2

200 GPa

200,000 N/mm 2

## (a) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B where x = 300 mm is:

580 N
EI vB
(300 mm)3 (61.3 106 N-mm 2 )(300 mm)
6
15.7800 109 N-mm 3
vB
1.9844 mm 1.984 mm
7.9522 109 N-mm 2
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 500 mm is:
580 N
600 N
EI vC
(500 mm)3
(200 mm)3 (61.3 106 N-mm 2 )(500 mm)
6
6
9
3
19.3667 10 N-mm
vC
2.4354 mm 2.44 mm
7.9522 109 N-mm 2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.33 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.33

consists of a W530 74 structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 410 106 mm4].
Use discontinuity functions to compute the
Fig. P10.33

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
Fy Ay (30 kN/m)(3 m) 40 kN 0

Ay
MA

130 kN

## (30 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) (40 kN)(5 m) M A

MA
335 kN-m
w( x) 130 kN x 0 m

335 kN-m x 0 m
0

30 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m x 3 m

40 kN x 5 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 130 kN x 0 m
335 kN-m x 0 m
1

30 kN/m x 0 m
M ( x) 130 kN x 0 m

30 kN/m
x 0m
2

30 kN/m x 3 m
335 kN-m x 0 m
2

40 kN x 5 m

30 kN/m
x 3m
2

40 kN x 5 m

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
1
0
EI 2 M ( x) 130 kN x 0 m
335 kN-m x 0 m
dx
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
2
2
x 0m
x 3m
40 kN x 5 m
2
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 130 kN
2
1
EI
x 0m
335 kN-m x 0 m
dx
2
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
40 kN
3
3
2
x 0m
x 3m
x 5m
C1
6
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
130 kN
335 kN-m
3
2
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
6
2
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
40 kN
4
4
3
x 0m
x 3m
x 5m
C1 x C2
24
24
6

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
C1 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 130 kN
2
1
EI
x 0m
335 kN-m x 0 m
dx
2
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
40 kN
3
3
x 0m
x 3m
x 5m
6
6
2
130 kN
335 kN-m
3
2
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
6
2
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
40 kN
4
4
3
x 0m
x 3m
x 5m
24
24
6

Beam deflection at C: For the W530 74 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 82,000 kN-m2. At
the tip of the overhang where x = 5 m, the beam deflection is:
130 kN
335 kN-m
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
EI vC
(5 m)3
(5 m) 2
(5 m) 4
(2 m) 4
6
2
24
24
2, 240.416667 kN-m3
vC

2, 240.416667 kN-m3
82,000 kN-m 2

0.027322 m

27.3 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.34 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.34

consists of a W21 50 structural steel wide-flange
shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.4]. Use
discontinuity functions to compute the deflection
Fig. P10.34

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.

MA

(9 kips)(4 ft)
1
2

## 4 kips/ft 9 ft (13 ft) M A

MA
Fy

270.00 kip-ft
1
2

Ay

(9 kips)

Ay

27.00 kips

4 kips/ft 9 ft

w( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft
4 kips/ft
x 16 ft
9 ft

27 kips x 0 ft
4 kips/ft x 16 ft

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft
x 7 ft
9 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

V ( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft
4 kips/ft
x 16 ft
2(9 ft)

M ( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft
4 kips/ft
x 16 ft
6(9 ft)

27 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft
27 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft
x 16 ft
2

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft
x 7 ft
2(9 ft)

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft
x 7 ft
6(9 ft)

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
0
1
EI 2 M ( x)
270 kip-ft x 0 ft
27 kips x 0 ft
9 kips x 4 ft
dx
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
3
3
2
x 7 ft
x 16 ft
x 16 ft
6(9 ft)
6(9 ft)
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

27 kips
9 kips
2
x 0 ft
x
2
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4
4
x 7 ft
x 16 ft
24(9 ft)
24(9 ft)
6
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
270 kip-ft
27 kips
9 kips
2
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x
2
6
6
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
5
5
x 7 ft
x 16 ft
120(9 ft)
120(9 ft)
24
EI

dv
dx

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

4 ft

(a)
x 16 ft

4 ft

C1

x 16 ft

C1 x C2

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
C1 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
27 kips
9 kips
4 kips/ft
1
2
2
4
EI
270 kip-ft x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
x 7 ft
dx
2
2
24(9 ft)
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4
3
x 16 ft
x 16 ft
24(9 ft)
6
270 kip-ft
27 kips
9 kips
4 kips/ft
2
3
3
5
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 4 ft
x 7 ft
2
6
6
120(9 ft)
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
5
4
x 16 ft
x 16 ft
120(9 ft)
24
Beam deflection at D: For the W21 50 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kip-ft2.
At the tip of the overhang where x = 16 ft, the beam deflection is:
270 kip-ft
27 kips
9 kips
4 kips/ft
EI vD
(16 ft) 2
(16 ft)3
(12 ft)3
(9 ft)5
2
6
6
120(9 ft)
18,938.7 kip-ft 3
vD

18,938.7 kip-ft 3
198,166.658 kip-ft 2

0.095570 ft

1.147 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.35 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.35 consists of a W410 85 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 316 106
functions to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A
and (b) the deflection of the beam at midspan.
Fig. P10.35

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
MA
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(1.25 m)
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(6.75 m)
Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

Dy (8 m)

187.5 kN
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m) (75 kN/m)(2.5 m)

187.5 kN

w( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m

75 kN/m x 5.5 m

1
0

75 kN/m x 0 m
75 kN/m x 8 m

0
0

75 kN/m x 2.5 m

75 kN/m x 5.5 m

187.5 kN x 8 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m
75 kN/m x 0 m
75 kN/m x 2.5 m

1
0

75 kN/m x 8 m
187.5 kN x 8 m
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
1
2
2
M ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
2
2
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
2
2
1
x 5.5 m
x 8m
187.5 kN x 8 m
2
2
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
1
2
2
EI 2 M ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
2
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
2
2
x 5.5 m
x 8m
187.5 kN x 8 m
2
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
2
3
3
EI
x 0m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
6
6
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
187.5 kN
3
3
2
x 5.5 m
x 8m
x 8m
C1
6
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
3
4
4
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
6
24
24
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
187.5 kN
4
4
3
x 5.5 m
x 8m
x 8m
C1 x C2
24
24
6

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
0
(8 m)3
(8 m) 4
(5.5 m) 4
(2.5 m) 4 C1 (8 m)
6
24
24
24
2
C1
742.1875 kN-m
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
2
3
EI
x 0m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
6
6
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
187.5 kN
3
3
x 5.5 m
x 8m
x 8m
6
6
2
187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
3
4
4
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 2.5 m
6
24
24
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
187.5 kN
4
4
3
x 5.5 m
x 8m
x 8m
24
24
6

742.1875 kN-m 2

(742.1875 kN-m 2 ) x

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W410 85 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 63,200 kN-m2. The
beam slope at A is:
dv
EI
742.1875 kN-m 2
dx A
dv
dx

742.1875 kN-m 2
63, 200 kN-m 2

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:
187.5 kN
75 kN/m
75 kN/m
EI vmidspan
(4 m)3
(4 m) 4
(1.5 m) 4 (742.1875 kN-m 2 )(4 m)
6
24
24
3
1,752.929687 kN-m
vmidspan

1,752.929687 kN-m3
63, 200 kN-m 2

0.027736 m

27.7 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.36 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.36 consists of a W14 30 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 291 in.4].
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)
the deflection of the beam at midspan.
Fig. P10.36

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
MA
(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft)(12 ft) Dy (24 ft) 0

Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

15 kips
(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft)

15 kips

1

w( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 6 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 18 ft

15 kips x 24 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

V ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft
M ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 6 ft
2.5 kips/ft
x 6 ft
2

2.5 kips/ft x 18 ft
15 kips x 24 ft
2.5 kips/ft
2
x 18 ft
15 kips x 24 ft
2

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
2.5 kips/ft
1
2
EI 2 M ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft
x 6 ft
dx
2
2.5 kips/ft
2
1
x 18 ft
15 kips x 24 ft
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
2
3
EI
x 0 ft
x 6 ft
dx
2
6
2.5 kips/ft
15 kips
3
2
x 18 ft
x 24 ft
C1
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
3
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 6 ft
6
24
2.5 kips/ft
15 kips
4
3
x 18 ft
x 24 ft
C1 x C2
24
6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
2.5 kips/ft
0
(24 ft)3
(18 ft)4
(6 ft)4 C1 (24 ft)
6
24
24
2
C1
990 kip-ft

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
2
3
EI
x 0 ft
x 6 ft
dx
2
6
2.5 kips/ft
15
kips
3
2
x 18 ft
x 24 ft
990 kip-ft 2
6
2
15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
3
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 6 ft
6
24
2.5 kips/ft
15 kips
4
3
x 18 ft
x 24 ft
(990 kip-ft 2 ) x
24
6
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W14 30 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 58,604.164 kip-ft2.
The beam slope at A is:
dv
EI
990 kip-ft 2
dx A
dv
dx

990 kip-ft 2
58,604.164 kip-ft 2

(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 12 ft, the beam deflection is:
15 kips
2.5 kips/ft
EI vmidspan
(12 ft)3
(6 ft) 4 (990 kip-ft 2 )(12 ft)
7,695 kip-ft 3
6
24
7,695 kip-ft 3
vmidspan
0.131305 ft 1.576 in.
58,604.164 kip-ft 2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.37 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.37 consists of a W21 50 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.4].
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)
the deflection of the beam at B.
Fig. P10.37

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
MA
(7 kips/ft)(11 ft)(5.5 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)(15.5 ft)
C y (20 ft)
Cy
Fy

Ay

Cy
Ay

49.075 kips
(7 kips/ft)(11 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)

63.925 kips

w( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 11 ft

7 kips/ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 20 ft

M ( x)

49.075 kips x 20 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
1
V ( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft
7 kips/ft x 0 ft
7 kips/ft x 11 ft

4 kips/ft x 11 ft

7 kips/ft x 11 ft

1
0

4 kips/ft x 20 ft
49.075 kips x 20 ft
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
1
2
2
63.925 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
2
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
2
2
x 11 ft
x 20 ft
49.075 kips x 20 ft
2
2

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
1
2
2
EI 2 M ( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
dx
2
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
2
2
x 11 ft
x 20 ft
49.075 kips x 20 ft
2
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
2
3
3
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
dx
2
6
6
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
49.075 kips
3
3
2
x 11 ft
x 20 ft
x 20 ft
C1
6
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
3
4
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
6
24
24
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
49.075 kips
4
4
3
x 11 ft
x 20 ft
x 20 ft
C1 x C2
24
24
6

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 20 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 20 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
0
(20 ft)3
(20 ft)4
(9 ft)4
(9 ft)4 C1 (20 ft)
6
24
24
24
2
C1
1,969.3396 kip-ft
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
2
3
3
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
x 11 ft
dx
2
6
6
6
4 kips/ft
49.075 kips
3
2
x 20 ft
x 20 ft
1,969.3396 kip-ft 2
6
2
63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
3
4
4
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 11 ft
x 11 ft
6
24
24
24
4 kips/ft
49.075 kips
4
3
x 20 ft
x 20 ft
(1,969.3396 kip-ft 2 ) x
24
6

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W21 50 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kip-ft2.
The beam slope at A is:
dv
EI
1,969.3396 kip-ft 2
dx A
dv
dx

1,969.3396 kip-ft 2
198,166.658 kip-ft 2

(b) Beam deflection at B: At midspan where x = 11 ft, the beam deflection is:
63.925 kips
7 kips/ft
EI vB
(11 ft)3
(11 ft) 4 (1,969.3396 kip-ft 2 )(11 ft)
6
24
11,752.33123 kip-ft 3
vB
0.059305 ft 0.712 in.
198,166.658 kip-ft 2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.38 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.38 consists of a W200 59 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 60.8 106
functions to compute (a) the deflection of the beam
at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at F.
Fig. P10.38

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
MA
(20 kN)(2 m) (8 kN/m)(6 m)(7 m)
(10 kN)(12 m)
Dy
Fy

Ay

Dy
Ay

Dy (8 m)

62 kN
20 kN (8 kN/m)(6 m) 10 kN

16 kN

w( x) 16 kN x 0 m

8 kN/m x 10 m

20 kN x 2 m
0

8 kN/m x 4 m

10 kN x 12 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
0
1
V ( x) 16 kN x 0 m
20 kN x 2 m
8 kN/m x 4 m
62 kN x 8 m

8 kN/m x 10 m
M ( x) 16 kN x 0 m

8 kN/m
x 10 m
2

10 kN x 12 m
20 kN x 2 m
2

62 kN x 8 m

10 kN x 12 m

8 kN/m
x 4m
2

62 kN x 8 m

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
8 kN/m
1
1
2
EI 2 M ( x) 16 kN x 0 m
20 kN x 2 m
x 4m
62 kN x 8 m
dx
2
8 kN/m
2
1
x 10 m
10 kN x 12 m
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 16 kN
20 kN
8 kN/m
62 kN
2
2
3
2
EI
x 0m
x 2m
x 4m
x 8m
dx
2
2
6
2
8 kN/m
10
kN
3
2
x 10 m
x 12 m
C1
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI v

16 kN
20 kN
8 kN/m
3
3
x 0m
x 2m
x 4m
6
6
24
8 kN/m
10 kN
4
3
x 10 m
x 12 m
C1 x C2
24
6

62 kN
x 8m
6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
16 kN
20 kN
8 kN/m
0
(8 m)3
(6 m)3
(4 m) 4 C1 (8 m)
6
6
24
2
C1
70 kN-m
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 16 kN
20 kN
8 kN/m
2
2
EI
x 0m
x 2m
x 4m
dx
2
2
6
8 kN/m
10 kN
3
2
x 10 m
x 12 m
70 kN-m 2
6
2
16 kN
20
kN
8 kN/m
3
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 2m
x 4m
6
6
24
8 kN/m
10 kN
4
3
x 10 m
x 12 m
(70 kN-m 2 ) x
24
6

62 kN
x 8m
2

62 kN
x 8m
6

(a) Beam deflection at C: For the W200 59 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 12,160 kN-m2.
At C where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:
16 kN
20 kN
EI vC
(4 m)3
(2 m)3 (70 kN-m 2 )(4 m)
6
6
3
136 kN-m
vC

136 kN-m3
12,160 kN-m 2

0.011184 m

11.18 mm

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at F: At F where x = 12 m, the beam deflection is:

16 kN
20 kN
8 kN/m
62 kN
EI vF
(12 m)3
(10 m)3
(8 m) 4
(4 m)3
6
6
24
6
8 kN/m
(2 m) 4 (70 kN-m 2 )(12 m)
24
264 kN-m 3
vF

264 kN-m3
12,160 kN-m 2

0.021711 m

21.7 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.39 The solid 0.50-in.-diameter steel [E =

30,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.39 supports
two belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B
can be idealized as a pin support and that the
bearing at D can be idealized as a roller support.
functions to compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.
Fig. P10.39

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
M B (90 lb)(5 in.) (120 lb)(10 in.) Dy (20 in.) 0

Dy
Fy

By

Dy
By

37.5 lb
90 lb 120 lb

172.5 lb

w( x)

90 lb x 0 in.

172.5 lb x 5 in.

120 lb x 15 in.

37.5 lb x 25 in.

V ( x)
M ( x)

90 lb x 0 in.

90 lb x 0 in.

172.5 lb x 5 in.
172.5 lb x 5 in.

0
1

120 lb x 15 in.
120 lb x 15 in.

0
1

37.5 lb x 25 in.
37.5 lb x 25 in.

0
1

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
1
1
1
1
EI 2 M ( x)
90 lb x 0 in. 172.5 lb x 5 in. 120 lb x 15 in.
37.5 lb x 25 in.
dx
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
90 lb
172.5 lb
120 lb
37.5 lb
2
2
2
2
EI
x 0 in.
x 5 in.
x 15 in.
x 25 in.
C1 (a)
dx
2
2
2
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
90 lb
172.5 lb
120 lb
3
3
3
EI v
x 0 in.
x 5 in.
x 15 in.
6
6
6
37.5 lb
3
x 25 in.
C1 x C2
(b)
6
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 5 in.) and at the roller support (x = 25 in.). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 5 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

90 lb
(5 in.)3 C1 (5 in.) C2
6
C1 (5 in.) C2 1,875.0 lb-in.3
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 25 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:
90 lb
172.5 lb
120 lb
0
(25 in.)3
(20 in.)3
(10 in.)3 C1 (25 in.) C2
6
6
6
C1 (25 in.) C2 24,375.0 lb-in.3
0

(c)

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:
C1 1,125 lb-in.2
and
C2
3,750 lb-in.3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
90 lb
172.5 lb
120 lb
2
2
2
EI
x 0 in.
x 5 in.
x 15 in.
dx
2
2
2
37.5 lb
2
x 25 in.
1,125 lb-in.2
2
90 lb
172.5 lb
120 lb
3
3
3
EI v
x 0 in.
x 5 in.
x 15 in.
6
6
6
37.5 lb
3
x 25 in.
(1,125 lb-in.2 ) x 3,750 lb-in.3
6
Section properties:
I

(0.5 in.) 4

3.06796 10

64
EI 92.0388 103 lb-in.2

in.4

30,000 ksi

30 106 psi

## (a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A where x = 0 in. is:

EI vA
3,750 lb-in.3

vA

3,750 lb-in.3
92.0388 103 lb-in.2

0.040744 in.

0.0407 in.

## (b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 15 in. is:

90 lb
172.5 lb
EI vC
(15 in.)3
(10 in.)3 (1,125 lb-in.2 )(15 in.) 3,750 lb-in.3
6
6
8,750 lb-in.3
vC
0.095069 in. 0.0951 in.
92.0388 103 lb-in.2

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.40 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.40

consists of a W8 31 structural steel wide-flange
shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 110 in.4]. For the
compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b) the
deflection of the beam at A.
Fig. P10.40

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.
Fy C y (3.5 kips/ft)(10 ft) 0

Cy
MC

35 kips

## 75 kip-ft (3.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)(5 ft) M C

MC
100 kip-ft
w( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft

2
1

35 kips x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft x 5 ft

0
2

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

1
1
V ( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft
3.5 kips/ft x 5 ft
3.5 kips/ft x 15 ft

35 kips x 15 ft
M ( x)

75 kip-ft x 0 ft
35 kips x 15 ft

100 kip-ft x 15 ft
3.5 kips/ft
x 5 ft
2
100 kip-ft x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft
x 15 ft
2

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
3.5 kips/ft
0
EI 2 M ( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft
x 5 ft
dx
2
1

3.5 kips/ft x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft
x 15 ft
2

35 kips x 15 ft
100 kip-ft x 15 ft
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
3.5 kips/ft
3.5 kips/ft
1
3
3
EI
75 kip-ft x 0 ft
x 5 ft
x 15 ft
dx
6
6
35 kips
2
1
x 15 ft
100 kip-ft x 15 ft
C1
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
75 kip-ft
3.5 kips/ft
3.5 kips/ft
2
4
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 5 ft
x 15 ft
2
24
24
35 kips
100 kip-ft
3
2
x 15 ft
x 15 ft
C1 x C2
6
2

(a)

(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 15 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
3.5 kips/ft
0 (75 kip-ft)(15 ft)1
(10 ft)3 C1
6
C1
541.666667 kip-ft 2
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
75 kip-ft
3.5 kips/ft
0
(15 ft)2
(10 ft)4 ( 541.666667 kip-ft 2 )(15 ft) C2
2
24
C2 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
3.5 kips/ft
3.5 kips/ft
1
3
3
EI
75 kip-ft x 0 ft
x 5 ft
x 15 ft
dx
6
6
35 kips
2
1
x 15 ft
100 kip-ft x 15 ft
541.666667 kip-ft 2
2
75 kip-ft
3.5 kips/ft
3.5 kips/ft
2
4
4
EI v
x 0 ft
x 5 ft
x 15 ft
2
24
24
35 kips
100 kip-ft
3
2
x 15 ft
x 15 ft
(541.666667 kip-ft 2 ) x 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3
6
2
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W8 31 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 22,152.777 kip-ft2. At
the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam slope is:
dv
EI
541.666667 kip-ft 2
dx A
dv
dx

541.666667 kip-ft 2
22,152.777 kip-ft 2

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: At the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam deflection is:
EI vA 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3
vA

1,145.833334 kip-ft 3
22,152.777 kip-ft 2

0.051724 ft

0.621 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.41 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.41 consists of a W14 34 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 340 in.4].
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at E and (b)
the deflection of the beam at C.
Fig. P10.41

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
8 ft
M B 12 (6 kips/ft)(8 ft)
(4 kips/ft)(10 ft)(13 ft)
3
E y (22 ft) 0
Ey
Fy

By

Ey
By

20.727 kips
1
2

## (6 kips/ft)(8 ft) (4 kips/ft)(10 ft)

43.273 kips

6 kips/ft
w( x)
x 0 ft
8 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft

6 kips/ft
x 8 ft
8 ft

4 kips/ft x 26 ft

6 kips/ft x 8 ft
0

M ( x)

43.273 kips x 8 ft
1

20.727 kips x 30 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
2
2
V ( x)
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
6 kips/ft x 8 ft
2(8 ft)
2(8 ft)
1

43.273 kips x 8 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft
4 kips/ft x 26 ft
20.727 kips x 30 ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
3
3
2
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
43.273 kips x 8 ft
6(8 ft)
6(8 ft)
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
2
2
1
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
20.727 kips x 30 ft
2
2

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
3
3
2
EI 2 M ( x)
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
dx
6(8 ft)
6(8 ft)
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
1
2
43.273 kips x 8 ft
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
2
2

20.727 kips x 30 ft

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
4
4
3
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
24(8 ft)
24(8 ft)
6
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
20.727 kips
3
3
2
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
x 30 ft
C1
6
6
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
5
5
4
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
120(8 ft)
120(8 ft)
24
6
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
20.727 kips
4
4
3
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
x 30 ft
C1 x C2
24
24
6
EI

dv
dx

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 8 ft) and at the roller support (x = 30 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
6 kips/ft
0
(8 ft)5 C1 (8 ft) C2
120(8 ft)

C1 (8 ft) C2

204.80 kips-ft 3

## Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 30 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
0
(30 ft)5
(22 ft)5
(22 ft) 4
(22 ft) 3
120(8 ft)
120(8 ft)
24
6
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
(14 ft) 4
(4 ft) 4 C1 (30 ft) C2
24
24
C1 (30 ft) C2
9,334.351 kip-ft 3

(c)

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:
C1
433.598 kip-ft 2
and
C2 3,673.582 kip-ft 3
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
4
4
3
2
EI
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
dx
24(8 ft)
24(8 ft)
6
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
20.727 kips
3
3
2
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
x 30 ft
433.598 kip-ft 2
6
6
2
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
5
5
4
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
x 8 ft
120(8 ft)
120(8 ft)
24
6
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
20.727 kips
4
4
3
x 16 ft
x 26 ft
x 30 ft
24
24
6
2
3
(433.598 kip-ft ) x 3,673.582 kip-ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Beam slope at E: For the W14 34 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 68,472.219 kip-ft2.
The beam slope at E is:
dv
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
EI
(30 ft)4
(22 ft) 4
(22 ft)3
(22 ft) 2
dx E
24(8 ft)
24(8 ft)
6
2

dv
dx

4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
(14 ft)3
(4 ft)3 433.598 kip-ft 2
6
6
2
907.801 kip-ft
68,472.219 kip-ft 2

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at C: At C where x = 16 ft, the beam deflection is:

6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
6 kips/ft
43.273 kips
EI vC
(16 ft)5
(8 ft)5
(8 ft) 4
(8 ft) 3
120(8 ft)
120(8 ft)
24
6
(433.598 kip-ft 2 )(16 ft) 3,673.582 kip-ft 3
vC

4,896.157 kip-ft 3
68, 472.219 kip-ft 2

0.071506 ft

0.858 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the
deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection
of the beam at midspan (i.e., x = 2.5 m). Assume a
constant value of EI = 1,500 kN-m2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.42

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
M B 9 kN-m 12 (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) C y (3 m) 0
Cy
Fy

By

Cy
By

6 kN
1
2

(18 kN/m)(3 m)

21 kN

w( x)
9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m
x 1m
3m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m
x 4m
3m

6 kN x 4 m

1
0
V ( x)
9 kN-m x 0 m
21 kN x 1 m
18 kN/m x 1 m
18 kN/m
x 1m
2(3 m)
M ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m
18 kN/m
x 1m
6(3 m)

18 kN/m
x 4m
2(3 m)

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m
x 4m
6(3 m)

6 kN x 4 m

18 kN/m
x 1m
2
3

6 kN x 4 m

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
18 kN/m
0
1
EI 2 M ( x)
9 kN-m x 0 m
21 kN x 1 m
x 1m
dx
2
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
3
3
1
x 1m
x 4m
6 kN x 4 m
6(3 m)
6(3 m)
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
21 kN
18 kN/m
1
2
3
EI
9 kN-m x 0 m
x 1m
x 1m
dx
2
6
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
6 kN
4
4
2
x 1m
x 4m
x 4m
C1
24(3 m)
24(3 m)
2

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

9 kN-m
21 kN
18 kN/m
2
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 1m
x 1m
2
6
24
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
6 kN
5
5
3
x 1m
x 4m
x 4m
C1 x C2
120(3 m)
120(3 m)
6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 1 m) and at the roller support (x = 4 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
9 kN-m
0
(1 m)2 C1 (1 m) C2
2
(c)
C1 (1 m) C2 4.5 kN-m3
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
9 kN-m
21 kN
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
0
(4 m) 2
(3 m)3
(3 m) 4
(3 m)5 C1 (4 m) C2
2
6
24
120(3 m)

C1 (4 m) C2 26.10 kN-m3
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:
C1 7.2 kN-m 2
and
C2
2.7 kN-m3

(d)

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
21 kN
18 kN/m
1
2
3
EI
9 kN-m x 0 m
x 1m
x 1m
dx
2
6
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
6 kN
4
4
2
x 1m
x 4m
x 4m
7.2 kN-m 2
24(3 m)
24(3 m)
2
9 kN-m
21 kN
18 kN/m
2
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 1m
x 1m
2
6
24
18 kN/m
18 kN/m
6 kN
5
5
3
x 1m
x 4m
x 4m
(7.2 kN-m 2 ) x 2.7 kN-m 3
120(3 m)
120(3 m)
6
(a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:
EI vA
2.7 kN-m3
vA

2.7 kN-m3
1,500 kN-m 2

0.001800 m

Ans.

1.800 mm

## (b) Beam deflection at midspan: At x = 2.5 m, the beam deflection is:

9 kN-m
21 kN
18 kN/m
EI vmidspan
(2.5 m) 2
(1.5 m)3
(1.5 m) 4
2
6
24
18 kN/m
(1.5 m)5 (7.2 kN-m 2 )(2.5 m) 2.7 kN-m3
120(3 m)

4.429688 kN-m3
vmidspan

4.429688 kN-m3
1,500 kN-m 2

0.002953 m

2.95 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
A. Assume a constant value of EI = 133,000 kipft2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.43

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.

Fy

Cy

1
2

(4 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0

Cy
MC

1
2

18 kips

## (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)(11 ft) M C

MC

198 kip-ft

w( x)

4 kips/ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft
x 0 ft
9 ft

18 kips x 14 ft

4 kips/ft
x 9 ft
9 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
1
2
V ( x)
4 kips/ft x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
2(9 ft)
2(9 ft)
0

M ( x)

18 kips x 14 ft
4 kips/ft
x 0 ft
2
18 kips x 14 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft
4 kips/ft
3
x 0 ft
6(9 ft)
198 kip-ft x 14 ft

4 kips/ft
x 9 ft
6(9 ft)

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
2
EI 2 M ( x)
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
dx
2
6(9 ft)
1

4 kips/ft
x 9 ft
6(9 ft)

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

18 kips x 14 ft
198 kip-ft x 14 ft
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
3
4
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
dx
6
24(9 ft)
24(9 ft)

18 kips
x 14 ft
2

C1

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4
5
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
24
120(9 ft)
120(9 ft)
18 kips
198 kip-ft
3
2
x 14 ft
x 14 ft
C1 x C2
6
2

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 14 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 14 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
0
(14 ft)3
(14 ft) 4
(5 ft) 4 C1
6
24(9 ft)
24(9 ft)

C1 1,129.5 kip-ft 2
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
0
(14 ft) 4
(14 ft)5
(5 ft)5 (1,129.5 kip-ft 2 )(14 ft) C2
24
120(9 ft)
120(9 ft)
C2

11,390.7 kip-ft 3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
3
4
4
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
dx
6
24(9 ft)
24(9 ft)
18 kips
2
1
x 14 ft
198 kip-ft x 14 ft
1,129.5 kip-ft 2
2
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
4
5
5
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 9 ft
24
120(9 ft)
120(9 ft)
18 kips
198 kip-ft
3
2
x 14 ft
x 14 ft
(1,129.5 kip-ft 2 ) x 11,390.7 kip-ft 3
6
2
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B (i.e., x = 9 ft) is:
dv
4 kips/ft
4 kips/ft
EI
(9 ft)3
(9 ft) 4 1,129.5 kip-ft 2
dx B
6
24(9 ft)
dv
dx

765 kip-ft 2
133,000 kip-ft 2

765 kip-ft 2

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:

EI vA
11,390.7 kip-ft 3
vA

11,390.7 kip-ft 3
133,000 kip-ft 2

0.085644 ft

1.028 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
C. Assume a constant value of EI = 34106 lb-ft2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.44

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
MB
(7,000 lb/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) Dy (14 ft) 0
2
Dy
Fy

By

6,750 lbs
1
2

Dy
By

## (7,000 lb/ft)(9 ft)

24,750 lbs

w( x)

24,750 lbs x 4 ft

7,000 lb/ft
x 13 ft
9 ft

7,000 lb/ft x 4 ft
1

6,750 lbs x 18 ft

7,000 lb/ft
x 4 ft
9 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

7,000 lb/ft
0
1
2
V ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft
7,000 lb/ft x 4 ft
x 4 ft
2(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
2
0
x 13 ft
6,750 lbs x 18 ft
2(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
1
2
3
M ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
2
6(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
3
1
x 13 ft
6,750 lbs x 18 ft
6(9 ft)

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
1
2
EI 2 M ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
dx
2
6(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
3
1
x 13 ft
6,750 lbs x 18 ft
6(9 ft)
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
2
3
4
EI
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
dx
2
6
24(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
6,750 lbs
4
2
x 13 ft
x 18 ft
C1
24(9 ft)
2

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
3
4
EI v
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
6
24
120(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
6,750 lbs
5
3
x 13 ft
x 18 ft
C1 x C2
120(9 ft)
6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 4 ft) and at the roller support (x = 18 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C1 (4 ft) C2 0
(c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 18 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
0
(14 ft)3
(14 ft) 4
(14 ft)5
(5 ft)5
6
24
120(9 ft)
120(9 ft)
C1 (18 ft) C2
C1 (18 ft) C2

3,579,975 lb-ft 3

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:
C1
255,712.5 lb-ft 2
and
C2 1,022,850 lb-ft 3
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
2
3
4
EI
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
dx
2
6
24(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
6,750 lbs
4
2
x 13 ft
x 18 ft
255,712.5 lb-ft 2
24(9 ft)
2
24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
3
4
5
EI v
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
x 4 ft
6
24
120(9 ft)
7,000 lb/ft
6,750 lbs
5
3
x 13 ft
x 18 ft
(255,712.5 lb-ft 2 ) x 1,022,850 lb-ft 3
120(9 ft)
6
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
dv
EI
255,712.5 lb-ft 2
dx B
dv
dx

255,712.5 lb-ft 2
34 106 lb-ft 2

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at C: At C where x = 13 ft, the beam deflection is:

24,750 lbs
7,000 lb/ft
7,000 lb/ft
EI vC
(9 ft)3
(9 ft) 4
(9 ft)5
6
24
120(9 ft)
(255,712.5 lb-ft 2 )(13 ft) 1,022,850 lb-ft 3
vC

825,187.5 kip-ft 3
34 106 lb-ft 2

0.0242702 ft

0.291 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at A and (b) the deflection of the beam at
B. Assume a constant value of EI = 370,000 kipft2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.45

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
MA
(8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(8 ft)
2
1
2

## (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(16 ft) C y (24 ft)

Cy
Fy

Ay

Cy
Ay

48 kips
1
2

(8 kips/ft)(24 ft)

48 kips

w( x)

48 kips x 0 ft

8 kips/ft
x 0 ft
12 ft

8 kips/ft x 12 ft

8 kips/ft
1
x 12 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
0
8 kips/ft x 12 ft
x 12 ft
12 ft
1

8 kips/ft
1
1
x 24 ft
48 kips x 24 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
1
1
48 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
12 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
1
1
x 24 ft
48 kips x 24 ft
12 ft

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
0
2
2
V ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
2(12 ft)
2(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
2
0
x 24 ft
48 kips x 24 ft
2(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
1
3
3
M ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
6(12 ft)
6(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
3
1
x 24 ft
48 kips x 24 ft
6(12 ft)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
1
3
EI 2 M ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
dx
6(12 ft)
6(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
3
1
x 24 ft
48 kips x 24 ft
6(12 ft)
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv 48 kips
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
2
4
4
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
dx
2
24(12 ft)
24(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
48 kips
4
2
x 24 ft
x 24 ft
C1
24(12 ft)
2
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
48 kips
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
3
5
5
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
6
120(12 ft)
120(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
48 kips
5
3
x 24 ft
x 24 ft
C1 x C2
120(12 ft)
6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
48 kips
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
0
(24 ft)3
(24 ft)5
(12 ft)5 C1 (24 ft)
6
120(12 ft)
120(12 ft)

C1

2,880 kip-ft 2

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv 48 kips
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
2
4
4
EI
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
dx
2
24(12 ft)
24(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
48 kips
4
2
x 24 ft
x 24 ft
2,880 kip-ft 2
24(12 ft)
2
48 kips
8 kips/ft
2(8 kips/ft)
3
5
5
EI v
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 12 ft
6
120(12 ft)
120(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
48 kips
5
3
x 24 ft
x 24 ft
(2,880 kip-ft 2 ) x
120(12 ft)
6
(a) Beam slope at A: The beam slope at A is:
dv
EI
2,880 kip-ft 2
dx A
dv
dx

2,880 kip-ft 2
370,000 kip-ft 2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at B: At B where x = 12 ft, the beam deflection is:

48 kips
8 kips/ft
EI vB
(12 ft)3
(12 ft)5 (2,880 kip-ft 2 )(12 ft)
22,118.4 kip-ft 3
6
120(12 ft)
vB

## 22,118.4 kip-ft 3 kip-ft 3

370,000 kip-ft 2

0.0597795 ft

0.717 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
B. Assume a constant value of EI = 110,000 kNm2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.46

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
Fy Ay (15 kN/m)(4 m) 12 (25 kN/m)(4 m) 0
Cy
MA

110 kN

## (15 kN/m)(4 m)(2 m)

1
2

2(4 m)
3
253.33 kN-m

(25 kN/m)(4 m)

MA

MA

w( x)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m
1
x 4m
25 kN/m x 4 m
4m
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
15 kN/m x 4 m

V ( x)

15 kN/m x 4 m
M ( x)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

25 kN/m
x 4m
2(4 m)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m
15 kN/m
x 4m
2

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m
x 0m
2(4 m)

15 kN/m
x 0m
2
25 kN/m
2
x 4m
2

25 kN/m
x 0m
4m

15 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m x 4 m

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m
x 4m
6(4 m)

15 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m
x 0m
6(4 m)

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
15 kN/m
0
1
2
EI 2 M ( x)
253.33 kN-m x 0 m
110 kN x 0 m
x 0m
dx
2
25 kN/m
15
kN/m
25
kN/m
25 kN/m
3
2
3
x 0m
x 4m
x 4m
x 4m
6(4 m)
2
6(4 m)
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI

dv
dx

110 kN
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
2
3
4
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
2
6
24(4 m)
25 kN/m
25 kN/m
4
3
(a)
x 4m
x 4m
C1
24(4 m)
6

253.33 kN-m x 0 m
15 kN/m
x 4m
6

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

253.33 kN-m
110 kN
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
2
3
4
5
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
2
6
24
120(4 m)
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
25 kN/m
4
5
4
(b)
x 4m
x 4m
x 4m
C1 x C2
24
120(4 m)
24
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
C1 0
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
C2 0
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
110 kN
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
1
2
3
4
EI
253.33 kN-m x 0 m
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
dx
2
6
24(4 m)
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
25 kN/m
3
4
3
x 4m
x 4m
x 4m
6
24(4 m)
6
253.33 kN-m
110 kN
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
2
3
4
5
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
x 0m
2
6
24
120(4 m)
15 kN/m
25 kN/m
25 kN/m
4
5
4
x 4m
x 4m
x 4m
24
120(4 m)
24
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
dv
110 kN
EI
( 253.33 kN-m)(4 m)1
(4 m)2
dx B
2

15 kN/m
(4 m)3
6

25 kN/m
(4 m)4
24(4 m)

360 kN-m 2
dv
dx

2,120 kN-m 2
110,000 kN-m 2

## (b) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B is:

253.33 kN-m
110 kN
15 kN/m
EI vB
(4 m) 2
(4 m)3
(4 m) 4
2
6
24

Ans.

25 kN/m
(4 m) 5
120(4 m)

1,066.67 kN-m3
vB

1,066.67 kN-m3
110,000 kN-m 2

0.009697 m

9.70 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the
deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection
of the beam at C. Assume a constant value of EI =
24,000 kN-m2 for the beam.
Fig. P10.47

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
M B (35 kN)(2.5 m) (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(2.0 m)
1
2

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

Dy
Fy

By

Dy
1
2

2(4.0 m)
3

64.09 kN
35 kN (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

By

Dy (5.5 m)

160.91 kN

w( x)

35 kN x 0 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m
45 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m x 2.5 m

45 kN/m
x 2.5 m
4.0 m

45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
4.0 m

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

M ( x)

35 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m
x 2.5 m
2(4.0 m)
64.09 kN x 8 m

35 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
2(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

70 kN/m
x 6.5 m
2

25 kN/m
2
x 2.5 m
2
45 kN/m
45 kN/m
3
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
6(4.0 m)
6(4.0 m)

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

25 kN/m
x 6.5 m
2
45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
2

64.09 kN x 8 m

## Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0
0
V ( x)
35 kN x 0 m
160.91 kN x 2.5 m
25 kN/m x 2.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m
x 2.5 m
2

45 kN/m
x 6.5 m
6(4.0 m)

45 kN/m
x 2.5 m
6(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
25 kN/m
1
1
EI 2 M ( x)
35 kN x 0 m
160.91 kN x 2.5 m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
45 kN/m
70 kN/m
45 kN/m
3
2
3
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
6(4.0 m)
2
6(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
2
2
3
EI
x 0m
x 2.5 m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
2
6
45 kN/m
70
kN/m
45 kN/m
4
3
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
24(4.0 m)
6
24(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
2
x 8m
C1
2

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
3
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 2.5 m
x 2.5 m
6
6
24
45 kN/m
70 kN/m
45 kN/m
5
4
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
120(4.0 m)
24
120(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
3
x 8m
C1 x C2
6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 2.5 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 2.5 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
35 kN
0
(2.5 m)3 C1 (2.5 m) C2
6
(c)
C1 (2.5 m) C2 91.145833 kN-m3
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
45 kN/m
0
(8 m)3
(5.5 m)3
(5.5 m) 4
(5.5 m)5
6
6
24
120(4.0 m)
70 kN/m
45 kN/m
(1.5 m) 4
(1.5 m)5 C1 (8 m) C2
24
120(4.0 m)
C1 (8 m) C2

65.666667 kN-m3

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:
C1
28.511 kN-m 2
and
C2 162.424 kN-m3

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
2
2
3
EI
x 0m
x 2.5 m
x 2.5 m
dx
2
2
6
45 kN/m
70 kN/m
45 kN/m
4
3
4
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
24(4.0 m)
6
24(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
2
x 8m
28.511 kN-m 2
2
35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
3
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 2.5 m
x 2.5 m
6
6
24
45 kN/m
70 kN/m
45 kN/m
5
4
x 2.5 m
x 6.5 m
x 6.5 m
120(4.0 m)
24
120(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
3
x 8m
(28.511 kN-m 2 ) x 162.424 kN-m3
6

## (a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:

EI v A 162.424 kN-m3
vA

162.424 kN-m3
24,000 kN-m 2

0.006768 m

6.77 mm

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at C: At x = 6.5 m, the beam deflection is:

35 kN
160.91 kN
25 kN/m
EI vC
(6.5 m)3
(4.0 m)3
(4.0 m) 4
6
6
24
45 kN/m
(4.0 m)5 (28.511 kN-m 2 )(6.5 m) 162.424 kN-m3
120(4.0 m)

271.1797 kN-m3
vC

271.1797 kN-m3
24,000 kN-m 2

0.0011299 m

11.30 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
A. Assume a constant value of EI = 54,000 kN-m2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.48

Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.
Fy C y (20 kN/m)(3 m) 12 (30 kN/m)(3 m) 0
Cy
MC

105 kN

1
2

## (30 kN/m)(3 m)(2 m)

MC

MC

240 kN-m

w( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m
x 0m
3m

20 kN/m x 3 m

30 kN/m x 3 m
105 kN x 4 m
240 kN-m x 4 m
Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):
30 kN/m
1
2
V ( x)
20 kN/m x 0 m
x 0m
20 kN/m x 3 m
2(3 m)
30 kN/m x 3 m

M ( x)

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

30 kN/m
x 3m
3m

30 kN/m
x 3m
2(3 m)

20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
2
3
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
2
6(3 m)
2
30 kN/m
2
1
0
x 3m
105 kN x 4 m
240 kN-m x 4 m
2

30 kN/m
x 3m
6(3 m)

## Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
d 2v
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
2
3
2
EI 2 M ( x)
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
dx
2
6(3 m)
2
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
3
2
1
0
x 3m
x 3m
105 kN x 4 m
240 kN-m x 4 m
6(3 m)
2
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
dv
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
3
4
3
4
EI
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
dx
6
24(3 m)
6
24(3 m)
30 kN/m
105 kN
3
2
1
(a)
x 3m
x 4m
240 kN-m x 4 m
C1
6
2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
4
5
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
24
120(3 m)
24
30 kN/m
105 kN
240 kN-m
4
3
2
x 3m
x 4m
x 4m
24
6
2

30 kN/m
x 3m
120(3 m)

(b)

C1 x C2

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 4 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
30 kN/m
0
(4 m)3
(4 m) 4
(1 m)3
(1 m) 4
(1 m)3 C1
6
24(3 m)
6
24(3 m)
6

C1 311.25 kN-m2
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
0
(4 m) 4
(4 m)5
(1 m) 4
(1 m)5
24
120(3 m)
24
120(3 m)
30 kN/m
(1 m) 4 (311.25 kN-m 2 )(4 m) C2
24
C2
948.50 kN-m3
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
dv
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
3
4
3
4
EI
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
dx
6
24(3 m)
6
24(3 m)
30 kN/m
105 kN
3
2
1
x 3m
x 4m
240 kN-m x 4 m
311.25 kN-m 2
6
2
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
4
5
4
5
EI v
x 0m
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
24
120(3 m)
24
120(3 m)
30 kN/m
105 kN
240 kN-m
4
3
2
x 3m
x 4m
x 4m
24
6
2
3
(311.25 kN-m)x 948.50 kN-m
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
dv
20 kN/m
30 kN/m
EI
(3 m)3
(3 m) 4
dx B
6
24(3 m)

311.25 kN-m 2

187.5 kN-m 2
dv
dx

187.5 kN-m 2
54,000 kN-m 2

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:

EI vA
948.50 kN-m3
vA

948.50 kN-m3
54,000 kN-m 2

0.017565 m

17.56 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49a

Solution
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
6 EI
Values:
M = 150 kN-m, L = 8 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML (150 kN-m)(8 m)
A

6 EI 6(8 104 kN-m 2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

## vH (3 m)(0.00250 rad) 0.00750 m 7.50 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is constant
for each beam.

Fig. P10.49b

Solution
Determine beam deflection at A.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
(6 kN/m)(4 m)4
vA

0.00240 m
8EI
8(8 104 kN-m2 )
Determine beam slope at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
A
(slope magnitude)
6 EI
Values:
w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL3
(6 kN/m)(4 m)3
A

6EI 6(8 104 kN-m2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

## vH 0.00240 m (2 m)(0.00080 rad) 0.00400 m 4.00 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49c

Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vH
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 30 kN-m, L = 12 m, b = 4 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vH
( L b2 x2 )
6 LEI

## (30 kN)(4 m)(4 m)

(12 m) 2 (4 m) 2 (4 m) 2
4
2
6(12 m)(8 10 kN-m )

0.00933 m 9.33 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49d

Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vH ,cant
(assuming fixed support at B)
3EI
Values:
P = 15 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:

vH ,cant

PL3
(15 kN)(4 m)3

0.004000 m
3EI
3(8 104 kN-m2 )

## Determine beam slope at B.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (15 kN)(4 m) = 60 kN-m, L = 8 m,
EI = 8 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML (60 kN-m)(8 m)
B

3EI 3(8 104 kN-m 2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

## vH 0.00400 m (4 m)(0.00200 rad) 0.01200 m 12.00 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50a

Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vB
2 EI
Values:
M = 40 kip-ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML2
(40 kip-ft)(9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3
vB

0.23328 in.
2EI
2(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
EI
Values:
M = 40 kip-ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (40 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)2
B

EI
(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

## vH 0.23328 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.004320 rad) 0.54432 in. 0.544 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kipin.2 is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50b

Solution
Determine beam slope at C.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
(slope magnitude)
C
6 LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 12 ft,
EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
C
6 LEI
(25 kips)(12 ft)
(18 ft) 2 (12 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2 0.00600 rad

7
2
6(18 ft)(1.2 10 kip-in. )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

## vH (7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.00600 rad) 0.5040 in. 0.504 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50c

Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vH
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 2.5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wx 2
vH
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )
24 EI
(2.5 kips/ft)(9 ft)2
6(15 ft)2 4(15 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

7
2
24(1.2 10 kip-in. )

## 1.082565 in. 1.083 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown below, determine the beam
deflection at point H. Assume that EI =
1.2 107 kip-in.2 is constant for each
beam.

Fig. P10.50d

Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vH ,cant
(assuming fixed support at A)
8EI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:

vH ,cant

wL4
(5 kips/ft)(8 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

0.36864 in.
8EI
8(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )

## Determine beam slope at A.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
3EI
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 160 kip-ft, L = 22 ft,
EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (160 kip-ft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft)2
A

3EI
3(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

## vH 0.36864 in. (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.014080 rad) 1.72032 in. 1.720 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2
is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51a

Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vH
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 60 kN-m, L = 12 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vH
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI

( 60 kN-m)(6 m)
2(12 m) 2 3(12 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2
6(12 m)(6 104 kN-m 2 )

0.009000 m 9.00 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is constant
for each beam.

Fig. P10.51b

Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vH ,cant
(assuming fixed support at A)
8EI
Values:
w = 7.5 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:

vH ,cant

wL4
(7.5 kN/m)(3 m)4

0.00126563 m
8EI
8(6 104 kN-m2 )

## Determine beam slope at A.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
3EI
Values:
M = (7.5 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 33.75 kN-m,
L = 6 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML (33.75 kN-m)(6 m)
A

3EI
3(6 104 kN-m 2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

## vH 0.00126563 m (3 m)(0.001125 rad) 0.00464063 m 4.64 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51c

Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
(30 kN)(3 m)3
vB

0.004500 m
3EI
3(6 104 kN-m2 )
Determine beam slope at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL2
B
(slope magnitude)
2 EI
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL2
(30 kN)(3 m)2
B

2EI 2(6 104 kN-m2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

Ans.

## Alternative solution for beam deflection at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
5 PL3
Relevant equation from Appendix C: vH
48 EI
4
Values: P = 30 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 6 10 kN-m2
5PL3
5(30 kN)(6 m)3
Computation: vH

0.011250 m 11.25 mm
48EI
48(6 104 kN-m2 )

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51d

Solution
Determine beam slope at C.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
C
(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)
24 LEI
Values:
w = 5 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 6 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 2
(5 kN/m)(6 m)2
2
C
(2L a)2
2(9 m) (6 m) 0.00200 rad
4
2
24LEI
24(9 m)(6 10 kN-m )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

## vH (3 m)(0.00200 rad) 0.00600 m 6.00 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kipin.2 is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52a

Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vH ,cant
(assuming fixed support at A)
2 EI
Values:
M = 50 kip-ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:

vH ,cant

ML2
(50 kip-ft)(6 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

0.51840 in.
2EI
2(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

## Determine beam slope at A.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
3EI
Values:
M = 50 kip-ft, L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (50 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)2
A

3EI
3(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

## vH 0.51840 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.01440 rad) 1.5552 in. 1.555 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52b

Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px 2
vH
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 10 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 7 ft,
EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Px 2
vH
(3L x)
6 EI
(10 kips)(7 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 3

## [3(10 ft) (7 ft)] 1.081920 in. 1.082 in.

6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52c

Solution
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
6 EI
Values:
M = (2 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 64 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (64 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
A

6EI
6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

## vH (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.009216 rad) 0.663552 in. 0.664 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52d

Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
(1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3
vB

1.0800 in.
8EI
8(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
B
(slope magnitude)
6 EI
Values:
w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL3 (1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)3 (12 in./ft)2
B

6EI
6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

## vH 1.0800 in. (4 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0120 rad) 1.6560 in. 1.656 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.53 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.53 consists of a W24 94
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point C.
Fig. P10.53

Solution
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 3.2 kips/ft, L = 28 ft, a = 21 ft,
EI = 7.830 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI

## (3.2 kips/ft)(21 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

4(28 ft) 2 7(21 ft)(28 ft) 3(21 ft)2 0.333822 in.
24(28 ft)(7.830 107 kip-in.2 )

## Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px
vC
(3L2 4 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
48EI
Values:
P = 36 kips, L = 28 ft, x = 7 ft,
EI = 7.830 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Px
vC
(3L2 4 x 2 )
48EI
(36 kips)(7 ft)(12 in./ft)3
3(28 ft)2 4(7 ft) 2 0.249799 in.

7
2
48(7.830 10 kip-in. )
Beam deflection at C

## vC 0.333822 in. 0.249799 in. 0.583620 in. 0.584 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.54 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.54 consists of a W460 82
structural steel wide-flange shape [E = 200
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point C.
Fig. P10.54

Solution
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 26 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 7.4 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI

## (26 kN/m)(6 m)3

4(8 m) 2 7(6 m)(8 m) 3(6 m) 2 0.011068 m
24(8 m)(7.40 104 kN-m 2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 60 kN, L = 8 m, b = 3 m, x = 2 m,
EI = 7.4 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b2 x 2 )
6 LEI
(60 kN)(3 m)(2 m)
(8 m) 2 (3 m) 2 (2 m) 2 0.005169 m

4
2
6(8 m)(7.40 10 kN-m )
Beam deflection at C

## vC 0.011068 m 0.005169 m 0.016237 m 16.24 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.55 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.55 consists of a W410 60
structural steel wide-flange shape [E = 200
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point B.
Fig. P10.55

Solution
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 60 kN, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, b = 6 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(60 kN)(3 m)(6 m)
(9 m) 2 (3 m)2 (6 m) 2 0.016667 m

4
2
6(9 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 45 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(45 kN-m)(6 m)
2(9 m) 2 3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2 0.004167 m

4
2
6(9 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )
Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.016667 m 0.004167 m 0.012500 m 12.50 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.56 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.56 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point B.
Fig. P10.56

Solution
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 16 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 3
vB
(4 L2 7 aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI

## (5 kips/ft)(16 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

4(24 ft) 2 7(16 ft)(24 ft) 3(16 ft) 2 0.965066 in.
24(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 200 kip-ft, L = 24 ft, x = 8 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(200 kip-ft)(8 ft)(12 in./ft)3
2(24 ft) 2 3(24 ft)(8 ft) (8 ft) 2 0.502638 in.

7
2
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.965066 in. 0.502638 in. 0.462428 in. 0.462 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.57 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.

P10.57 consists of a rectangular
structural steel tube shape [E = 29,000
determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point B.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.57

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point B
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
(2 kips/ft)(6 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3
vB

0.040559 in.
8EI
8(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px 2
vB
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 6 ft,
EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Px 2
(12 kips)(6 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3
vB
(3L x)
3(10 ft) (6 ft) 0.216313 in.
6EI
6(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )
Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.040559 in. 0.216313 in. 0.256872 in. 0.257 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
B
6 EI
Values:
w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL3
(2 kips/ft)(6 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2
B

7
2
6 EI
6(1.3804 10 kip-in. )
vC 0.040559 in. (4 ft)(12 in./ft)(751.0866 106 rad) 0.076611 in.

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
3EI
Values:
P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(12 kips)(10 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vC

0.500724 in.
3EI
3(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )
Beam deflection at C

## vC 0.076611 in. 0.500724 in. 0.577336 in. 0.577 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.58 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.

P10.58 consists of a rectangular structural
steel tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 400
determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.58

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
(25 kN/m)(4 m)4
vA

0.010000 m
8EI
8(8.0 104 kN-m2 )
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and B
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
(55 kN)(2.5 m)3
vB

0.003581 m
3EI
3(8.0 104 kN-m 2 )

PL2
(55 kN)(2.5 m) 2

2 EI 2(8.0 104 kN-m 2 )

## vA 0.003581 m (1.5 m)(0.002148 rad) 0.006803 m

Beam deflection at A

## vA 0.010000 m 0.006803 m 0.016803 m 16.80 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point B

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,
EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )
24 EI
(25 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2
6(4.0 m) 2 4(4.0 m)(2.5 m) (2.5 m) 2 0.005066 m

## 24(8.0 104 kN-m 2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
(55 kN)(2.5 m)3
vB

0.003581 m
3EI
3(8.0 104 kN-m2 )
Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.005066 m 0.003581 m 0.008647 m 8.65 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.59 The solid 1.25-in.-diameter steel [E =

29,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.59
shown, determine:
(a) the shaft deflection at point B.
(b) the shaft deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.59

Solution
Section properties:
I

64

## (a) Shaft deflection at point B

Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(200 lb)(10 in.)3
vB

0.019182 in.
3EI
3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )
Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px 2
vB
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 120 lb, L = 25 in., x = 10 in.,
EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2
Computation:
Px 2
(120 lb)(10 in.)2
vB
(3L x)
3(25 in.) (10 in.) 0.037405 in.
6EI
6(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )
Shaft deflection at B

## vB 0.019182 in. 0.037405 in. 0.056588 in. 0.0566 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Shaft deflection at point C

Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and B
(magnitude)
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(200 lb)(10 in.)3
vB

0.019182 in.
3EI
3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

PL2
(200 lb)(10 in.) 2

2 EI 2(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

## vC 0.019182 in. (15 in.)(0.0028773 rad) 0.062342 in.

Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
3EI
Values:
P = 120 lb, L = 25 in.,
EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(120 lb)(25 in.)3
vC

0.179834 in.
3EI
3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )
Shaft deflection at C

## vC 0.062342 in. 0.179834 in. 0.242176 in. 0.242 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.60 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.

P10.60 consists of a rectangular structural
steel tube shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 1,710
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.60

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vA
2 EI
Values:
M = 200 kip-ft, L = 15 ft,
EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML2
(200 kip-ft)(15 ft) 2 (12 in./ft)3
vA

0.784029 in.
2EI
2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and B
(slope magnitude)
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(18 kips)(9 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vB

0.152415 in.
3EI
3(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

## PL2 (18 kips)(9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)2

B

2 EI
2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )
v A 0.152415 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0021169 rad) 0.304830 in.
Beam deflection at A

## vA 0.784029 in. 0.304830 in. 1.088860 in. 1.089 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point B

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx 2
vB
(elastic curve)
2 EI
Values:
M = 200 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx 2
(200 kip-ft)(9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3
vB

0.282250 in.
2EI
2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft,
EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(18 kips)(9 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vB

0.152415 in.
3EI
3(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )
Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.282250 in. 0.152415 in. 0.434665 in. 0.435 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.61 The simply supported beam shown in

Fig. P10.61 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.61

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
(assuming fixed support at B)
8 EI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3
vA

0.144760 in.
8EI
8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kip-ft,
L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (128 kip-ft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B

3EI
3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
vA (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0055290 rad) 0.530786 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL2
B
(slope magnitude)
16 EI
Values:
P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
PL2
(45 kips)(22 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2
B

16 EI
16(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
v A (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0080182 rad) 0.769744 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA 0.144760 in. 0.530786 in. 0.769744 in. 0.094198 in. 0.0942 in.

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kip-ft,
L = 22 ft, x = 11 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(128 kip-ft)(11 ft)(12 in./ft)3
2(22 ft) 2 3(22 ft)(11 ft) (11 ft) 2 0.273687 in.

7
2
6(22 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

## Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
48 EI
Values:
P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
PL3
(45 kips)(22 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vC

0.705598 in.
48EI
48(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
Beam deflection at C

## vC 0.273687 in. 0.705598 in. 0.431912 in. 0.432 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.62 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.62 consists of a W530 66
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
200 GPa; I = 351 106 mm4]. For the
(a) the beam deflection at point B.
(b) the beam deflection at point D.
Fig. P10.62

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point B
Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
5wL4
vB
384 EI
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
5wL4
5(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)4
vB

0.027415 m
384EI
384(7.02 104 kN-m2 )
Consider distributed load on overhang. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kN-m,
L = 7.2 m, x = 3.6 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(215.6 kN-m)(3.6 m)
2(7.2 m) 2 3(7.2 m)(3.6 m) (3.6 m) 2 0.009951 m

## 6(7.2 m)(7.02 107 kN-m 2 )

Beam deflection at B

## vB 0.027415 m 0.009951 m 0.017464 m 17.46 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point D

Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
C
(slope magnitude)
24 EI
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL3
(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)3
C

24 EI 24(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )
vD (2.8 m)(0.0121846 rad) 0.034117 m

## Consider deflection at D resulting from rotation at C caused by distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
C
3EI
Values:
M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kN-m,
L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML (215.6 kN-m)(7.2 m)
C

3EI 3(7.02 107 kN-m 2 )

## vD (2.8 m)(0.0073709 rad) 0.020639 m

Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vD
(assuming fixed support at C)
8EI
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 2.8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
(55 kN/m)(2.8 m) 4
vD

0.006020 m
8EI
8(7.02 104 kN-m2 )
Beam deflection at D

## vD 0.034117 m 0.020639 m 0.006020 m 0.007459 m 7.46 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.63 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.63 consists of a W21 44 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4].
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.63

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to linearly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linear load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 L4
vA
(assuming fixed support at B)
30 EI
Values:
w0 = 6 kips/ft, L = 12 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
w0 L4
vA
30EI

## ( 6 kips/ft)(12 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

30(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.293139 in.

## Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by linear load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (144 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.732847 in.

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
(slope magnitude)
B
24 EI
Values:
w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wL3
B
24 EI
vA

## (6 kips/ft)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2

24(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

1.236679 in.

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
6 EI
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (108 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
6 EI
6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.274818 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.293139 in. 0.732847 in. 1.236679 in. 0.274818 in. 0.064124 in.

0.0641 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(144 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft) 3
2(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.206112 in.

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
5wL4
vC
384 EI
Values:
w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
5wL4
5( 6 kips/ft)(18 ft)4 (12 in./ft)2
vC
0.579693 in.
384EI
384(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(108 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft) 3
2(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

## 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 2

0.154585 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.206112 in. 0.579693 in. 0.154585 in. 0.218995 in.

0.219 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.64 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.64 consists of a W21 44 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4].
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.64

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
(192 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)3
2(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.274816 in.

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
5wL4
vC
384 EI
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
5wL4
5( 8 kips/ft)(18 ft) 4 (12 in./ft) 2
vC
0.772924 in.
384 EI
384(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vC

Mx
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## (144 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

## 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 2

0.206113 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.292 in.

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point E

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
6 EI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML
D
6 EI
vE

## (192 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.244282 in.

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
(slope magnitude)
D
24 EI
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL3
D
24 EI
vE

## (8 kips/ft)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2

24(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.824448 in.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
3EI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
ML (144 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
D
3EI
3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
vE

0.366422 in.

## Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vE
(assuming fixed support at D)
8EI
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
vE
8 EI

## ( 8 kips/ft)(6 ft) 4 (12 in./ft)3

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.091605 in.

Beam deflection at E
vE 0.244282 in. 0.824448 in. 0.366422 in. 0.091605 in.
0.122139 in.

0.1221 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.65 The solid 30-mm-diameter steel [E = 200

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.65 supports two
belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and that the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin support.
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.
Fig. P10.65

Solution
Section properties:
I

64

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

## (a) Shaft deflection at pulley A

Determine cantilever deflection due to pulley A load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vA
(assuming fixed support at B)
3EI
Values:
P = 700 N, L = 500 mm,
EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
PL3
vA
3EI

## (700 N)(500 mm)3

3(7.95216 109 N-mm2 )

3.6678 mm

## Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by pulley A load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 N-mm,
L = 1,800 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
ML (350,000 N-mm)(1,800 mm)
B
3EI
3(7.95216 109 N-mm 2 )
vA

13.2040 mm

## Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by pulley C load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load.]

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL2
(slope magnitude)
B
16 EI
Values:
P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,
EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
PL2
(1,000 N)(1,800 mm) 2
B
16 EI 16(7.95216 109 N-mm 2 )
vA

12.7324 mm

Shaft deflection at A

vA

4.1393 mm

4.14 mm

Ans.

## (b) Shaft deflection at pulley C

Consider pulley A load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 N-mm,
L = 1,800 mm, x = 900 mm,
EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 350,000 N-mm)(900 mm)
2(1,800 mm) 2 3(1,800 mm)(900 mm) (900 mm) 2
9
2
6(1,800 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )
8.9127 mm

## Consider pulley C load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
48 EI
Values:
P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,
EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
PL3
vC
48EI

## (1,000 N)(1,800 mm)3

48(7.95216 109 N-mm2 )

15.2789 mm

Shaft deflection at C

vC

8.9127 mm 15.2789 mm

6.3662 mm

6.37 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.66 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.66

consists of a W530 92 structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 552 106 mm4].
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.66

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4-m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vA
8EI

( 85 kN/m)(4 m)4
8(1.104 105 kN-m2 )

0.024638 m

Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
vB
and
(magnitude)
B
8EI
6 EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vB
8EI
B

vA

wL3
6 EI

(85 kN)(2.5 m) 4
8(1.104 105 kN-m 2 )
(85 kN)(2.5 m)3
6(1.104 105 kN-m 2 )

0.003759 m

## 0.003759 m (1.5 m)(0.0020050 rad)

0.006767 m

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.024638 m 0.006767 m

0.017871 m

17.87 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point B

Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4-m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,
EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2
Computation:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )
24 EI
( 85 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2
6(4 m) 2
5
2
24(1.104 10 kN-m )

## 4(4 m)(2.5 m) (2.5 m) 2

0.012481 m

Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vB
8EI

## (85 kN)(2.5 m)4

8(1.104 105 kN-m2 )

0.003759 m

Beam deflection at B

vB

0.012481 m 0.003759 m

0.008722 m

8.72 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.67 The solid 30-mm-diameter steel [E

= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.67
supports two belt pulleys. Assume that
the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin
support and that the bearing at E can be
idealized as a roller support. For the
deflection at pulley B.
Fig. P10.67

Solution
Section properties:
I

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

64
Shaft deflection at pulley B
Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 300 mm,
b = 700 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(750 N)(300 mm)(700 mm)
(1,000 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2 (700 mm) 2
9
2
6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )
1.38642 mm

Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 300 mm,
b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b2 x2 )
6 LEI
(500 N)(200 mm)(300 mm)
(1,000 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2
9
2
6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )
0.54702 mm

Shaft deflection at B

vB

1.38642 mm 0.54702 mm

1.93344 mm

1.933 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.68 The solid 30-mm-diameter steel [E

= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.68
supports two belt pulleys. Assume that
the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin
support and that the bearing at E can be
idealized as a roller support. For the
deflection at pulley D.
Fig. P10.68

Solution
Section properties:
I

64

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

## Shaft deflection at pulley D

Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vD
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 200 mm,
b = 300 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vD
( L b2 x2 )
6 LEI
(750 N)(300 mm)(200 mm)
(1,000 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2
9
2
6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )
0.82053 mm

Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vD
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 800 mm,
b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2
Computation:
Pab 2
vD
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(500 N)(800 mm)(200 mm)
(1,000 mm) 2 (800 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2
9
2
6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )
0.53654 mm

Shaft deflection at D

vD

0.82053 mm 0.53654 mm

1.35707 mm

1.357 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.69 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.69 consists of a W410 60 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 106
beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.69

Solution
Beam deflection at point B
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 180 kN-m, L = 6 m, x = 1.5 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 180 kN-m)(1.5 m)
2(6 m) 2 3(6 m)(1.5 m) (1.5 m) 2
0.008203 m
4
2
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, a = 1.5 m, b = 4.5 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(70 kN)(1.5 m)(4.5 m)
(6 m) 2 (1.5 m) 2 (4.5 m) 2
0.004102 m
6(6 m)(4.32 104 kN-m 2 )
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
vB
(2 x3 6Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)
24LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m, x = 4.5 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vB

wa 2
(2 x3 6 Lx 2
24 LEI

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

(80 kN/m)(3 m) 2
2(4.5)3 6(6)(4.5) 2
4
2
24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

## (3) 2 (4.5) 4(6) 2 (4.5) (3) 2 (6)

0.010156 m
Beam deflection at B

vB

## 0.008203 m 0.004102 m 0.010156 m

0.006055 m

6.06 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.70 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.70 consists of a W410 60 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 106
beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.70

Solution
Beam deflection at point C
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 180 kN-m, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 180 kN-m)(3.0 m)
2(6 m) 2
4
2
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

## 3(6 m)(3.0 m) (3.0 m) 2

0.009375 m

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m, b = 1.5 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b2 x2 )
6 LEI
(70 kN)(1.5 m)(3.0 m)
(6 m)2
4
2
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

(1.5 m) 2

(3.0 m) 2

0.005013 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m,
EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (80 kN/m)(3 m)3

4(6 m) 2
24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 4 kN-m 2 )

## 7(3 m)(6 m) 3(3 m) 2

0.015625 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.009375 m 0.005013 m 0.015625 m

0.011263 m

11.26 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.71 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.71 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106
mm4]. If w = 80 kN/m, determine
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.71

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to concentrated load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vA
(assuming fixed support at B)
3EI
Values:
P = 35 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
(35 kN)(4 m)3
vA
0.0106363 m
3EI
3(7.02 104 kN-m2 )
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by concentrated load on overhang
AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML
(140 kN-m)(8 m)
B
3EI 3(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vA

0.0212726 m

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)
B
24LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wa 2
(2 L2
B
24 LEI
vA

a2 )

(80 kN/m)(4 m) 2
2(8 m) 2
4
2
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

(4 m) 2

0.0425451 m

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
6 EI
Values:
M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kN-m,
L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML
(160 kN-m)(8 m)
B
6 EI 6(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vA

0.0121557 m

Beam deflection at A
vA
0.0106363 m 0.0212726 m 0.0425451 m 0.0121557 m
0.0015195 m

Ans.

1.520 mm

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,
x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 140 kN-m)(4 m)
2(8 m) 2
6(8 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

## 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m)2

0.0079772 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (80 kN/m)(4 m)3

4(8 m) 2
4
2
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0303894 m

## Consider concentrated moment from overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kN-m,
L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 160 kN-m)(4 m)
2(8 m) 2
4
2
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

## 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m)2

0.0091168 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.0079772 m 0.0303894 m 0.0091168 m

0.0132954 m

13.30 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.72 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.72 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106
mm4]. If w = 90 kN/m, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.72

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,
x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 140 kN-m)(4 m)
2(8 m) 2
4
2
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0079772 m

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (90 kN/m)(4 m)3

4(8 m) 2
4
2
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

## 7(4 m)(8 m) 3(4 m) 2

0.0341881 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider concentrated moment from overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kN-m,
L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

( 180 kN-m)(4 m)
2(8 m)2
4
2
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 2

0.0102564 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.0159545 m

15.95 mm

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point E

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by concentrated load on overhang
AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
6 EI
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML
(140 kN-m)(8 m)
D
6 EI 6(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vE

0.0053181 m

## Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)
D
24 LEI
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 2
(90 kN/m)(4 m)2
2
2
(2
L
a
)
2(8 m) (4 m)
D
4
2
24 LEI
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )
vE

0.0307692 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
3EI
Values:
M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kN-m,
L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML
(180 kN-m)(8 m)
D
3EI 3(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )
vE

0.0136753 m

## Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vE
(assuming fixed support at D)
8EI
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
wL4
(90 kN/m)(2 m) 4
0.0025641 m
Computation: vE
8 EI
8(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )
Beam deflection at E
vE
0.0053181 m 0.0307692 m 0.0136753 m 0.0025641 m
0.0092117 m

9.21 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.73 The simply supported beam shown in

Fig. P10.73 consists of a W16 40
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point F.
Fig. P10.73

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 40-kip concentrated load at B.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 4 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
(L
6 LEI

b2

x2 )

## (40 kips)(4 ft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)3

(18 ft) 2
6(18 ft)(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

(4 ft) 2

(10 ft) 2

0.354467 in.

## Consider 30-kip concentrated load at D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 6 ft, x = 8 ft,
EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
(L
6 LEI

b2

x2 )

## (30 kips)(6 ft)(8 ft)(12 in./ft)3

(18 ft)2
7
2
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

(8 ft) 2

0.343560 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider 20-kip concentrated load at F. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kip-ft, L = 18 ft,
x = 10 ft, EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 120 kip-ft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(18 ft) 2
6(18 ft)(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

## 3(18 ft)(10 ft) (10 ft) 2

0.265850 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.432177 in.

0.432 in.

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point F

Consider 40-kip concentrated load at B.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
(slope magnitude)
E
6 LEI
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 4 ft,
EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
E
6 LEI
vF

## (40 kips)(4 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(4 ft) 2

0.314930 in.

## Consider 30-kip concentrated load at D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
(slope magnitude)
E
6 LEI
Values:
P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, x = 8 ft, a = 12 ft,
EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
E
6 LEI
vF

## (30 kips)(12 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

(18 ft) 2
7
2
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(12 ft) 2

0.414113 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider deflection at F resulting from rotation at E caused by 20-kip load on overhang EF.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
E
3EI
Values:
M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kip-ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (120 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
E
3EI
3(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )
vF

0.496935 in.

## Determine cantilever deflection due to concentrated load on overhang EF.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vF
(assuming fixed support at E)
3EI
Values:
P = 20 kips, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation: vF

PL3
3EI

## (20 kips)(6 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

3(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

0.165645 in.

Beam deflection at F
vF 0.314930 in. 0.414113 in. 0.496935 in. 0.165645 in.

0.066463 in.

0.0665 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.74 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.74

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 170 106 mm4]. For
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.74

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vA
8EI

( 65 kN/m)(6 m)4
8(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.309706 m

Consider 90-kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
vA
3EI
Values:
P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:
PL3
vA
3EI

## (90 kN)(6 m)3

3(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.190588 m

Consider 30-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and
(magnitude)
B
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:
PL3
vB
3EI

## (30 kN)(3.5 m)3

3(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.012610 m

(a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vA

PL2
2 EI

(30 kN)(3.5 m) 2
2(3.4 104 kN-m 2 )

0.026121 m

## Consider 225 kN-m concentrated moment at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
ML2
ML
vB
and
(slope magnitude)
B
2 EI
EI
Values:
M = 225 kN-m, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:
ML2
(225 kN-m)(3.5 m)2
vB
0.040533 m
2EI
2(3.4 104 kN-m2 )
ML (225 kN-m)(3.5 m)
B
EI
(3.4 104 kN-m 2 )
vA

## 0.040533 m (2.5 m)(0.0231618 rad)

(b)

0.098438 m

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.005441 m

5.44 mm

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point B

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,
EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )
24 EI
( 65 kN/m)(3.5 m) 2
6(6 m) 2
4
2
24(3.4 10 kN-m )

## 4(6 m)(3.5 m) (3.5 m) 2

0.140759 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 90-kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
Px 2
vB
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,
EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Px 2
vB
(3L x)
6EI

## (90 kN)(3.5 m)2

3(6 m) (3.5 m)
6(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.078364 m

## Consider 30-kN concentrated load at B.

Previously calculated in Eq. (a).
Consider 225 kN-m concentrated moment at B.
Previously calculated in Eq. (b).
Beam deflection at B

vB

## 0.140759 m 0.078364 m 0.012610 m 0.040533 m 0.009252 m

9.25 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.75 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.75 consists of a rectangular structural steel
tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 350 106 mm4].
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.75

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 315 kN-m concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 315 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 315 kN-m)(6 m)
2(9 m)2
4
2
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2

0.018000 m

## Consider 120 kN/m uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
vC
(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)
24LEI
Values:
w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 2
vC
(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)
24 LEI
(120 kN/m)(3 m)2
2(6 m)3
24(9 m)(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

6(9 m)(6 m) 2

(3 m) 2 (6 m) 4(9 m) 2 (6 m) (3 m) 2 (9 m)

0.028929 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 100-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vC
(L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pab 2
vC
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(100 kN)(6 m)(3 m)
(9 m) 2 (6 m) 2 (3 m) 2
0.017143 m
4
2
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )
Consider 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kN-m,
L = 9 m, x = 3 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 270 kN-m)(3 m)
2(9 m) 2
4
2
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

0.019286 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.008786 m

8.79 mm

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point E

Consider 315 kN-m concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
6 EI
Values:
M = 315 kN-m, L = 9 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML ( 315 kN-m)(9 m)
D
6 EI 6(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

vE

0.020250 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider 120 kN/m uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)
D
24LEI
Values:
w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 2
(2 L2
D
24 LEI
vE

a2 )

## (120 kN/m)(3 m)2

2(9 m) 2
4
2
24(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

(3 m) 2

0.032786 m

Consider 100-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
(slope magnitude)
D
6 LEI
Values:
P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pa( L2 a 2 )
D
6 LEI
vE

(100 kN)(6 m)
(9 m) 2
6(9 m)(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

(6 m) 2

0.021429 m

## Consider 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
D
3EI
Values:
M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kN-m,
L = 9 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML
D
3EI

vE

(270 kN-m)(9 m)
3(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

0.034714 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Determine cantilever deflection due to 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vE
(assuming fixed support at D)
8EI
Values:
w = 60 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation: vE

wL4
8EI

## (60 kN-m)(3 m)4

8(7.0 104 kN-m2 )

0.008679 m

Beam deflection at E
vE
0.020250 m 0.032786 m 0.021429 m 0.034714 m 0.008679 m
0.009429 m

9.43 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.76 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.76

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 106 mm4]. For the
point B.
Fig. P10.76

Solution
Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
(50 kN/m)(2 m)4
vB
0.0052632 m
8EI
8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )
Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5-m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, x = 2 m,
EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wx 2
vB
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )
24 EI
( 25 kN/m)(2 m) 2
6(5 m) 2 4(5 m)(2 m) (2 m) 2
0.0250000 m
24(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )
Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vB
8EI

## (25 kN/m)(2 m)4

8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.0026316 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 20-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
( 20 kN)(2 m)3
vB
0.0028070 m
3EI
3(1.9 104 kN-m2 )
Consider 50-kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
Px 2
vB
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, x = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Px2
(50 kN)(2 m)2
vB
(3L x)
3(5 m) (2 m)
0.0228070 m
6EI
6(1.9 104 kN-m2 )
Beam deflection at B
vB
0.0052632 m 0.0250000 m 0.0026316 m 0.0028070 m 0.0228070 m
0.0028947 m

2.89 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.77 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.77

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 106 mm4]. For the
point C.
Fig. P10.77

Solution
Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
vB
and B
(slope magnitude)
8 EI
6 EI
Values:
w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
(50 kN/m)(2 m) 4
vB
0.0052632 m
8 EI
8(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )
wL3
(50 kN/m)(2 m)3
B
6 EI 6(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )
vC

## 0.0052632 m (3 m)(0.0035088 rad)

0.0157895 m

Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5-m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vC
8EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wL4
vC
8EI

( 25 kN/m)(5 m)4
8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.1027961 m

Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
vB
and B
(slope magnitude)
8 EI
6 EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vB
B

vC

wL4
8 EI

wL3
6 EI

(25 kN/m)(2 m) 4
8(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )

## (25 kN)(2 m)3

6(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )

0.0026316 m

## 0.0026316 m (3 m)(0.0017544 rad)

0.0078948 m

Consider 20-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and B
(slope magnitude)
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
( 20 kN)(2 m)3
vB
0.0028070 m
3EI
3(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )
PL2
(20 kN)(2 m) 2
B
2 EI 2(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )
vC

## 0.0028070 m (3 m)(0.0021053 rad)

0.0091228 m

Consider 50-kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
3EI
Values:
P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2
Computation:
PL3
vC
3EI

## (50 kN)(5 m)3

3(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.1096491 m

Beam deflection at C
vC
0.0157895 m 0.1027961 m 0.0078948 m 0.0091228 m 0.1096491 m
0.0214145 m

21.4 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.78 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.78 consists of a W10 30 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.4].
If w = 5 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.78

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vA
2 EI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML2
vA
2EI

## (85 kip-ft)(3 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

2(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.134069 in.

## Consider rotation at B caused by 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (85 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.446897 in.

## Consider cantilever beam deflection of 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wL4
vA
8EI

## (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

8(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.017744 in.

## Consider rotation at B caused by 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kip-ft,
L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (22.5 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.118296 in.

## Consider 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)
B
24 LEI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
B

vA

wa 2
(2 L a) 2
24 LEI

## (5 kips/ft)(5 ft)2 (12 in./ft)2

2(15 ft) (5 ft)
24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.228195 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pb( L2 b2 )
(slope magnitude)
B
6 LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pb( L2 b 2 )
B
6 LEI
vA

## (25 kips)(5 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

(15 ft) 2
6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

(5 ft) 2

0.292089 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Beam deflection at A
vA
0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.017744 in. 0.118296 in. 0.228195 in. 0.292089 in.
0.196722 in.

Ans.

0.1967 in.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 85 kip-ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(15 ft) 2
6
2
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

0.413793 in.

## Consider moment at B caused by 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kip-ft,
L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 22.5 kip-ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft) 3

2(15 ft) 2
6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.109533 in.

## Consider 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (5 kips/ft)(5 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 3

4(15 ft) 2
24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

## 7(5 ft)(15 ft) 3(5 ft) 2

0.273834 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft, x = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
(L
6 LEI

b2

x2 )

## (25 kips)(5 ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)3

(15 ft)2
6
2
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(5 ft) 2

(5 ft) 2

0.425963 in.

Beam deflection at C
vC 0.413793 in. 0.109533 in. 0.273834 in. 0.425963 in.
0.176471 in.

0.1765 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.79 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.79 consists of a W10 30 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.4].
If w = 9 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point D.
Fig. P10.79

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vA
2 EI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML2
vA
2EI

## (85 kip-ft)(3 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

2(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.134069 in.

## Consider rotation at B caused by 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (85 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.446897 in.

## Consider cantilever beam deflection of 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wL4
vA
8 EI

## (9 kips/ft)(3 ft) 4 (12 in./ft)3

8(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.031939 in.

## Consider rotation at B caused by 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kip-ft,
L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (40.5 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)2
B
3EI
3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

0.212933 in.

## Consider 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)
B
24 LEI
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
B

vA

wa 2
(2 L a) 2
24 LEI

## (9 kips/ft)(5 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

2(15 ft) (5 ft)
24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.410748 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pb( L2 b2 )
(slope magnitude)
B
6 LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pb( L2 b 2 )
B
6 LEI
vA

## (25 kips)(5 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

(15 ft) 2
6
2
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(5 ft) 2

0.292089 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Beam deflection at A
vA
0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.031939 in. 0.212933 in. 0.410748 in. 0.292089 in.
0.123001 in.

Ans.

0.1230 in.

## (b) Beam deflection at point D

Consider 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vD
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vD
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 85 kip-ft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft) 3

2(15 ft) 2
6
2
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

0.331034 in.

## Consider moment at B caused by 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vD
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kip-ft,
L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vD
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 40.5 kip-ft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(15 ft) 2
6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.157729 in.

## Consider 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
vD
(2 x3 6Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)
24 LEI
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wa 2
vD
(2 x3
24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

## (9 kips/ft)(5 ft) 2 (12 in./ft)3

2(10 ft)3
24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

## 6(15 ft)(10 ft) 2

(5 ft) 2 (10 ft) 4(15 ft)2 (10 ft) (5 ft) 2 (15 ft)

0.410751 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vD
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, a = 10 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pab 2
vD
(L
6 LEI

a2

b2 )

## (25 kips)(10 ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)3

(15 ft) 2
6
2
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(10 ft) 2

(5 ft) 2

0.486815 in.

Beam deflection at D
vD 0.331034 in. 0.157729 in. 0.410751 in. 0.486815 in.
0.408803 in.

0.409 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.80 The simply supported beam shown in

Fig. P10.80 consists of a W10 30 structural
steel wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I =
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.80

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of linearly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 L4
vA
30 EI
Values:
w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
w0 L4
vA
30EI

## (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

30(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.613247 in.

## Consider rotation at B caused by linearly distributed load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (108 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

2.044157 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 L3
(slope magnitude)
B
45 EI
Values:
w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
w0 L3
B
45EI
vA

## (8 kips/ft)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2

45(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

3.270652 in.

## Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment CD.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)
B
24LEI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 2
(2 L2
B
24 LEI

a2 )

## (4 kips/ft)(9 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

2(18 ft) 2
24(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )
vA

(9 ft) 2

1.341478 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.613247 in. 2.044157 in. 3.270652 in. 1.341478 in. 1.954726 in.

1.955 in.

Ans.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider moment at B caused by linearly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 108 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(18 ft) 2
6(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

## 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 2

0.766559 in.

Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 x
vC
(7 L4 10 L2 x 2 3 x 4 )
360 LEI
Values:
w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
w0 x
vC
(7 L4 10 L2 x 2
360 LEI

3x 4 )

## (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)3

7(18 ft) 4 10(18 ft) 2 (9 ft) 2
6
2
360(18 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

3(9 ft) 4

1.916398 in.

## Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment CD.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vC
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 3
vC
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 3

4(18 ft) 2
24(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

## 7(9 ft)(18 ft) 3(9 ft) 2

0.958199 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.766559 in. 1.916398 in. 0.958199 in.

2.108037 in.

2.11 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.81 The simply supported beam shown

in Fig. P10.81 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.81

Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of downward 4 kips/ft uniform load over AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vA
8 EI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
vA
8EI

## (4 kips/ft)(12 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.732847 in.

Consider cantilever beam deflection of upward 4 kips/ft uniform load over 6-ft segment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
v
and
(slope magnitude)
8 EI
6 EI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wL4
v
8EI

wL3
6 EI
vA

## ( 4 kips/ft)(6 ft) 4 (12 in./ft)3

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
(4 kips/ft)(6 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2
6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.045803 in.

## 0.045803 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0008482 rad)

0.106873 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider rotation at B caused by downward 4 kips/ft uniform load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kip-ft,
L = 24 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML (216 kip-ft)(24 ft)(12 in./ft) 2
B
3EI
3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
vA

1.465693 in.

Consider 42-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pb( L2 b2 )
(slope magnitude)
B
6 LEI
Values:
P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pb( L2 b 2 )
B
6 LEI
vA

## (42 kips)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

(24 ft) 2
7
2
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(18 ft) 2

1.122172 in.

## Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on 6-ft segment near D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)
B
24LEI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 2
(2 L2
B
24 LEI
vA

a )

## (4 kips/ft)(6 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

2(24 ft) 2
7
2
24(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

0.236648 in.

Beam deflection at A
vA
0.732847 in. 0.106873 in. 1.465693 in. 1.122172 in. 0.236648 in.
0.732847 in.

0.733 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider moment at B caused by downward 4 kips/ft uniform load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kip-ft,
L = 24 ft, x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

## ( 216 kip-ft)(12 ft)(12 in./ft) 3

2(24 ft) 2
6(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

## 3(24 ft)(12 ft) (12 ft) 2

0.549635 in.

Consider 42-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 6 ft,
x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vC
(L
6 LEI

b2

x2 )

## (42 kips)(6 ft)(12 ft)(12 in./ft)3

(24 ft) 2
7
2
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

(12 ft) 2

0.587804 in.

## Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on 6-ft segment near D.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
vC
(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)
24LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft, x = 12 ft,
EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:
wa 2
vC
(2 x 3
24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

## 2(12 ft)3 6(24 ft)(12 ft) 2 (6 ft) 2 (12 ft)

(4 kips/ft)(6 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 3
24(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )
4(24 ft) 2 (12 ft) (6 ft) 2 (24 ft)
0.175578 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.549635 in. 0.587804 in. 0.175578 in.

0.213747 in.

0.214 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.82 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.82 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106
mm4]. If w = 85 kN/m, determine the beam
deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.82

Solution
Beam deflection at point B
Consider 300 kN-m concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 300 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 300 kN-m)(4 m)
2(9 m) 2
4
2
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(4 m) (4 m) 2

0.022159 m

## Consider 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load on segment AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 3
vB
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

## (85 kN/m)(4 m)3

4(9 m) 2
4
2
24(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

## 7(4 m)(9 m) 3(4 m) 2

0.043052 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 140-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, b = 3 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b2 x 2 )
6 LEI
(140 kN)(3 m)(4 m)
(9 m) 2
6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

(3 m)2

(4 m)2

0.024818 m

## Consider 175 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 175 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 5 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 175 kN-m)(5 m)
2(9 m) 2
6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

3(9 m)(5 m) (5 m) 2

0.012003 m

Beam deflection at B

vB

## 0.022159 m 0.043052 m 0.024818 m 0.012003 m

0.033708 m

33.7 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.83 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.

P10.83 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106
mm4]. If w = 115 kN/m, determine the beam
deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.83

Solution
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 300 kN-m concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 300 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 300 kN-m)(6 m)
2(9 m) 2
4
2
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2

0.017094 m

## Consider 115 kN/m uniformly distributed load on segment AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
vC
(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)
24LEI
Values:
w = 115 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa 2
vC
(2 x3
24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

(115 kN/m)(4 m) 2
2(6 m)3
4
2
24(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

6(9 m)(6 m) 2

(4 m) 2 (6 m) 4(9 m) 2 (6 m) (4 m)2 (9 m)

0.046597 m

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 140-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vC
(L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Pab 2
vC
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
(140 kN)(6 m)(3 m)
(9 m) 2
6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

(6 m) 2

(3 m) 2

0.023932 m

## Consider 175 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 175 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 3 m,
EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vC
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
6 LEI
( 175 kN-m)(3 m)
2(9 m) 2
6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

0.012464 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

## 0.017094 m 0.046597 m 0.023932 m 0.012464 m

0.040971 m

41.0 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.84 A 25-ft-long soldier beam is used as a key

component of an earth retention system at an
excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to
520 lb/ft to 260 lb/ft, as shown in Fig. P10.84.
The soldier beam can be idealized as a
cantilever with a fixed support at A. Added
support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,
which exerts a force of 5,000 lb on the soldier
beam. Determine the horizontal deflection of the
soldier beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 108 lbin.2.

Fig. P10.84

Solution
Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vC
8EI
Values:
w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2
Computation:
wL4
vC
8EI

## (260 lb/ft)(25 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

8(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

43.875 in.

Consider a linearly distributed load that varies from 260 lb/ft at A to 0 lb/ft at C.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 L4
vC
30 EI
Values:
w0 = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2
Computation:
w0 L4
vC
30EI

## (260 lb/ft)(25 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

30(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

11.700 in.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 5,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2
Computation:
PL3 (5,000 lb)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vB
3EI
3(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )
B

vC

PL2
2 EI

## (5,000 lb)(18 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

2(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

33.592320 in.

## 33.592320 in. (7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.2332800 rad)

Beam deflection at C
vC
43.875 in. 11.700 in. 53.187840 in.

53.187840 in.

2.387160 in.

2.39 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 10.85 A 25-ft-long soldier beam is used as a key

component of an earth retention system at an
excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to a
shown in Fig. P10.85. The soldier beam can be
idealized as a cantilever with a fixed support at A.
Added support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,
which exerts a force of 4,000 lb on the soldier beam.
Determine the horizontal deflection of the soldier
beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 108 lb-in.2.
Fig. P10.85

Solution
Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vC
8EI
Values:
w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2
Computation:
wL4
vC
8EI

## (260 lb/ft)(25 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

8(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

43.875 in.

Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and
(slope magnitude)
B
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 4,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2
Computation:
PL3 (4,000 lb)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3
vB
26.873856 in.
3EI
3(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )
B

vC

PL2
2 EI

## (4,000 lb)(18 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

2(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

## 26.873856 in. (7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.1866240 rad)

Beam deflection at C
vC
43.875 in. 42.550272 in.

1.324728 in.

42.550272 in.

1.325 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.1 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.1. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the
magnitude of the moment M0 required to
make the slope at the left end of the beam
zero.
Fig. P11.1

Solution
Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) wx
M ( x)

M0

x
2

M0

wx 2
2

Integration:
d 2v
wx 2
EI 2 M ( x) M 0
dx
2
3
dv
wx
EI
M0x
C1
dx
6
M 0 x 2 wx 4
EI v
C1 x C2
2
24
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
w( L)3
at x L,
0
M 0 ( L)
C1 0
dx
6
C1

wL3
6

## Beam slope equation:

dv
wx 3
EI
M0x
dx
6

M 0L

wL3
6

M 0L

Constraint:
At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
dv
w(0)3 wL3
EI
M 0 (0)
M 0L 0
dx A
6
6

M0

wL2
6

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.2 When moment M0 is applied to the left

end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P11.2, the slope of the beam is zero. Use the
double-integration method to determine the
magnitude of the moment M0.

Fig. P11.2

Solution
Moment equation:
M a a M ( x) Px M 0

M ( x)

Px M 0

Integration:
d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) Px M 0
dx
dv Px 2
EI
M 0 x C1
dx
2
Px3 M 0 x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
P ( L) 2
at x L,
0
M 0 ( L) C1 0
dx
2
C1

PL2
2

## Beam slope equation:

dv Px 2
EI
M0x
dx
2

M 0L

PL2
2

M 0L

Constraint:
At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
dv
P (0) 2
PL2
EI
M 0 (0)
M 0L 0
dx A
2
2
M0

PL
2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.3 When the load P is applied to the right

end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P11.3, the deflection at the right end of the
beam is zero. Use the double-integration
method to determine the magnitude of the

Fig. P11.3

Solution
Moment equation:
Ma

w( L

x)

x
2

w
( L x) 2
2

M ( x)

P( L

x) M ( x)

P( L x)

Integration:
d 2v
w
EI 2 M ( x)
( L x) 2 P( L x)
dx
2
dv w
P
EI
( L x )3
( L x) 2 C1
dx 6
2
w
P
EI v
( L x) 4
( L x)3 C1x C2
24
6
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
w
P
at x 0,
0
( L 0)3
( L 0) 2
dx
6
2
C1
at x

0, v

wL3
6

0
C2

wL4
24

PL2
2
w
( L 0) 4
24

C1

P
( L 0)3 C1 (0) C2
6

PL3
6

## Beam elastic curve equation:

w
P
wLx3 PL2 x wL4
EI v
( L x) 4
( L x )3
24
6
6
2
24
3
4
w
wLx
wL P
PL2 x
4
3
( L x)
( L x)
24
6
24 6
2

PL3
6
PL3
6

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Constraint:
At x = L, the deflection of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
w
wL( L)3 wL4 P
PL2 ( L)
4
3
EI vB
( L L)
( L L)
24
6
24 6
2
which simplifies to
wL4 wL4 PL3 PL3
wL4 PL3
EI vB
0
6
24
2
6
8
3
Therefore, the magnitude of P is
3wL
P
8

PL3
6

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.4 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.4. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.4

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

MA

By
MA

0
By L M 0

Moment equation:
Ma a
M ( x) M 0

By ( L

x)

M ( x)

By ( L

x)

M0

Integration:
d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) By ( L x) M 0
dx
By
dv
EI
( L x) 2 M 0 x C1
dx
2
By
M 0 x2
3
EI v
( L x)
C1 x C2
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
at x
at x

at x

0,

dv
dx

0, v

L, v

By

2
By

By

( L 0) 2

( L 0)

(L

L)

M 0 (0) C1
M 0 (0) 2
2

M 0 L2
3M 0
By
3
2
2L
Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:

Fy
MA

Ay

By

MA

By L

MA

M0
2

Ay
M0

M0
(cw)
2

C1 (0) C2

M 0 ( L) 2
2

By L3

By L2
2

( L)

By L2

C1
0

2
By L3

C2

By L3
6

3M 0
2L

By

3M 0
2L

MA

By L

Ans.

Ay
M0

3M 0
L
2L

3M 0
2L
M0

Ans.
0

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.5 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.5.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and B.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.
Fig. P11.5

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

MA

By

MB

wL

By L wL

L
2

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x)

wx

x
2

Ay x

wx 2
2

M ( x)

Integration:
d 2v
wx 2
EI 2 M ( x)
Ay x
dx
2
2
dv
wx 3 Ay x
EI
C1
dx
6
2
3
wx 4 Ay x
EI v
C1 x C2
24
6
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
w(0) 4 Ay (0)
at x 0, v 0
C1 (0) C2
24
6
at x

dv
L,
dx

Ay ( L) 2

w( L)3
6

Ay x

C1

C2

C1

wL3
6

Ay L2

C1

wL3
24

Ay L2

w( L) 4 Ay ( L)
at x L, v 0
C1 ( L)
24
6
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to find:

wL3
3wL
and
Ay
48
8
Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:
C1

Fy
MA

Ay

By

MB
MB

wL

By L wL
wL2
8

By
L
2

wL2
(cw)
8

wL

Ay

wL
MB

2
6

3wL
8

3wL
8
wL2
2

(a)
(b)

Ans.

5wL
8
By L

By
wL2
2

5wL2
8

5wL
8

Ans.

wL2
8
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.6 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.6. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.6

Solution
Beam FBD:

Fy

Ay

MA

w0 L
0
2
w0 L 2 L
By L
2
3

By

MB

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x
2L 3

M ( x)

w0 x3
6L

Ay x

Ay x

Integration:
d 2v
w0 x3
EI 2 M ( x)
Ay x
dx
6L
2
dv
w0 x 4 Ay x
EI
C1
dx
24 L
2
3
w0 x5 Ay x
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
6
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
w0 (0)5 Ay (0)
at x 0, v 0
C1 (0) C2
120 L
6
at x
at x

dv
L,
dx
L, v

0
0

w0 ( L)4
24 L

Ay ( L)2

w0 ( L)5
120 L

Ay ( L)3

2
6

C1

C1 ( L)

C2

C1

w0 L3
24

Ay L2

C1

w0 L3
120

Ay L2

2
6

(a)
(b)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

C1

w0 L3
120

and

Ay

w0 L
10

## Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:

w0 L
w0 L
Fy Ay By
0
By
Ay
2
2

MA

MB
MB

By L

w0 L 2 L
2
3
w0 L2
15

w0 L2
(cw)
15

w0 L
10

w0 L
2
MB

w0 L
10
w0 L2
3

Ans.

4w0 L
10
By L

w0 L2
3

By
2w0 L2
5

2w0 L
5

Ans.

w0 L2
15
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.7 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.7. Use the fourth-order
integration method to determine the reaction
at roller support B.

Fig. P11.7

Solution
d 4v
w0 x 2
EI 4
dx
L2
d 3v
w0 x 3
EI 3
C1
dx
3L2
d 2v
w0 x 4
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
12 L2
dv
w0 x5 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
60 L2
2
w0 x 6 C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
360 L2
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
w0 (0)6 C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
C3 (0) C4
360 L2
6
2
dv
w0 (0)5 C1 (0) 2
at x 0,
0
C2 (0) C3 0
dx
60 L2
2
w0 ( L)6 C1 ( L)3 C2 ( L) 2
at x L, v 0
0
360 L2
6
2

d 2v
w0 ( L)4
0
C1 ( L) C2
dx 2
12 L2
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
at x

L, M

EI

2C2

w0 L2
60

w0 L2
12

C1L

w0 L2
12

w0 L2
30

4w0 L2
60

Roller reaction at B:
d 3v
w0 ( L)3
VB EI 3
dx x L
3L2

C1

7 w0 L
60

C4

C3

C1L 3C2

C1L C2

w0 L2
60
w0 L2
12

(a)
(b)

w0 L2
30

C2

7w0 L2
60

7w0 L
60

20w0 L
60

7w0 L
60

13w0 L
60

By

13w0 L
60

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.8 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.8. Use the fourth-order
integration method to determine the reaction
at roller support A.

Fig. P11.8

Solution
d 4v
w0 x 2
EI 4
dx
L2
d 3v
w0 x 3
EI 3
C1
dx
3L2
d 2v
w0 x 4
EI 2
C1 x C2
dx
12 L2
dv
w0 x5 C1 x 2
EI
C2 x C3
dx
60 L2
2
w0 x 6 C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
360 L2
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
w0 (0)6 C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
C3 (0) C4
360 L2
6
2
d 2v
w0 (0) 4
at x 0, M EI 2 0
C1 (0) C2 0
dx
12 L2
dv
w0 ( L)5 C1 ( L)2
at x L,
0
C3 0
dx
60 L2
2

at x

L, v

w0 ( L)6
360 L2

C1 ( L)3
6

C3 ( L)

C4

C2

C1L2

2C3

w0 L3
30

(a)

C1L2

6C3

w0 L3
60

(b)

## Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:

4C3
C1L2

w0 L3
30

w0 L3
60

w0 L3
60

C3

w0 L3
30

w0 L3
120

5w0 L3
120

C1

Roller reaction at A:
d 3v
w0 (0)3
VA EI 3
dx x 0
3L2

w0 L
24

w0 L
24

w0 L3
240
5w0 L
120

w0 L
24

Ay

w0 L
24

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.9 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.9. Use the fourth-order
integration method to determine the
reaction at roller support A.

Fig. P11.9

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4
w0 sin
dx
2L
3
d v 2w0 L
x
EI 3
cos
C1
dx
2L
d 2v 4w0 L2
x
EI 2
sin
C1 x C2
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
cos
C2 x C3
3
dx
2L
2
16w0 L4
x C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
sin
C3 x C4
4
2L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
16w0 L4
(0) C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
sin
C3 (0) C4 0
4
2L
6
2
d 2v
4w0 L2
(0)
at x 0, M EI 2 0
sin
C1 (0) C2 0
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
( L) C1 ( L) 2
at x L,
0
cos
C3 0
C1L2 2C3
3
dx
2L
2

at x

L, v

16w0 L4

sin

C1 ( L)3
6

( L)
2L

C3 ( L)

C1L2

6C3

C4

C2

(a)

96w0 L3
4

(b)

## Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:

4C3
2

C1L

96w0 L3
4

24w0 L3
4

Roller reaction at A:
d 3v
2w0 L
(0)
VA EI 3
cos
dx x 0
2L

C3

24w0 L3
4

48w0 L

C1

48w0 L
4

Ay

2w0 L

48w0 L
4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.10 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.10. Use the fourth-order
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.10

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4 w0 cos
dx
2L
3
d v 2w0 L
x
EI 3
sin
C1
dx
2L
d 2v
4w0 L2
x
EI 2
cos
C1 x C2
2
dx
2L
dv
8w0 L3
x C1x 2
EI
sin
C2 x C3
3
dx
2L
2
16w0 L4
x C1 x3 C2 x 2
EI v
cos
C3 x C4
4
2L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
8w0 L3
(0) C1 (0) 2
at x 0,
0
sin
3
dx
2L
2
4
16w0 L
(0) C1 (0)3
at x 0, v 0
cos
4
2L
6

at x

dv
L,
dx

at x

L, v

8w0 L3

16w0 L4

C2 (0) C3
C2 (0) 2
2

C4

( L)
sin
2L

C1 ( L) 2
2

C2 ( L)

( L)
2L

C1 ( L)3
6

C2 ( L)2
2

cos

C3
0

C4

0
16 w0 L4

C1L 2C2

16w0 L4
4

C1L 3C2

16w0 L2
3

96w0 L2
4

(a)
(b)

C2
C1L

16w0 L2

96w0 L2

C2

48w0 L2

192w0 L2

C1

## Reactions at supports A and B

d 3v
2w0 L
(0)
VA EI 3
sin
dx x 0
2L

Ay

48w0 L
4

48w0 L
4

16w0 L2
4

48w0 L

48w0 L
4

4
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VB

EI

d 3v
dx3

2w0 L

sin

x L

2w0 L

By

MA

EI

d 2v
dx 2

( L)
2L

cos

x 0

4 w0 L2

(0)
2L

MB

EI

d 2v
dx 2

4 w0 L2
4

4 w0 L2
2
x L

48w0 L2
4

MB

4
32 w0 L2
4

24

96
Ans.

16 w0 L2
4

6
2

24 4

( L)
2L

cos

2w0 L

48w0 L(0)

16 w0 L2

MA

96 24

4 w0 L2

48w0 L

48w0 L( L )
4

16 w0 L2
4

3 (ccw)

(cw)

Ans.

16w0 L2

16 w0 L2
4

6
12 6

16 w0 L2
4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.11 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.11. Use the fourth-order
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.11

Solution
d 4v
x
EI 4 w0 sin
dx
L
3
d v
w0 L
x
EI 3
cos
C1
dx
L
d 2v
w0 L2
x
EI 2
sin
C1 x C2
2
dx
L
dv w0 L3
x C1 x 2
EI
cos
C2 x C3
3
dx
L
2
w0 L4
x C1 x 3 C2 x 2
EI v
sin
C3 x C4
4
L
6
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
w0 L3
(0) C1 (0) 2
at x 0,
0
cos
C2 (0) C3 0
3
dx
L
2
w0 L4
(0) C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
sin
C3 (0) C4
4
L
6
2

dv
dx

at x

L,

at x

L, v

w0 L3

cos

w0 L4

sin

C1 ( L)2
2

( L)
L
( L)
L

C2 ( L)

C1 ( L)3
6

C2 ( L)2
2

w0 L3

w0 L3
3

( L)

w0 L3

C3
C4

C1L 2C2
0

C1L 3C2

4w0 L2
3

6w0 L2
3

(a)
(b)

C2
C1L

6w0 L2

4w0 L2

C2

4w0 L2
3

2w0 L2

C1

## Reactions at supports A and B

d 3v
w0 L
(0)
VA EI 3
cos
dx x 0
L

Ay

w0 L

2w0 L2
3

w0 L

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VB

EI

d 3v
dx3

w0 L
x L

EI

d 2v
dx 2

w0 L2
2

EI

d 2v
dx 2

sin

x 0

Ans.

w0 L2
2
x L

MB

sin

2w0 L2

(0)
L

2w0 L2

MA

MB

w0 L

w0 L

By

MA

( L)
L

cos

Ans.

(cw)

( L)
L

2w0 L2

2w0 L2

2w0 L2
3

(ccw)

2w0 L2
3

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.12 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.12.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.12

Solution
Beam FBD:
from symmetry,
Ay

P
2

Cy
and

MA

MC

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x) M A

P
x
2

M ( x)

Px
2

MA

Integration:
d 2v
Px
EI 2 M ( x)
MA
dx
2
dv Px 2
EI
M A x C1
dx
4
Px3 M A x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
12
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
P(0) 2
at x 0,
0
M A (0) C1 0
dx
4
P(0)3 M A (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
C2 0
12
2
(a) Beam reaction forces:
P
Ay C y
2

C1

C2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv
at x
,
0
2 dx
MA

PL
8

P ( L / 2) 2
4

MA

L
2

PL
(ccw)
8

## Elastic curve equation:

Px3 M A x 2 Px3 PLx 2
EI v
12
2
12
16
2
Px
v
3L 4 x
48EI

0
MC

PL
(cw)
8

Ans.

Px 2
3L 4 x
48

## (c) Midspan deflection:

vB

P( L / 2) 2
3L 4( L / 2)
48EI

PL3
192 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.13 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.13.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and B.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.13

Solution
Beam FBD:
from symmetry,
Ay

wL
2

By
and

MA

MB

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A
M ( x)

wx

wx 2
2

x
2
wLx
2

wL
x
2

MA

Integration:
d 2v
wx 2 wLx
EI 2 M ( x)
MA
dx
2
2
dv
wx3 wLx 2
EI
M A x C1
dx
6
4
wx 4 wLx3 M A x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
24
12
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
w(0)3 wL(0) 2
at x 0,
0
M A (0) C1 0
dx
6
4
w(0) 4 wL(0)3 M A (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
C2 0
24
12
2
(a) Beam reaction forces:
wL
Ay By
2

C1

C2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv
at x
,
0
2 dx

MA

wL2
12

w( L / 2)3
6

wL( L / 2) 2
4

wL2
(ccw)
12

## Elastic curve equation:

wx 4 wLx 3 M A x 2
EI v
24
12
2
2
wx
v
( x L) 2
24 EI

MB

wx 4
24

wLx 3
12

wL2 x 2
24

MA

L
2
wL2
12

wx 2 2
x
24

0
wL2
(cw)
12

2 Lx

L2

Ans.

wx 2
( x L) 2
24

## (c) Midspan deflection:

vx

L/2

w( L / 2) 2
24 EI

L
2

L)

wL4
384 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.14 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.14.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.14

Solution
Beam FBD:
from symmetry,
Ay

w0 L
2

Cy
and
MA

MC

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x) M A
M ( x)

w0 x 2 x
2L 3

w0 x3
6L

w0 Lx
2

w0 L
x
2

MA

Integration:
d 2v
w0 x3 w0 Lx
EI 2 M ( x)
MA
dx
6L
2
dv
w0 x 4 w0 Lx 2
EI
M A x C1
dx
24 L
4
w0 x5 w0 Lx3 M A x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
120 L
12
2
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
dv
w0 (0) 4 w0 L(0) 2
at x 0,
0
dx
24 L
4
5
w0 (0)
w0 L(0)3
at x 0, v 0
120 L
12
(a) Beam reaction forces:
w0 L
Ay C y
2

M A (0) C1
M A (0) 2
2

C2

0
0

C1

C2

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

dv
at x L,
0
dx
MA

5w0 L2
24

w0 ( L) 4
24 L

w0 L( L) 2
4

5w0 L2
(ccw)
24

M A ( L)
MC

## Elastic curve equation:

w0 x 5 w0 Lx 3 M A x 2
w0 x 5
EI v
120 L
12
2
120 L
5
2 3
2 w0 x
20w0 L x
25w0 L3 x 2
240 L
240 L
240 L
2
w0 x
v
2 x 3 20 L2 x 25L3
240 L EI

0
5w0 L2
24

5w0 L2
(cw)
24

Ans.

w0 Lx 3 5w0 L2 x 2
12
48
2
w0 x
2 x 3 20 L2 x 25 L3
240 L

## (c) Midspan deflection:

vB

w0 ( L)2
2( L)3
240 L EI

20 L ( L) 25L

7 w0 L4
240 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.15 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.15.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.15

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

MA

Cy

MC

Cy L

Moment equation:
M a a M ( x) Ay x

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)
M ( x)

L
2

Ay x

Ay x
Ay x

P x

L
2

Px

PL
2

L
2

Integration:
For beam segment AB:
d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) Ay x
dx
2
dv Ay x
EI
C1
dx
2
Ay x3
EI v
C1 x C2
6

L
2

## For beam segment BC:

d 2v
PL
EI 2 M ( x) Ay x Px
dx
2
2
2
dv Ay x
Px
PLx
EI
C3
dx
2
2
2
Ay x 3 Px3 PLx 2
EI v
C3 x C4
6
6
4

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

Ay (0)3
at x 0, v 0
C1 (0) C2 0
6
at x
at x

L,

dv
dx

L, v

0
0

Ay ( L)2
2
Ay ( L)
6

P ( L) 2
2
P ( L )3
6

PL( L)
2
PL( L) 2
4

C2

C3

C3

Ay L
2

( L) C4

C4

Ay L2
2
Ay L3
3

PL3
12

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Slope continuity condition at x = L/2:

L dv
dv
at x
,
2 dx AB dx BC
Ay ( L / 2) 2

C1

Ay ( L / 2) 2

P( L / 2) 2
2

2
C1

PL2
8

Ay L
2

6
8
2
6
eliminate terms and rearrange:
Ay L3 Px 3 PLx 2 PL2 x

3
6
4
8
Substitute x = L/2 to obtain:
Ay L3 P( L / 2)3 PL( L / 2) 2

6
Ay

## Deflection continuity condition at x = L/2:

L
at x
, vB AB vB BC
2
Ay x3 PL2 x Ay L2 x Ay x3 Px3 PLx 2

Ay L2

PL( L / 2)
2

Ay L2 x

Ay L3

PL3
12

PL3
12

PL2 ( L / 2)
8

PL3
12

5 PL3
48

5P
16

5P
Ay
Cy
16

11P
16

L
PL 11PL
MC P
Cy L
2
2
16

Ans.

3PL
16

## Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:

Ay x3 PL2 x Ay L2 x 5Px3 PL2 x 5PL2 x
EI v
6
8
2
96
8
32
Px
v
5 x 2 3L2
96 EI

MC

5Px 3
96

3PL
16

3PL
(cw)
16

Ans.

3PL2 x
96

## (c) Midspan deflection:

vB

P( L / 2)
L
5
96 EI
2

3L2

7 PL3
768EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.16 A beam is loaded and supported as

shown in Fig. P11.16.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.
Fig. P11.16

Solution
Beam FBD:
Fy Ay

MA

Cy
MA

Cy L M 0

Moment equation:
M a a M ( x) Ay x

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)
M ( x)

Cy

Ay x

MA

Ay
0

MA

Ay x M A
Ay x M A

M0
M0

Integration:
For beam segment AB:
d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) Ay x M A
dx
2
dv Ay x
EI
M A x C1
dx
2
Ay x 3 M A x 2
EI v
C1 x C2
6
2

L
2

L
2

## For beam segment BC:

d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) Ay x M A M 0
dx
2
dv Ay x
EI
M A x M 0 x C3
dx
2
Ay x3 M A x 2 M 0 x 2
EI v
C3 x C4
6
2
2

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants for segment AB:

Ay (0)3 M A (0) 2
at x 0, v 0
C1 (0) C2 0
6
2
Ay (0) 2
dv
at x 0,
0
M A (0) C1 0
dx
2

C2

C1

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv
dv
at x
,
2 dx AB dx BC
Ay x 2
2

M Ax

Ay x 2
2
C3

M Ax

M 0 x C3

M 0L
2

## Deflection continuity condition at x = L/2:

L
at x
, vB AB vB BC
2
Ay x3 M A x 2 Ay x 3 M A x 2 M 0 x 2 M 0 Lx
6
2
6
2
2
2

C4

C4

M 0 L2
8

## Boundary condition for segment BC:

Ay ( L)3 M A ( L)2 M 0 ( L)2 M 0 L
M 0 L2
at x L, v 0
( L)
6
2
2
2
8
Also, the beam moment equilibrium equation can be written as:
Ay L M A
M0

## (a) Beam Reactions: Solve these two equations simultaneously to obtain:

M0
M0
9M 0 9M 0
MA
(cw)
Ay
8
8
8L
8L

Ay L 3M A

Cy

9M 0
8L

3M 0
4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.17 A beam is loaded and supported as shown

in Fig. P11.17.
(a) Use the double-integration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shear-force and bending-moment
diagrams for the beam.
Fig. P11.17

Solution
Beam FBD:

Fy

Ay

MA

Cy

MC

wL
2

Cy L

0
wL L
2 4

Moment equation:
Ma

M ( x) wx

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)

M ( x)

x
2

wx 2
2

Ay x

Ay x

wL
x
2
wL
x
2

L
4
L
4

Ay x
Ay x

Integration:
For beam segment AB:
d 2v
wx 2
EI 2 M ( x)
Ay x
dx
2
2
dv
wx 3 Ay x
EI
C1
dx
6
2
3
wx 4 Ay x
EI v
C1 x C2
24
6

L
2

0
L
2

d 2v
wL
EI 2 M ( x)
x
dx
2

dv
EI
dx
EI v

wL
x
4
wL
x
12

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants for segment AB:

3
w(0) 4 Ay (0)
at x 0, v 0
C1 (0) C2 0
24
6

L
4
L
4

L
4

Ay x 2
2
Ay x3
6

Ay x

C3
C3 x C4

C2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Slope continuity condition at x = L/2:

Equate the slope expressions for the two beam segments:
2
2
Ay x 2
wx3 Ay x
wL
L
C1
x
C3
6
2
4
4
2
Set x = L/2 and solve for the constant C1:

C1

wx3
6

C3
C1

wL
x
4

L
4

w( L / 2)3
6

C3

wL L
4 2

L
4

C3

wL3
48

wL3
64

C3

9wL3
64

wL3
192

C3

## Deflection continuity condition at x = L/2:

Equate the deflection expressions for the two beam segments:
3
3
Ay x3
wx 4 Ay x
wL
L
C1 x
x
C3 x C4
24
6
12
4
6
Set x = L/2 and solve for the constant C4:
3
w( L / 2) 4
wL3 L
wL L L
L
C3
C3
C4
24
192 2
12 2 4
2

wL4
384

wL4
384

L
2

C3

wL4
768

L
2

C3

C4

wL4
768

C4

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants for segment BC:

at x

dv
L,
dx

wL
L
4

L
4

Ay ( L)2
2

C3

Ay L2
2

at x = L, v = 0
wL
L
12
27 wL4
768

L
4

Ay L3
6

27 wL4
768

Ay ( L)3

C3 ( L)

6
9wL3
64
Ay L3
6

Ay L2

9wL4
64

( L)

Ay L3
2
Ay L3
6

wL4
768

wL4
768

wL4
768
3 Ay L3
6
Ay L3
3

0
26 wL4
768
82wL4
768

108wL4
768
Ay

41wL
128

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9wL3
C3
64
and for C1:
C1

5wL3
256

41wL3
256

5wL3
256

wL3
192

11wL3
768

## (a) Beam force reactions:

41wL
Ay
128

Ans.

wL
wL 41wL
Ay
2
2
128
Beam moment reaction:
Cy

MC

wL2
8

Cy L

wL2
8

23wL
128

23wL2
128

Cy
7 wL2
128

23wL
128

MC

Ans.

7 wL2
128

7 wL2
(cw)
128

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.18 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as shown

in Fig. P11.18. Assume EI = 200,000 kN-m2. Use
discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A and C.
(b) the beam deflection at B.
Fig. P11.18

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy Ay C y 150 kN

Ay
MA

C y 150 kN
(150 kN)(7 m) C y (12 m) M A

MA

C y (12 m)

(a)

0
(b)

1,050 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

MA x 0 m

V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

d 2v
M ( x) M A
dx 2
dv
1
EI
MA x 0 m
dx
MA
2
EI v
x 0m
2
EI

x 0m
Ay
2
Ay
6

Ay x 0 m
Ay x 0 m
Ay x 0 m

x 0m
x 0m

Ay x 0 m

150 kN x 7 m
150 kN x 7 m
150 kN x 7 m
150 kN x 7 m

C y x 12 m
C y x 12 m

C y x 12 m
C y x 12 m

Cy
150 kN
2
2
x 7m
x 12 m
C1
2
2
Cy
150 kN
3
3
x 7m
x 12 m
C1 x C2
6
6

(c)
(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv
at x 0 m,
0
C1 0
dx
at x 0 m, v 0
C2 0

at x 12 m, v

M A (72 m 2 )

Ay
MA
(12 m) 2
(12 m)3
2
6
Ay (288 m3 ) 3,125 kN-m3
0

150 kN
(5 m)3
6
(e)

## (a) Solve for Ay, Cy, and MA:

Solve equations (a), (b), and (c) simultaneously to obtain the results:

Ay
MA

88.3247 kN

88.3 kN

309.8958 kN-m

## 310 kN-m (ccw)

Cy

61.6753 kN

61.7 kN
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 7 m) is computed as follows:
309.8958 kN-m
88.3247 kN
EI vB
(7 m) 2
(7 m)3
2
6
3
2,543.2219 kN-m
vB

2,543.2219 kN-m3
200, 000 kN-m 2

0.0127161 m

12.72 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.19 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as

shown in Fig. P11.19. Assume EI = 200,000 kNm2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A and B.
(b) the beam deflection at C.
Fig. P11.19

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy Ay By 0

Ay

MA

(a)

By

750 kN-m By (5 m) M A
MA

By (5 m)

0
(b)

750 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

MA x 0 m

V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

d 2v
EI 2 M ( x) M A
dx
dv
1
EI
MA x 0 m
dx
MA
2
EI v
x 0m
2

x 0m
Ay
2
Ay
6

Ay x 0 m
Ay x 0 m
2

By

By x 5 m

By x 5 m

x 5m

2
By

By x 5 m

x 5m

By x 5 m

Ay x 0 m

x 0m
x 0m

Ay x 0 m

750 kN-m x 7.5 m

750 kN-m x 7.5 m
1

750 kN-m
x 7.5 m
2

C1

(c)

C1 x C2

(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv
at x 0 m,
0
C1 0
dx
at x 0 m, v 0
C2 0

at x

5 m, v

Ay

MA
(5 m) 2
2
Ay (20.83333 m3 ) 0
0

M A (12.5 m )

(5 m)3
(e)

## (a) Solve for Ay, By, and MA:

Solve equations (a), (b), and (c) simultaneously to obtain the results:

Ay

225.000 kN

MA

375.000 kN-m

225 kN
375 kN-m (cw)

By

225.000 kN

225 kN
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 7.5 m) is computed as follows:
Ay
By
MA
EI vC
(7.5 m) 2
(7.5 m)3
(2.5 m) 3
2
6
6
4,687.500 kN-m3
vC

4,687.500 kN-m3
200,000 kN-m 2

0.023438 m

23.4 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.20 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as shown

in Fig. P11.20. Assume EI = 100,000 kip-ft2. Use
discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A and E.
(b) the beam deflection at C.

Fig. P11.20

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy Ay E y 20 kips 30 kips 20 kips

Ay
ME

Ey

0
(a)

70 kips

## Ay (28 ft) 20 kips(21 ft)

30 kips(14 ft) 20 kips(7 ft)
Ay (28 ft)

ME

ME

980 kip-ft

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:
w x

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft
V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft
d 2v
EI 2
dx

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft

EI

dv
dx

EI v

Ay

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft
0

E y x 28 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips
30 kips
2
x 7 ft
x 14 ft
2
2
2
Ey
1
2
M E x 28 ft
x 28 ft
C1
2
Ay
20 kips
30 kips
3
3
3
x 0 ft
x 7 ft
x 14 ft
6
6
6
Ey
ME
2
3
x 28 ft
x 28 ft
C1 x C2
2
6
x 0 ft

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft

M E x 28 ft
M x

20 kips x 7 ft

20 kips
x 21 ft
2

(c)

20 kips
x 21 ft
6

(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 0 ft, v 0
C2 0

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 28 ft, v 0
Ay
20 kips
(28 ft)3
(21 ft)3
6
6
dv
at x 28 ft,
0
dx
Ay
20 kips
(28 ft) 2
(21 ft) 2
2
2

30 kips
(14 ft)3
6

20 kips
(7 ft)3
6

C1 (28 ft)

30 kips
(14 ft) 2
2

20 kips
(7 ft) 2
2

C1

(e)

(f)

## (a) Solve for Ay, Ey, and ME:

Solve equations (e) and (f) simultaneously to obtain:
C1
1,470.000 kip-ft 2

Ay

23.7500 kips

Ans.

23.8 kips

With the value of Ay, calculate Ey and ME from equations (a) and (b), respectively.

Ey
ME

46.2500 kips

46.3 kips

315.000 kip-ft

Ans.

## 315 kip-ft (cw)

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 14 ft) is computed as follows:
23.75 kips
20 kips
EI vC
(14 ft)3
(7 ft)3 (1, 470 kip-ft 2 )(14 ft)
6
6
3
10,861.6667 kip-ft
vC

10,861.6667 kip-ft 3
100,000 kip-ft 2

0.108617 ft

1.3034 in.

1.303 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.21 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as

shown in Fig. P11.21. Assume EI = 100,000 kipft2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A and B.
(b) the beam deflection at x = 7 ft.
Fig. P11.21

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
1
Fy Ay By
(12 kips/ft)(16 ft)
2
Ay By 96 kips
MB

Ay (16 ft)

0
(a)

1
2(16 ft)
(12 kips/ft)(16 ft)
2
3
MB 0

Ay (16 ft) M B

1,024 kip-ft

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft
V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft
d 2v
EI 2
dx

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft
EI

dv
dx

EI v

Ay

By x 16 ft

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
2(16 ft)

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
6(16 ft)

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
6(16 ft)

12 kips/ft
12 kips/ft
3
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
2
6
24(16 ft)
By
1
2
M B x 16 ft
x 16 ft
C1
2
Ay
12 kips/ft
12 kips/ft
3
4
5
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
x 0 ft
6
24
120(16 ft)
By
MB
2
3
x 16 ft
x 16 ft
C1 x C2
2
6
x 0 ft

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
2
0

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
2
0

12 kips/ft
x 0 ft
16 ft

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft
M x

12 kips/ft x 0 ft

(c)

(d)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 0 ft, v 0
C2 0

at x 16 ft, v 0
Ay
12 kips/ft
(16 ft)3
(16 ft)4
6
24
dv
at x 16 ft,
0
dx
Ay
12 kips/ft
(16 ft)2
(16 ft)3
2
6

12 kips/ft
(16 ft)5
120(16 ft)

C1 (16 ft)

12 kips/ft
(16 ft) 4
24(16 ft)

C1

(e)

(f)

## (a) Solve for Ay, By, and MB:

Solve equations (e) and (f) simultaneously to obtain:
C1
614.4000 kip-ft 2

Ay

52.8000 kips

Ans.

52.8 kips

With the value of Ay, calculate By and MB from equations (a) and (b), respectively.
By
MB

43.200 kips

43.2 kips

179.200 kip-ft

Ans.

## 179.2 kip-ft (cw)

(b) Beam deflection at x = 7 ft: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at x = 7 ft is computed as follows:
52.8 kips
12 kips/ft
12 kips/ft
EI v
(7 ft)3
(7 ft) 4
(7 ft)5 (614.400 kip-ft 2 )(7 ft)
6
24
120(16 ft)
2,377.85625 kip-ft 3
v

2,377.85625 kip-ft 3
100,000 kip-ft 2

0.023779 ft

0.2853 in.

0.285 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.22 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as

shown in Fig. P11.22. Assume EI = 200,000 kNm2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A and B.
(b) the beam deflection at C.
Fig. P11.22

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
1
Fy Ay By
(120 kN/m)(8 m)
2
Ay By 480 kN

0
(a)

1
2(8 m)
(120 kN/m)(8 m)
2
3
MA 0

MA

By (6 m) M A

By (6 m)

2,560 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x
V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

M ( x)

MA x 0 m

d 2v
EI 2
dx
EI

dv
dx

EI v

MA x 0 m
MA
x 0m
2

MA x 0 m

Ay
2
Ay
6

Ay x 0 m
Ay x 0 m

120 kN/m
1
1
x 0m
By x 6 m
8m
120 kN/m
2
0
x 0m
By x 6 m
2(8 m)
120 kN/m
3
1
x 0m
By x 6 m
6(8 m)

120 kN/m
3
1
x 0m
By x 6 m
6(8 m)
By
120 kN/m
4
2
x 0m
x 6m
C1
24(8 m)
2
By
120 kN/m
5
3
x 0m
x 6m
C1 x C2
120(8 m)
6

Ay x 0 m

x 0m
x 0m

Ay x 0 m

(c)
(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv
at x 0 m,
0
C1 0
dx
at x 0 m, v 0
C2 0
at x

6 m, v

MA
(6 m) 2
2

Ay
6

(6 m)3

120 kN/m
(6 m)5
120(8 m)

(e)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## (a) Solve for Ay, By, and MA:

Solve equations (a), (b), and (e) simultaneously to obtain:

Ay
MA

66.5000 kN

66.5 kN

79.0000 kN-m

By

413.5000 kN

414 kN
Ans.

## 79.0 kN-m (ccw)

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 8 m) is computed as follows:
79.0 kN-m
66.5 kN
120 kN/m
413.5 kN
EI v
(8 m) 2
(8 m)3
(8 m)5
(2 m)3
2
6
120(8 m)
6
398.0000 kN-m3
v

398.0000 kN-m3
200, 000 kN-m 2

0.001990 m

1.990 mm

1.990 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.23 For the beam shown in Fig. P11.23, assume

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity
functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A, C, and D.
(b) the beam deflection at B.
Fig. P11.23

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy Ay C y Dy

Ay
MA

Cy

(120 kN/m)(6 m)

Dy

0
(a)

720 kN

## (120 kN/m)(6 m)(3 m) C y (6 m)

Dy (10 m)
C y (6 m)

Dy (10 m)

2,160 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:
w x

Ay x 0 m

Cy x 6 m
V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 m
Cy x 6 m

M x

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 m

EI

d 2v
dx 2

M ( x)

Ay x 0 m

dv
dx

EI v

Ay

Dy x 10 m

Dy x 10 m

Dy x 10 m

120 kN/m x 6 m

120 kN/m
x 6m
2

120 kN/m
x 6m
2

120 kN/m
120 kN/m
3
x 0m
x 6m
2
6
6
Cy
Dy
2
2
x 6m
x 10 m
C1
2
2
Ay
120 kN/m
120 kN/m
3
4
4
x 0m
x 0m
x 6m
6
24
24
Cy
Dy
3
3
x 6m
x 10 m
C1 x C2
6
6
x 0m

120 kN/m
x 0m
2
1

120 kN/m
x 0m
2

Cy x 6 m

EI

120 kN/m x 6 m

Dy x 10 m

120 kN/m x 0 m

Cy x 6 m

120 kN/m x 0 m

(c)

(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 0 m, v 0
C2 0
at x

6 m, v

Ay
6

(6 m)3

120 kN/m
(6 m) 4
24

C1 (6 m)

(e)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 10 m, v 0
Ay
(10 m)3
6

120 kN/m
(10 m) 4
24

120 kN/m
(4 m) 4
24

Cy
6

(4 m)3

C1 (10 m)

(f)

## (a) Solve for Ay, Cy, and Dy:

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), and (f) simultaneously to obtain:
C1
756.000 kN-m 2

Ay

306.0000 kN

306 kN

Cy

495.0000 kN

495 kN

Dy

81.0000 kN

Ans.

81.0 kN

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 3 m) is computed as follows:
306.00 kN
120 kN/m
EI vB
(3 m)3
(3 m) 4 (756.000 kN-m 2 )(3 m)
6
24
3
1, 296.0000 kN-m
vB

1, 296.0000 kN-m3
200,000 kN-m 2

0.006480 m

6.48 mm

6.48 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.24 For the beam shown in Fig. P11.24, assume

EI = 100,000 kip-ft2 and use discontinuity
functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at A, C, and D.
(b) the beam deflection at B.
Fig. P11.24

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy Ay C y Dy

Ay
MA

Cy

Dy

(a)

187 kips

## (75 kips)(8 ft) (7 kips/ft)(16 ft)(24 ft)

C y (16 ft)
C y (16 ft)

Dy (32 ft)

Dy (32 ft)

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft x 32 ft
0

75 kips x 8 ft

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft
x 32 ft
2

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft x 32 ft

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft
x 16 ft
2
d 2v
EI 2
dx

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft x 16 ft
M x

(b)

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft x 16 ft
w x dx

3, 288 kip-ft

Discontinuity expressions:
w x Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
2
2
x 16 ft
x 32 ft
Dy x 32 ft
2
2
Cy
dv Ay
75 kips
2
2
2
EI
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 16 ft
dx 2
2
2
Dy
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
3
3
2
x 16 ft
x 32 ft
x 32 ft
C1
6
6
2
Ay
Cy
75 kips
3
3
3
EI v
x 0 ft
x 8 ft
x 16 ft
6
6
6
Dy
7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
4
4
3
x 16 ft
x 32 ft
x 32 ft
C1 x C2
24
24
6

(c)

(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 0 ft, v 0
C2 0
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 16 ft, v

at x

32 ft, v
Ay
6

(32 ft)3

Ay
6

(16 ft)3

75 kips
(24 ft)3
6

Cy
6

75 kips
(8 ft)3
6
(16 ft) 3

C1 (16 ft)

7 kips/ft
(16 ft) 4
24

C1 (32 ft)

(e)

(f)

## (a) Solve for Ay, Cy, and Dy:

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), and (f) simultaneously to obtain:
C1
601.3333 kip-ft 2

Ay

23.4688 kips

23.5 kips

Cy

121.5625 kips

121.6 kips

Dy

41.9688 kips

42.0 kips

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 8 ft) is computed as follows:
23.4688 kips
EI vB
(8 ft)3 (601.3333 kip-ft 2 )(8 ft)
6
2,808.0000 kip-ft 3
vB

2,808.0000 kip-ft 3
100,000 kip-ft 2

0.028080 ft

0.3370 in.

0.337 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.25 For the propped cantilever beam shown in

Fig. P11.25, assume EI = 100,000 kip-ft2 and use
discontinuity functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at B and D.
(b) the beam deflection at C.
Fig. P11.25

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
1
Fy By Dy
(5 kips/ft)(10 ft)
2
(5 kips/ft)(12 ft) 0

By

Dy

(a)

85 kips

1
10 ft
(5 kips/ft)(10 ft) 20 ft
2
3
(5 kips/ft)(12 ft)(14 ft)
By (20 ft) M D 0

MD

By (20 ft) M D

1,423.3333 kip-ft

Discontinuity expressions:
5 kips/ft
w x
x 0 ft
10 ft
By x 10 ft
M D x 30 ft

V ( x)

w x dx

5 kips/ft
x 0 ft
2(10 ft)
5 kips/ft x 22 ft

M x

EI

V ( x)dx

d 2v
dx 2

M ( x)

5 kips/ft
6(10 ft)
5 kips/ft
2
5 kips/ft
6(10 ft)
5 kips/ft
2

5 kips/ft
x 10 ft
10 ft

5 kips/ft x 10 ft

5 kips/ft
x 0 ft
10 ft
M D x 30 ft

(b)

x 0 ft
x 22 ft
x 0 ft
x 22 ft

Dy x 30 ft
1

5 kips/ft x 22 ft

5 kips/ft
x 10 ft
2(10 ft)
M D x 30 ft

5 kips/ft x 10 ft

5 kips/ft x 22 ft

5 kips/ft
x 10 ft
10 ft

Dy x 30 ft
2

5 kips/ft
x 10 ft
6(10 ft)
M D x 30 ft

5 kips/ft
x 10 ft
6(10 ft)
M D x 30 ft

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft
3

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI

dv
dx

EI v

5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
4
4
x 0 ft
x 10 ft
24(10 ft)
24(10 ft)
Dy
1
2
M D x 30 ft
x 30 ft
C1
2
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
5
5
x 0 ft
x 10 ft
120(10 ft)
120(10 ft)
Dy
MD
2
3
x 30 ft
x 30 ft
C1 x C2
2
6

By
2

x 10 ft

5 kips/ft
x 22 ft
6

(c)

By
6

x 10 ft

5 kips/ft
x 22 ft
24

(d)

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 10 ft, v 0

at x

at x

5 kips/ft
(10 ft)5
120(10 ft)
30 ft, v 0

C1 (10 ft) C2

(e)

By
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
(30 ft)5
(20 ft)5
(20 ft)3
120(10 ft)
120(10 ft)
6
5 kips/ft
(8 ft) 4 C1 (30 ft) C2 0
24
dv
30 ft,
0
dx
By
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
(30 ft) 4
(20 ft) 4
(20 ft) 2
(8 ft)3
24(10 ft)
24(10 ft)
2
6

(f)

C1

(g)

## (a) Solve for By, Dy, and MD:

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:
C1
59.0000 kip-ft 2
C2

1,006.6667 kip-ft 3

By

65.8700 kips

65.9 kips

Dy

19.1300 kips

19.13 kips

MD

105.9333 kip-ft

## 105.9 kip-ft (cw)

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 22 ft) is computed as follows:
5 kips/ft
5 kips/ft
65.8700 kips
EI vC
(22 ft)5
(12 ft)5
(12 ft)3
120(10 ft)
120(10 ft)
6
(59.0000 kip-ft 2 )(22 ft) 1,006.6667 kip-ft 3
1,757.4400 kip-ft 3
vC

1,757.4400 kip-ft 3
100,000 kip-ft 2

0.017574 ft

0.2109 in.

0.211 in.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.26 For the beam shown in Fig. P11.26, assume

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity
functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at B, C, and D.
(b) the beam deflection at A.
Fig. P11.26

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy By C y Dy 120 kN (60 kN/m)(12 m)

By
MB

Cy

Dy

0
(a)

840 kN

## (120 kN)(3 m) (60 kN/m)(12 m)(6 m)

C y (6 m)
C y (6 m)

Dy (12 m)

Dy (12 m)

3,960 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:
w x

Cy x 9 m
V ( x)

w x dx

V ( x)dx

d 2v
dx 2

M ( x)

dv
dx

EI v

60 kN/m x 3 m

60 kN/m
x 3m
2

60 kN/m
x 3m
2

By
120 kN
60 kN/m
2
2
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
2
2
6
Cy
Dy
2
2
x 9m
x 15 m
C1
2
2
By
120 kN
60 kN/m
3
3
4
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
6
6
24
Cy
Dy
3
3
x 9m
x 15 m
C1 x C2
6
6

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 3 m, v 0
120 kN
(3 m)3 C1 (3 m) C2 0
6

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m
Cy x 9 m

EI

60 kN/m x 3 m

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m
Cy x 9 m

EI

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m
Cy x 9 m

M x

120 kN x 0 m

(c)

(d)

(e)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x

9 m, v

120 kN
(9 m)3
6
at x 15 m, v 0

By

120 kN
(15 m)3
6

(6 m)3

By
6

(12 m)3

60 kN/m
(6 m) 4
24

C1 (9 m) C2

60 kN/m
(12 m) 4
24

Cy
6

(6 m)3

C1 (15 m) C2

(f)

(g)

## (a) Solve for By, Cy, and Dy:

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:
C1 900.0000 kN-m 2
C2

2,160.0000 kN-m3

By

330.0000 kN

330 kN

Cy

360.0000 kN

360 kN

Dy

150.0000 kN

150.0 kN

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at A (x = 0 m) is computed as follows:
EI v A
2,160.0000 kN-m3
vA

2,160.0000 kN-m3
200,000 kN-m 2

0.010800 m

10.80 mm

10.80 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.27 For the beam shown in Fig. P11.27, assume

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity
functions to determine:
(a) the reactions at B, C, and D.
(b) the beam deflection at A.
Fig. P11.27

Solution
Moment equation:
(a) Support reactions:
Fy By C y Dy

By
MB

Cy

Dy

(60 kN/m)(6 m)

0
(a)

360 kN

## 420 kN-m (60 kN/m)(6 m)(3 m)

C y (6 m)
C y (6 m)

Dy (12 m)

Dy (12 m)

660 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:
w x
420 kN-m x 0 m
1

Cy x 9 m
V ( x)

w x dx

V ( x)dx

d 2v
dx 2

M ( x)

By x 3 m

60 kN/m
x 9m
2

420 kN-m x 0 m

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 3 m

Dy x 15 m
1

60 kN/m
x 3m
2

60 kN/m
2
1
x 9m
Dy x 15 m
2
By
dv
60 kN/m
1
2
3
EI
420 kN-m x 0 m
x 3m
x 3m
dx
2
6
Cy
D
60 kN/m
2
3
2
y
x 9m
x 9m
x 15 m
C1
2
6
2
By
420 kN-m
60 kN/m
2
3
4
EI v
x 0m
x 3m
x 3m
2
6
24
Cy
Dy
60 kN/m
3
4
3
x 9m
x 9m
x 15 m
C1 x C2
6
24
6
Cy x 9 m

60 kN/m
x 3m
2
Dy x 15 m

60 kN/m x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 9 m

420 kN-m x 0 m
Cy x 9 m

EI

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 9 m

420 kN-m x 0 m
Cy x 9 m

M x

(b)

(c)

(d)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x 3 m, v 0
420 kN-m
(3 m) 2 C1 (3 m) C2 0
2
at x 9 m, v 0
By
420 kN-m
60 kN/m
(9 m) 2
(6 m)3
(6 m) 4
2
6
24
at x 15 m, v 0

(e)

C1 (9 m) C2

(f)

By
420 kN-m
60 kN/m
(15 m) 2
(12 m)3
(12 m) 4
2
6
24
Cy
60 kN/m
(6 m)3
(6 m) 4 C1 (15 m) C2 0
6
24

(g)

## (a) Solve for By, Cy, and Dy:

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:
C1 1,590.0000 kN-m 2
C2

2,880.0000 kN-m3

By

245.0000 kN

245 kN

Cy

120.0000 kN

120 kN

Dy

5.0000 kN

5.00 kN

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at A (x = 0 m) is computed as follows:
EI vA
2,880.0000 kN-m3
vA

2,880.0000 kN-m3
200,000 kN-m2

0.014400 m

14.40 mm

14.40 mm

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.
(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.28a, determine
the concentrated upward force P required to
make the total beam deflection at B equal to
zero (i.e., vB = 0).
Fig. P11.28a

Solution
Downward deflection at B due to 15 kN/m uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 15 kN/m, L = 7 m, a = 3.5 m,
EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
wa3
vB
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(7 m) 2
24(7 m)EI

234.472656 kN-m3
EI

## Upward deflection at B due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
48 EI
Values:
L = 7 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

vB

PL3
48EI

P(7 m)3
48EI

P(7.145833 m3 )
EI

Compatibility equation at B:
234.472656 kN-m3 P(7.145833 m3 )
EI
EI
3
234.472656 kN-m
P
32.8125 kN
7.145833 m3

0
32.8 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.
(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.28b, determine
the concentrated moment M required to
make the total beam slope at A equal to zero
(i.e., A = 0).
Fig. P11.28b

Solution
Slope at A due to 32 kN concentrated load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL2
(slope magnitude)
A
2 EI
Values:
P = 32 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:
A

PL2
2 EI

2 EI

256 kN-m2
EI

## Slope at A due to concentrated moment M.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
EI
Values:
L = 4 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:
ML M (4 m)
A
EI
EI

M (4 m)
EI

Compatibility equation at A:
256 kN-m 2 M (4 m)
0
EI
EI
256 kN-m 2
M
64.0 kN-m
4m

## (positive slope by inspection)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.
(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.29a, determine
the concentrated upward force P required to
make the total beam deflection at B equal to
zero (i.e., vB = 0).
Fig. P11.29a

Solution
Downward deflection at B due to 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 13 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:

vB

wL4
8EI

(4 kips/ft)(13 ft) 4
8EI

14,280.5 kip-ft 3
EI

## Upward deflection at B due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
L = 13 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vB

PL3
3EI

P(13 ft)3
3EI

P(732.333333 ft 3 )
EI

Compatibility equation at B:
14,280.5 kip-ft 3 P(732.333333 ft 3 )
EI
EI
3
14,280.5 kip-ft
P
19.50 kips
732.333333 ft 3

0
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2 is
constant for each beam.
(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.29b, determine
the concentrated moment M required to
make the total beam slope at C equal to zero
(i.e., C = 0).
Fig. P11.29b

Solution
Slope at C due to 40-kip concentrated load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL2
(slope magnitude)
C
16 EI
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:
C

PL2
16 EI

16 EI

810 kip-ft 2
EI

## Slope at C due to concentrated moment M.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
C
3EI
Values:
L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML M (18 ft)
C
3EI
3EI

M (6 ft)
EI

Compatibility equation at C:
810 kip-ft 2 M (6 ft)
0
EI
EI
810 kip-ft 2
M
135.0 kip-ft
6 ft

## (positive slope by inspection)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2
is constant for each beam.
(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.30a,
determine the concentrated downward
force P required to make the total beam
deflection at B equal to zero (i.e., vB = 0).
Fig. P11.30a

Solution
Upward deflection at B due to 105 kN-m concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 105 kN-m, L = 8 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

( 105 kN-m)(4 m)
2(8 m)2 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m)2
6(8 m)EI

420 kN-m3
EI

## Downward deflection at B due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
48 EI
Values:
L = 8 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:

vB

PL3
48EI

P(8 m)3
48EI

P(10.666667 m3 )
EI

Compatibility equation at B:
420 kN-m3 P(10.666667 m3 )
0
EI
EI
420 kN-m3
P
39.375 kN 39.4 kN
10.666667 m3

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2 is
constant for each beam.
(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.30b, determine
the concentrated moment M required to
make the total beam slope at A equal to zero
(i.e., A = 0).
Fig. P11.30b

Solution
Slope at A due to 6 kN/m uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL3
(slope magnitude)
A
6 EI
Values:
w = 6 kN/m, L = 5 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:
A

wL3
6 EI

(6 kN/m)(5 m)3
6 EI

125 kN-m2
EI

## Slope at A due to concentrated moment M.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
EI
Values:
L = 5 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2
Computation:
ML M (5 m)
A
EI
EI

## (negative slope by inspection)

Compatibility equation at A:
125 kN-m2 M (5 m)
0
EI
EI
125 kN-m 2
M
25.0 kN-m
5m

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
is constant for each beam.
(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.31a,
determine the concentrated downward
force P required to make the total beam
deflection at B equal to zero (i.e., vB = 0).
Fig. P11.31a

Solution
Upward deflection at B due to 125 kip-ft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
vB
2 EI
Values:
M = 125 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:

vB

ML2
2 EI

## ( 125 kip-ft)(15 ft) 2

2 EI

14,062.5 kip-ft 3
EI

## Downward deflection at B due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
L = 15 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:

vB

PL3
3EI

P(15 ft)3
3EI

P(1,125 ft 3 )
EI

Compatibility equation at B:
14,062.5 kip-ft 3 P(1,125 ft 3 )
0
EI
EI
14,062.5 kip-ft 3
P
12.50 kips
1,125 ft 3

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
is constant for each beam.
(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.31b,
determine the concentrated moment M
required to make the total beam slope at A
equal to zero (i.e., A = 0).
Fig. P11.31b

Solution
Slope at A due to 7 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa 2
(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)
A
24LEI
Values:
w = 7 kips/ft, L = 23 ft, a = 15 ft,
EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
wa 2
(2 L2
A
24 LEI

a2 )

(7 kips/ft)(15 ft) 2
2(23 ft) 2
24(23 ft)EI

(15 ft) 2

2,376.766304 kip-ft 2
EI

## Slope at A due to concentrated moment M.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML
(slope magnitude)
A
3EI
Values:
L = 23 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2
Computation:
ML M (23 ft)
A
3EI
3EI

M (7.666667 ft)
EI

Compatibility equation at A:
2,376.766304 kip-ft 2 M (7.666667 ft)
EI
EI
2
2,376.766304 kip-ft
M
310 kip-ft
7.666667 ft

## (positive slope by inspection)

0
Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions
at supports A and B. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.32

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to concentrated moment M0.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
ML2
M 0 L2
vB
2 EI
2 EI

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
PL3 By L
vB
3EI 3EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
M 0 L2 By L
3M 0
0
By
2EI
3EI
2L

Ans.

Equilibrium equations
for entire beam:

Fy
MA

MA

Ay

By
MA

0
M0

By L M 0

Ay

By

3M 0
( L) M 0
2L

3M 0
2

By L

3M 0
2L

3M 0
2L

Ans.

M0

M0
2

(cw)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions
at supports A and B. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.33

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to linearly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
w0 L4
vB
30 EI

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
PL3 By L
vB
3EI 3EI

3
w0 L4 By L
w0 L
0
By
30 EI 3EI
10

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

w0 L
Fy Ay By
0
Ay
2
w0 L L
MA
MA
By L 0
2 3
MA

By L

w0 L2
6

w0 L
( L)
10

w0 L2
6

Ans.

w0 L
2

w0 L2
15

w0 L
10

w0 L2
15

4w0 L
10

(ccw)

2w0 L
5

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

derive an expression for the reactions at
supports A and B. Assume that EI is constant
for the beam.

Fig. P11.34

Solution
Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load P.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px 2
vA
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
3L
Let x L, L
2
P ( L) 2
3L
7 PL3
vA
3
L
6 EI
2
12 EI
Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load Ay.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
PL3 Ay L
vA
3EI 3EI

Ay L3

7 PL3
12 EI

3EI

Ay

7P
4

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Fy Ay By P 0
By
MB

MB

MB

7P
4
Ay L

Ay L P

3P
4
3L
P
2

3L
2

3P
4

Ans.

7P
3PL
( L)
4
2

PL
4

PL
(ccw)
4

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

derive an expression for the reactions at
supports A and B. Assume that EI is constant
for the beam.

Fig. P11.35

Solution
Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx 2
vA
(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)
24 EI

Let x

L, L
vA

3L
2
w( L)2
3L
6
24 EI
2

3L
4
( L) ( L) 2
2

17 wL4
48EI

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load Ay.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
PL3 Ay L
vA
3EI 3EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at A:

3
17wL4 Ay L
17 wL
0
Ay
48EI
3EI
16

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

3wL
Fy Ay By
0
By
2
3wL 3L
M B M B Ay L
0
2
4
MB

Ay L

9wL2
8

17 wL
( L)
16

9wL2
8

3wL
2

17wL
16

wL2
16

wL2
16

7wL
16

(cw)

7 wL
16

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions
at supports A and B. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.36

Solution
Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load P.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
5 PL3
vA
48 EI
Let L 2 L
5 P (2 L)3
48 EI

vA

5 PL3
6 EI

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load Ay.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vA
3EI
Let L 2 L, P
Ay

vA

( Ay )(2 L)3

8 Ay L3

3EI

3EI

3
5PL3 8 Ay L
5P
0
Ay
6 EI
3EI
16

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Fy Ay By P 0
By
MB

MB

MB

5 P 11P 11P
16
16
16
Ay (2 L) P( L) 0

Ay (2L) P( L)

5PL
8

Ans.

PL

3PL
8

3PL
(cw)
8

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the
reactions at supports A and C. Assume that
EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.37

Solution
Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated moment M0.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
ML2
ML
vB
and
B
2 EI
EI
2
M 0L M 0L
3M 0 L2
vC
( L)
2 EI
EI
2 EI
Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
3EI
Let L 2 L, P
Cy

vC

( C y )(2 L)3

8C y L3

3EI

3EI

3
3M 0 L2 8C y L
9M 0
0
Cy
2 EI
3EI
16 L

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Fy Ay C y 0
Ay
MA

MA

9M 0
16 L
M A M0

9M 0
16 L
C y (2 L)

C y (2L) M 0

Ans.
0

9M 0
(2 L) M 0
16 L

M0
8

M0
8

(cw)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the
reactions at supports A and C. Assume that
EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.38

Solution
Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
vB
and
B
8EI
6 EI
4
3
wL wL
7 wL4
vC
( L)
8EI 6 EI
24 EI
Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vC
3EI
Let L 2 L, P
Cy

vC

( C y )(2 L)3

8C y L3

3EI

3EI

3
7 wL4 8C y L
7 wL
0
Cy
24 EI
3EI
64

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Fy Ay C y wL 0

MA

Ay

wL

7 wL
64

MA

wL

L
2

MA

C y (2 L)

57 wL
64
C y (2 L)

wL2
2

Ans.
0

7 wL
(2 L)
64

wL2
2

18wL2
64

9wL2
32

9wL2
32

(ccw)

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
forces at A, C, and D. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam. (Reminder: The
roller symbol implies that both upward and
downward displacement is restrained.)
Fig. P11.39

Solution
Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at C due to P.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vC
( L b2 x2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI
Let L 3L, b L, x L
P ( L)( L)
vC
(3L) 2 ( L) 2 ( L) 2
6(3L) EI
7 PL3
18 EI

PL
7 L2
18 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vC
(L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Let L 3L, a 2 L, b L, P
Cy
vC

( C y )(2 L)( L)
6(3L) EI
2C y L
18 EI

4 L2

(3L) 2

(2 L) 2

( L) 2

8C y L3
18 EI

3
7 PL3 8C y L
7P
0
Cy
18EI 18EI
8

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MA

PL C y (2 L)

Dy (3L)

PL C y (2 L)
Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy (3L)

Cy
Ay

P
4

P
4

Dy

P Cy

PL

7P
(2 L)
8

3PL
4
Ans.

0
Dy

7P
8

P
4

5P
8

3P
8

3P
8

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
force at B. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam. (Reminder: The roller symbol
implies that both upward and downward
displacement is restrained.)
Fig. P11.40

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to M0.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI

Let L

2 L, x
vB

L, M

M0

( M 0 )( L)
2(2 L) 2 3(2 L)( L) ( L) 2
6(2 L) EI

M0
3L2
12 EI

M 0 L2
4 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
48 EI
Let L 2 L, P
By

vB

( By )(2 L)3

By L3

48EI

6 EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
M 0 L2 By L
3M 0
0
By
4 EI
6EI
2L

3M 0
2L

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
force at B. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.

Fig. P11.41

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI

Let L 3L, a
vB

2L
w(2 L)3
4(3L)2
24(3L) EI

wL2
6 L2
9 EI

## 7(2 L)(3L) 3(2 L) 2

2wL4
3EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI

Let L

3 L, a
vB

L, b

2 L, P

( By )( L)(2 L)
6(3L) EI

By
(3L) 2

( L) 2

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
2wL4 4By L
3wL
0
By
3EI
9EI
2

(2 L) 2

3wL
2

By L
9 EI

4 L2

4 By L3
9 EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
force at B. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam. (Reminder: The roller symbol
implies that both upward and downward
displacement is restrained.)
Fig. P11.42

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI

Let L

2 L, x

vB

L, M

L
2

L
4

wL2
8

wL2
( L)
8
2(2 L)2 3(2 L)( L) ( L) 2
6(2 L) EI

wL2
3L2
96 EI

wL4
32 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
48 EI
Let L 2 L, P
By

vB

( By )(2 L)3

By L3

48EI

6 EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
wL4 By L
3wL
0
By
32EI 6EI
16

3wL
16

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
force at B. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.

Fig. P11.43

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to one concentrated load P.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b2 x2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI

Let L

4 L, b
vB

L, x

2L

P( L)(2 L)
(4 L)2
6(4 L) EI

( L)

(2 L)

PL
11L2
12 EI

11PL3
12 EI

The second concentrated load will cause an additional deflection at B of the same magnitude.
Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
48 EI
Let L 4 L, P
By

vB

( By )(4 L)3

64 By L3

16 By L3

48EI

48EI

12 EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
11PL3 11PL3 16By L
0
12 EI 12 EI
12 EI

By

11P
8

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction
force at B. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.

Fig. P11.44

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI

Let L 5L, a
vB

3L
w(3L)3
4(5L) 2
24(5L) EI

7(3L)(5L) 3(3L) 2

27 wL2
22 L2
120 EI

99wL4
20 EI

## Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b2 x2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI

Let L

5L, b

vB

L, x

3L, P

wL
3

wL
( L)(3L)
3
(5L)2
6(5L) EI

( L) 2

(3L)2

wL2
15L2
30 EI

wL4
2 EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI

Let L

5L, a
vB

3L, b

2 L, P

( By )(3L)(2 L)
6(5L) EI

By
(5L)

(3L)

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
99wL4 wL4 12 By L
0
By
20 EI 2 EI
5EI

(2 L)

109wL
48

By L
5EI

12 L

2.270833wL

12 By L3
5EI

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.45 The beam shown in Fig. P11.45 consists of a

W360 79 structural steel wide-flange shape [E =
shown, determine:
(a) the reactions at A, B, and C.
(b) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress
in the beam.
Fig. P11.45

Solution
(a) Reactions at A, B, and C. Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released
beam is simply supported between A and C.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wa3
vB
(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )
24 LEI
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 6 m
Calculation:
wa3
vB
(4 L2
24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(9 m) 2
24(9 m) EI

4,860 kN-m3
EI

## Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Mx
vB
(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
M = 180 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 3 m
Calculation:
Mx
vB
(2 L2
6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

(180 kN-m)(3 m)
2(9 m) 2
6(9 m) EI

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

900 kN-m 3
EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = By, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, b = 6 m

Calculation:
Pab 2
vB
(L
6 LEI

a2

b2 )

( By )(3 m)(6 m)
6(9 m) EI

(9 m)2

(3 m) 2

(6 m) 2

(12 m3 ) By
EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
4,860 kN-m3 900 kN-m3 (12 m ) By
0
EI
EI
EI
5,760 kN-m3
By
480 kN 480 kN
12 m3

Ans.

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

M A By (3 m) C y (9 m) 180 kN-m (90 kN/m)(6 m)(6 m)

Cy

9m
220.0 kN

Fy

Ay

By

Ay

Cy

Ans.

220 kN
(90 kN/m)(6 m)

## (90 kN/m)(6 m) 480 kN 220 kN

160.0 kN

160.0 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

(b) Magnitude of maximum bending stress:
Section properties (from Appendix B):
I 225 106 mm4
d 353 mm

## S 1,270 103 mm3

Maximum bending moment magnitude
Mmax = 300 kN-m
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(300 kN-m)(353 mm/2)(1,000)2
x
225 106 mm 4

235 MPa

Ans.

## or using the tabulated section modulus value:

(300 kN-m)(1,000) 2
x
1, 270 103 mm3
236 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.46 The beam shown in Fig. P11.46 consists of a

W610 140 structural steel wide-flange shape [E
shown, determine:
(a) the reactions at A, B, and D.
(b) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress
in the beam.
Fig. P11.46

Solution
(a) Reactions at A, B, and D. Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released
beam is simply supported between A and D.
Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wx
vB
( L3 2 Lx 2 x3 )
(elastic curve)
24 EI
Values:
w = 60 kN/m, L = 7.5 m, x = 1.5 m
Calculation:
wx
vB
( L3
24 EI

2 Lx 2

x3 )

(60 kN/m)(1.5 m)
(7.5 m)3
24 EI

2(7.5 m)(1.5 m) 2

(1.5 m)3

1, 468.125 kN-m3
EI

## Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pbx 2
vB
( L b2 x2 )
(elastic curve)
6 LEI
Values:
P = 125 kN, L = 7.5 m, b = 2.5 m, x = 1.5 m
Calculation:
Pbx 2
vB
(L
6 LEI

b2

x2 )

## (125 kN)(2.5 m)(1.5 m)

(7.5 m) 2
6(7.5 m) EI

(2.5 m) 2

(1.5 m) 2

497.396 kN-m 3
EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Pab 2
vB
( L a 2 b2 )
6 LEI
Values:
P = By, L = 7.5 m, a = 1.5 m, b = 6 m

Calculation:
Pab 2
vB
(L
6 LEI

a2

b2 )

( By )(1.5 m)(6 m)
6(7.5 m) EI

(7.5 m)

(1.5 m)

(6 m)

(3.6 m3 ) By
EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
1, 468.125 kN-m3 497.396 kN-m3 (3.6 m ) By
0
EI
EI
EI
1,965.521 kN-m3
By
545.978 kN 546 kN
3.6 m3

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

M A By (1.5 m) Dy (7.5 m) (60 kN/m)(7.5 m)(3.75 m) (125 kN)(5 m)

Dy

Ay

By

Ay

7.5 m
199.138 kN

Fy

Ans.

Dy

Ans.

199.1 kN

## (60 kN/m)(7.5 m) 125 kN 545.978 kN 199.138 kN

170.116 kN

170.1 kN

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

(b) Magnitude of maximum bending stress:
Section properties (from Appendix B):
I 1,120 106 mm4 d 617 mm

## Maximum bending moment magnitude

Mmax = 322.67 kN-m
Bending stresses at maximum moment
(322.67 kN-m)(617 mm/2)(1,000)2
x
1,120 106 mm 4
88.9 MPa

Ans.

## or using the tabulated section modulus value:

(322.67 kN-m)(1,000) 2
x
3,640 103 mm3
88.6 MPa

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.47 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as

shown in Fig. P11.47. Determine the reactions at A
and D for the beam. Assume EI = 12.8 106 lb-in.2.

Fig. P11.47

Solution
Choose the reaction force at D as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at D due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
wL4
wL3
vC
and
C
8EI
6 EI
Values:
w = 25 lb/in., L = 72 in.
Calculation:
wL4
vC
8EI
wL3
C
6 EI

vD

## (25 lb/in.)(48 in.) 4

8EI
(25 lb/in.)(48 in.)3
6 EI

16,588,800 lb-in.3
EI

(24 in.)

16,588,800 lb-in.3
EI
460,800 lb-in.2
EI
460,800 lb-in.2
EI

27,648,000 lb-in.3
EI

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at D due to the 360-lb concentrated load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
PL3
PL2
vB
and
B
3EI
2 EI
Values:
P = 360 lb, L = 24 in.
Calculation:
PL3
vB
3EI
PL2
B
2 EI

vD

## (360 lb)(24 in.)3

3EI
(360 lb)(24 in.) 2
2 EI

1,658,880 lb-in.3
EI

1,658,880 lb-in.3
EI
103,680 lb-in.2
EI

103,680 lb-in.2
(48 in.)
EI

6,635,520 lb-in.3
EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at D due to concentrated load Dy.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vD
3EI
Values:
P = Dy, L = 72 in.
Calculation:
vD

PL3
3EI

( Dy )(72 in.)3

(124,416 in.3 ) Dy

3EI

EI

## Compatibility equation for deflection at D:

3
27,648,000 lb-in.3 6,635,520 lb-in.3 (124,416 in. ) Dy
EI
EI
EI
3
34,283,520 lb-in.
Dy
275.556 lb 276 lb
124,416 in.3

0
Ans.

Fy

MA

Ay

Dy

Ay

1, 284 lb

MA

## (25 lb/in.)(48 in.)(24 in.) (360 lb)(24 in.)

MA

(275.556 lb)(72 in.) (25 lb/in.)(48 in.)(24 in.) (360 lb)(24 in.)
17,600 lb-in.

## 17,600 lb-in. (ccw)

Dy (72 in.)

Ans.

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## 11.48 A propped cantilever beam is loaded as

shown in Fig. P11.48. Assume EI = 24 106
kip-in.2. Determine:
(a) the reactions at B and C for the beam.
(b) the beam deflection at A.
Fig. P11.48

Solution
Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.
Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
wL4
vB
8 EI
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 24 ft
Calculation:

vB

wL4
8EI

(8 kips/ft)(24 ft)4
8EI

331,776 kip-ft 3
EI

(a)

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to the 40-kip concentrated load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
Px 2
vB
(3L x) (elastic curve)
6 EI
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 36 ft, x = 24 ft
Calculation:

vB

Px 2
(3L
6 EI

x)

## (40 kips)(24 ft) 2

3(36 ft) (24 ft)
6 EI

322,560 kip-ft 3
EI

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

## Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
PL3
vB
3EI
Values:
P = By, L = 24 ft
Calculation:
vB

PL3
3EI

( By )(24 ft)3

(4,608 ft 3 ) By

3EI

EI

(b)

## Compatibility equation for deflection at B:

3
331,776 kip-ft 3 322,560 kip-ft 3 (4,608 ft ) By
0
EI
EI
EI
654,336 kip-ft 3
By
142.0 kips 142.0 kips
4,608 ft 3

## Equilibrium equations for entire beam:

Fy By C y 40 kips (8 kips/ft)(24 ft)

Cy
MC

MC

90.0 kips

By (24 ft)

MC

Ans.

Ans.
0